Sl.fll vt« Hi/, /*" BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY VOL. VII 1962-1963 X R U S T E E S OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) LONDON : 1964 DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS No. i. isth May ...... 1962 No. 2. 1 5th May .... . 1962 No. 3. 1 4th August ...... 1962 No. 4. i4th August ...... 1962 No. 5. 1 4th August ...... 1962 No. 6. jth December ..... 1962 No. 7. 7th December ..... 1962 No. 8. 8th February ..... 1963 No. 9. gth July ...... 1963 PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY THOMAS DE LA RUE & COMPANY LIMITED LONDON 2 0 CONTENTS GEOLOGY VOLUME VII PAGE No. i. A new Eocene Primate Genus, Cantius, and a Revision of some allied European Lemuroids. E. L. SIMONS i No. 2. The Brachiopod Genus Cyclothyris, E. F. OWEN 37 No. 3. The Trilobites of the Caradoc Series in the Cross Fell Inlier of Northern England. W. T. DEAN 65 No. 4. Fossil Flora of the Drybrook Sandstone in the Forest of Dean, Gloucestershire. K. M. LELE & J. WALTON 135 No. 5. Fossil Insects from the Lower Lias of Charmouth, Dorset. F. E. ZEUNER 153 No. 6. The English Cretaceous Turritellidae and Mathildidae (Gastropoda). H. L. ABBASS 173 No. 7. The Morphology of Tubicaulis africanus sp. nov. a fossil fern from Tanganyika. H. S. HOLDEN & W. N. CROFT 197 No. 8. The Ordovician Trilobite Faunas of South Shropshire, III. W. T. DEAN 213 No. 9. The Gastropod Genus Thatcheria and its Relationships. A. J. CHARIG 255 Index to Volume VII 299 7V, /t, V. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS, AND A REVISION OF SOME ALLIED EUROPEAN LEMUROIDS E. L. SIMONS BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY Vo1- 7 No. i LONDON : 1962 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS, AND A REVISION OF SOME ALLIED EUROPEAN LEMUROIDS BY ELWYN L. SIMONS Peabody Museum and Department of Geology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. Pp. 1-36 ; Pis. 1-3 ; 4 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY Vol. 7 No. i LONDON: 1962 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical series. Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 7, No. i of the Geological (Palaeontological) series. Trustees of the British Museum 1962 PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued May, 1962 Price Fifteen Shillings A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS, AND A REVISION OF SOME ALLIED EUROPEAN LEMUROIDS By ELWYN L. SIMONS CONTENTS Page I. A NEW EUROPEAN OMOMYID Cantius ...... 3 Taxonomic Revision ........ 5 II. REVISION OF THE SPECIES OF Protoadapis Lemoine ... 8 III. NOTES ON Pronycticebus gaudryi GRANDIDIER .... 14 IV. THE TAXONOMIC POSITION OF Anchomomys STEHLIN . . .21 V. RELATIONSHIPS OF EARLY TERTIARY LEMUR-LIKE PRIMATES . 23 VI. CLASSIFICATION OF EUROPEAN EOCENE PRIMATES ... 27 VII. CONCLUSIONS .......... 34 VIII. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ......... 34 IX. REFERENCES .......... 34 SYNOPSIS Cantius, a new European early Eocene lemur-like Primate genus, is described and additions to knowledge of anatomy and affinities for three Eocene lemuroid genera, Protoadapis, Pronyc- ticebus and Anchomomys are made. The significance of the terms " tarsioid " and " lemuroid " is discussed as these concepts bear on a consideration of the relationships of early Cenozoic European and American lemur-like Primates to each other and to contemporary tarsier-like prosimians. The classification of European Eocene Primates is revised from Simpson (1945) and the conclusions drawn that some European Eocene lemuroids may relate closely to subse- quent stocks as well as to American prosimian families contemporary with them. ABBREVIATIONS A.M.N.H. — American Museum of Natural History, New York. B.M.N.H.— British Museum (Natural History). G.P.I.H. — Geological and Paleontological Institute, University of Halle /Wittenburg. M.C.Z. — Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard. P.U. — Princeton University. S.M.G.C. — Sedgwick Museum of Geology, Cambridge. I. A NEW EUROPEAN OMOMYID CANTIUS A RECENT examination of fossil mammals from the London Clay at the British Museum (Natural History) resulted in the discovery of an undescribed upper and two partial lower dentitions of Protoadapis eppsi Cooper (1932). The specimens belong to a new genus which can be assigned to the prosimian family Omomyidae. Gazin (1958 : 47) proposed family status for the Omomyinae, which have previously been ranked as a subfamily of Anaptomorphidae. The latter taxon is now understood to be a separate stock primarily characterized by reduced dental formula and much GEOL. 7, i. i§ 4 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS enlarged third and fourth premolars. There are at least two European primate species, Cantius eppsi (described below) and Teilhardina belgica, which can best be assigned to the Omomyidae, although each presents some features of difference from typical omomyids. One might establish a new family or subfamily for these European species, but until they are better known such a procedure has little to recommend it.1 Higher categories among early Cenozoic Primates have already been too much multiplied. This may be due principally to the difficulties of grouping species which are usually known only from dentitions, on rare occasions associated with fragmen- tary skeletal materials, and to the emotional element involved in the study of human relatives and ancestors, deservedly criticized by Simpson (1945 : 181) and elsewhere, and which, apparently, has even pervaded some discussions of fossil prosimians. Both Cantius and Teilhardina come from deposits containing Sparnacian (early Eocene) faunas and consequently represent some of the oldest Old World Primates. They are the earliest, in fact, that could possibly be near the basal stock or ancestry of any of the surviving European, Asian, or African members of the order. Evidence as to whether or not Eocene omomyids were more lemur-like or more tarsier-like is scanty, for skull parts, other than maxillae, are practically unknown in this group. Hiirzeler (1948) appears to be correct in stressing dental similarities between the early Eocene primate Teilhardina, from Belgium, and the much better known necrolemurines. This view is shared by the writer and is also implied by Gazin (1958 : 92). The Necrolemurinae are quite definitely tarsier-like, and close correspondence between premolar and molar cusp patterns in unspecialized necro- lemurines and omomyids reinforces the idea that Omomys and its allies are nearer to true tarsioids than to such distinctly lemuriform Primates as Adapis or Pronycticebus. There is a reasonable probability that necrolemurines, North American omomyids, and even Old World Anthropoidea were derived from a form like the generalized prototarsioid Teilhardina, which has a lower dental formula of 2.1.4.3., and which lacks specializations in known parts that could rule out this possibility. Of course, Teilhardina itself, of Sparnacian Eocene provincial age, occurs too late in time to have such a position. A skull fragment of an omomyid, Hemiacodon, discussed and illustrated by Gazin (1958 : 55, pi. 4, fig. 4) indicates some expansion of the dorso-frontal area in at least one member of this family — together with reasonably large orbits. Between the orbital apertures the rostrum, however, is relatively broader than in the probably omomyid derived genus Necrolemur, being about as in Microchoerus (S.M.G.C. 9669). In degree of forward rotation the orbits of Hemiacodon appear to be intermediate between these latter two necrolemurines. Simpson (1940 : 190-197) discussed a pelvis, some vertebrae, and some elements of the hind limb which probably belong to Hemiacodon (A.M.N.H. 12613) and con- cluded that the " skeleton of Hemiacodon, as far as known, is at least as lemuroid as tarsioid, probably more ". Such judgements ultimately depend on how these two 1 It also seems possible that Periconodon, Lushius and Hoanghonius represent three other Old World omomyids. Together with broad similarities in known parts, both of these Primates possess an un- usual cusp on the antero-internal base of the protocone which has been called a pericone. This struc- ture often occurs in Omomys but is known in very few other members of the order. For discussion of Luchius, see Chow (1961). A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 5 concepts are defined. It seems unlikely that the features of the postcranial skeleton in any Eocene primate would be closely similar to those in a highly specialized modern form like Tarsius. The earliest tarsioid postcranial distinctions remain elusive. Segregating out osteological characters of value in determining earlier radiations of higher categories, or in indicating phyletic relationships, is always difficult and uncer- tain. Nevertheless, an attempt to do so can be made for Tarsius. In the class of late and unusual specializations (of uncertain value in determining tarsioid phylogeny) may be the following characters : (i) Much enlarged orbits with flaring bony rims. (Occurring also, in a somewhat less exaggerated form, among other primarily nocturnal animals, such as Nycticebus, Aotes, owls, etc.) (2) Greatly elongated cal- caneum and astragalus. (This specialization is seen elsewhere in galagos and in an analogous way in anurans.) (3) Fused tibia and fibula. (Such fusion occurs in a variety of hopping tetrapods including many rodents, lagomorphs, in some marsupials and insectivorans, as well as among Aves. See Barnett & Napier (1953 : 12) for further discussion of the adaptive significance of this feature.) Should these charac- ters be relatively recent acquisitions among tarsiines, even the direct Eocene ancestor of Tarsius, in lacking them, would be difficult to distinguish from lemuroids post- cranially. In view of this possibility, evidence provided by the postcranial bones of Hemiacodon appears to be equivocal in relating the animal either to Tarsiiformes or Lemuriformes. What would help to indicate the affinities of such omomyids would be knowledge of such features as the size and shape of component parts of the brain (their size relative to each other), extent of facial shortening, proportions of palate and skull vault, amount of forward shifting of the foramen magnum, and various other characters of the basicranium, particularly degree of inflation of the auditory bullae and mastoid region, and situation or relationships of entocarotid circulation, of the ectotympanic pterygoid alae, and of cranial foramina. Although for omomyids these cranial features are not known they can be observed in Necrolemur, which in most of these areas closely resembles Tarsius, and which dentally (at least) shows affinity with Omomyidae. As knowledge of the earliest Primates grows with new finds, taxonomic separation, at all grades of classification, can be expected to become more arbitrary. In this respect, some European Primates, particularly Cantius, evidence a closer relationship between Notharctidae and Omomyidae than has previously been documented ; although this possibility was briefly considered by Gazin (1958 : 47). Perhaps both of these families, assuming the two groups deserve separate family status, are not far removed from a common late Paleocene ancestry. TAXONOMIC REVISION Genus CANTIUS1 nov. (PI. i) TYPE SPECIES. Protoadapis eppsi Cooper, 1932. GENERIC CHARACTERS. As for the species. 1 From the Latin for County Kent, England (Cantium, Cantia) in which all specimens of this primate have been discovered and in analogy with such related forms as Washakius, from the North American Eocene. 6 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS DISCUSSION. Size : Cantius is a large omomyid, intermediate in size between Hemiacodon and Ourayia, but distinctly smaller than any of the species of Protoadapis, and may have been about the size of the living African Giant Galago, Galago crassi- caudatus. The discovery of a right maxilla with P3-M3 of this species (PL la) from the early Eocene deposits at Abbey Wood, Kent (since Cooper's original description) confirms that the species belongs to a genus distinct from Protoadapis, a conclusion which can also be demonstrated by features of the lower dentition of Cantius eppsi (B.M.N.H., M-I3773) originally reported on by Cooper (1932), and by two other partial lower dentitions found subsequently (PI. ib). Indeed, Cooper himself suggested the possi- bility that the British species belonged to a distinct genus. Re-examination of all available specimens of Protoadapis indicates that this is so. Some differences between Cantius and Protoadapis (in the lower dentition) are that the former is somewhat smaller, has paraconids on P4, Mx, M2, a much longer and more complex M3 talonid, and a considerably smaller and lower P3. A charac- teristic feature of Protoadapis, sometimes seen in species of the North American genus Pelycodus as well, is that the P3 stands noticibly higher than P4. In Proto- adapis the paraconid decreases in expression posteriorly in the molar series but not in the same way as in Cantius where the paraconid and metaconid are increasingly drawn together in the series M-^g, compare Pis. ib and 3/. Throughout the lower molar series of Protoadapis the paraconid remains widely separated from the meta- conid and in M3 is represented only by a slight crest — still considerably removed from the metaconid. In Cantius paraconids are clearly delimited in all three molars and are nearly as high as metaconids.1 In this progressive alteration of trigonid elements posteriorly Protoadapis resembles closely Notharctus, while Cantius is much more like some specimens of Omomys in which, although a distinct paraconid is retained throughout the lower molars, the paraconid is closer to the metaconid in M^_3 than in Mg. Cantius, in its enlarged and complex M3 talonid, also agrees well with the elaboration of this element in omomyids. Yet another distinction in the lower dentition between Cantius and Protoadapis is that in Cantius a clearly defined paraconid cusp is present in the P4, a structure which never occurs in Protoadapis (see PL 3/, and Stehlin, 1912 : 1282). Recognition of the Abbey Wood species as generically distinct from Protoadapis was delayed, in part, because of the scarcity of comparative material in European museums. The total number of good specimens belonging to all species of both of these genera is probably less than ten. Nevertheless, the significance of the facts that Cantius, an omomyid, and Protoadapis, a notharctid-like adapid, occur in the European Eocene should be stressed. Knowledge of such ranges gives added import to the more extensively known North American Primates of the omomyid-notharctid type because it indicates that forms closely affined to them were present in the early Tertiary of the Old World. The possiblity is thus strengthened that some North 1 Paraconid and metaconid of the M3 in the holotype of C. eppsi cannot be distinguished, either because of wear or because they are coalesced. In B.M.N.H., M-i^i^ja, b, however, these M3 cusps are separate but closely approximated. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 7 American species may approximate morphological, or even linear stages in the ances- try of Old World Primates. The upper dentition from the Abbey Wood locality (PI. la ; B.M.N.H., M-I5I45)— quite apart from its occluding well with the type lower dentition of Cantius eppsi (both are of the right side) — shows definite omomyid affinities to about the same degree as do the lower teeth. Hence there is little reason to doubt that it can be assigned to Cantius eppsi. Taken as a whole, this upper dentition is close to that of Omomys and of Teilhardina but is one-half larger than that of either of these small Primates. P3 and P4 are rather simple teeth with a constriction between the inner and outer cusps and are similar in conformation to those of Omomys, Teilhardina and Hemiacodon. P3 has but a single outer and inner cusp and is smaller relative to P4 than in some specimens of Omomys. Both P3 and P4 are less crenulate than in Hemiacodon, but exhibit slight enamel wrinkling, particularly on the median slope of P4 protocone. P4 carries a small cuspule on the anterior slope of the outer cusp which occurs also in Hemiacodon and Washakius, but apparently not in typical Omomys. The anterior, median and posterior protocone crests of the P4 of Cantius are situated about as in Washakius (see Gazin 1958, pi. 9, No. i). An interesting similarity of Cantius to necrolemurines (and to Tetonius as well) is that the posterior protocone crest of M1 and M2 turns down toward the posterolingual part of the basal protocone cingulum, thus breaking the ridge running toward the metaconule. This forms a so-called " nannopithex-fold ". There is, however, practic- ally no indication of an incipient hypocone element, other than a slight thickening of the posterolingual part of the basal protocone cingulum. As in other omomyids the para- and metaconules are distinct on all three upper molars. These elements are usually less well denned in notharctids. Also unlike notharctids Cantius lacks any suggestion of an upper molar mesostyle. Molar para- and metacones are connected by straight crests on their facing slopes, much as in Omomys and Washakius. Nearly continuous lingual and labial basal molar cingula in Cantius are also quite like those of Omomys. Another resemblance to Omomys, to Teilhardina, to some of the more generalized late Paleocene Primates particularly Navajovius, and also to Tetonius is the small size of the M3 compared to M1"2. Para- and metastyle elements are present, as in most omomyids, except on M3 metacone. The recent identification of an upper dentition of Protoadapis in the collections of the Geological Institute of the University of Halle /Wittenburg makes possible further comparative remarks about it and Cantius. Protoadapis, unlike Cantius, shows no indication in the upper molars of a nannopithex-fold, and the internal cingulum is typically pronounced and continuous around the lingual base of the protocone, the hypocone is large, and there is no indication of a metaconule on any of the upper molars, see PL 3. In these differences from Cantius, Protoadapis more closely resembles the notharctid Pelycodus. In conclusion, Cantius has not been found to exhibit any features of resemblance to notharctids or adapids not occurring in the North American Omomyidae, and in view of numerous similarities to Omomys and Hemiacodon it is assigned to the latter family. The dental formula of Cantius is apparently more reduced than in Teilhardina, but evidence regarding the exact number of antemolar teeth remains inadequate. 8 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS Cantius eppsi (Cooper) (PL i) 1932. Protoadapis eppsi Cooper, p. 461, pi. n, figs. 2, 3. HOLOTYPE. Right ramus of mandible with P3-M3 and partial alveolar borders of I3-P2, B.M.N.H., M-I3773. MATERIAL. B.M.N.H., M-I3773 (Holotype), B.M.N.H., M-I5I45, maxilla with P3-M3; B.M.N.H., M-i5i47#, mandibular fragment with Mj-Mg ; and B.M.N.H., M-I5I47&, mandibular fragment with M2_3. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Blackheath Beds (Sparnacian) ; Abbey Wood, one and three-quarter miles east of Woolwich, Kent.1 DESCRIPTION. Lower dentition: Dental formula: 2(?).i.3(?).3. One small incisor alveolus, followed by a much larger canine alveolus, narrow anteroposteriorly and broad buccolingually. If only one premolar was present anterior to P3 it may have been two-rooted. Two-rooted P3 with crown lower than P4 and lacking distinct para- and metaconids. Para- and metaconids well developed on P4, connected to protoconid by crests ; well-defined central crest on talonid, running posteriorly along mid-line of tooth from protoconid and with small posterior cuspule ; P4 not molar- ized. Trigonid of Mx large, with three well-separated cusps ; paraconid and metaconid joined to protoconid by low ridges ; talonid much larger than trigonid with distinct ento- and hypoconid, small hypoconulid present on slope of posterior crest of hypo- conid. Outline of M2 (crown view) more nearly circular than that of Mx, as in Ourayia, Hoanghonius, etc. Mg trigonid broad transversely, narrower anteroposteriorly, with more closely approximated paraconid and metaconid than Mj. Paraconid and metaconid of M3 trigonid either coalesced as a single cusp (M-I3773) or closely approximated (M-i5i47# and 6). Upper dentition : B.M.N.H., M-I5I45 : P3~4 with slight constriction between protocone and outer cusp. P4 with small anterior cuspule, as in Hemiacodon. M2, M1, M3 ; no mesostyle or distinct hypocone on upper molars ; antero-internal base of molar protocone projecting most mesiad ; nannopithex-fold present on posterior slope of M1 and M2 ; paraconule and metaconule present on M1"3. II. REVISION OF THE SPECIES OF PROTOADAPIS LEMOINE History of Study Preparation of the foregoing section on the British early Eocene primate Cantius necessitated investigation of all the available material of Protoadapis. It soon became clear that species of this genus were much in need of revision. Unfortunately Stehlin's discussion of members of Protoadapis (1912 : 1284-1286) intruded some taxonomic confusion, as well as a misspelling of the generic name ; this was largely corrected by Teilhard (1921 : 66, 67, 88-91) but Stehlin's views, and additional misconceptions of dating quoted by Osborn (1890 : 55) have continued to 1 Dr. G. G. Simpson of Harvard University has suggested in a personal communication that the species of Hyracotherium from Abbey Wood indicate an earliest Eocene age for this fauna. This is also indicated by an M3 of Coryphodon from the same locality figured by Cooper (1932 : 459). A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS Measurements (in mm.) of Cantius eppsi (Cooper) (All specimens in the British Museum of Natural History) Mandible : Depth of jaw beneath M2 Anteroposterior length of P3-M3 Anteroposterior length of Mx_3 Anteroposterior length of M2~3 Anteroposterior diameter of P3 Transverse diameter (trigonid) (talonid) M2 M, M2 M3 M! M2 M, Maxilla : M-I5I45 Anteroposterior diameter of P3 Anteroposterior diameter of P3 P4 M1 M2 M3 M-I3773 6-7 17-2 11-4 8-1 2-8 3'3 3-6 3-6 4'5 1-8 2-3 2-5 3'3 3'0 2-8 3'i 2-4 15-0 3-6 3'7 8-0 3-6 3'7 4'3 2-3 3-0 2-9 2-8 3'0 2'4 (Transverse diameter) 3'2 3-8 4'7 5'4 4'3 3-8 4'4 affect the literature on this primate. These errors were largely reproduced by Hill (1953 : 482-487). Further complications derive from the observation, made during a recent visit to the Halle /Wittenburg Geological and Paleontological Institute, that the holotypes of two Eocene Primates, " Europolemur " klatti and " Megatarsius obeli " described by Weigelt (1933) can be assigned with confidence to Protoadapis. As it was not possible for Weigelt (1933) to make direct comparisons with previously described fossil Primates some specific and generic assignments which might have been recog- nized for the Geiseltal species were not noted by him. In fact, at that time Weigelt probably could not have determined his two new genera as upper dentitions and skulls of Protoadapis, since the associated upper and lower dentition, G.P.I.H. 4310, discussed below, had not then been discovered. The assumption that species of this genus occur in the French Paleocene of Cernay and Rilly dates from an erroneous citation in Lemoine & Aumonier (1880 : 611) as stated by Teilhard (1921). * However, this misapprehension was repeated in Hill 1 Lemoine & Aumonier list a species of this genus, P. copei, as occurring in the Cernay Paleocene. It was not figured or described and is now lost, probably because Lemoine later referred the specimen to a different genus and species, not Protoadapis. io A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS (1953 : 483). Lemoine later stated (1891 : 28) that this genus is restricted to the Eocene. D. E. Russell who is currently revising the French Paleocene faunas, informs me that it does not occur at Cernay. The recognition of several specimens of Protoadapis from the Middle Eocene Brown Coals of the Geiseltal, Germany, now in the collections at Halle, serves to date the earlier members of this genus better than the rather scanty and poorly associated Cuisian fauna with which the French specimens of Protoadapis curvicuspidens and " Protoadapis recticuspidens " were recovered. A further error in the literature on this genus is its recorded occurrence in the Belgian Eocene deposits (Hill, 1953:483). There is no real evidence for such a record, but a specimen of Protoadapis from the Quercy phosphorites of south-central France was, at the time of Teilhard's writing, in a private collection at Louvain and his reference to it may have led to this confusion of range. All the materials of this genus discussed by Lemoine, Stehlin, and Teilhard, as well as the specimens at Halle, belong (after the removal of " Protoadapis " eppsi) to no more than three species. Protoadapis recticuspidens Lemoine, 1878, is based (in spite of published remarks to the contrary) on a single specimen in which the teeth are so worn that only a few characters of M3 can be determined. This tooth, and the mandible, now in the Paris Museum, are distinctly smaller than are those of Protoadapis curvicuspidens (here designated as the type species of the genus) and it may not belong to Protoadapis. I would prefer to regard Protoadapis recticuspidens as a nomen vanum. As Teilhard stressed, the specimen called Protiadapis recticuspidens by Stehlin (1912, fig. 278) is actually P. curvicuspidens, the holotype of which is now in the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris. It is on the basis of this specimen that the genus Protoadapis was first defined. TAXONOMIC REVISION Genus PROTOADAPIS Lemoine (Text-fig, i) TYPE SPECIES. Protoadapis curvicuspidens Lemoine (1878). (Unnumbered holo- type and two other specimens in National Museum of Natural History, Paris.) AMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Size : somewhat larger than Adapis parisiensis ; lower dental formula : i?.i.3.3. incisors missing in type but one or more alveoli appear to be present in other specimens ; canine large (alveolus) ; Pt absent, replaced by diastema ; P2 short with single pointed cusp, and with two obliquely situated roots, the anterior located more buccally. P3 distinctly larger, much higher and more pointed than P2 with nearly vertical anterior margin, no distinct paraconid or metaconid ; P4 lower than P3 (unlike Cantius) lacking paraconid, but with well-defined metaconid and talonid possessing central ridge ; molar paraconids reduced, but extending much more lingually than in Adapis, less so than in Cantius. Mj and M^ with small hypoconulid on posterior hypoconid crest ; M3 hypoconulid making up a distinct lobe ; length from P4 to M3 — 22 mm., depth of horizontal ramus beneath M2 from io to 12 mm. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS n DISCUSSION. Two French species of this genus are accepted here as valid, Proto- adapis curvicuspidens collected in Paris Basin deposits, perhaps of Cuisian age, and Protoadapis angustidens (Filhol, 1888) from the Quercy phosphorites (see Text-fig, i). Protoadapis brachyrhynchus Stehlin (1912) is clearly a synonym of the latter species, as Teilhard (1921 : 97) concluded. A third species, Protoadapis raabi, from the Middle Eocene Brown Coals of the Geiseltal, Germany, is slightly smaller than COMPARISONS OF MANDIBLES OF Protoadapis species A (ALL X 2 APPROX., INTERNAL ASPECT) Diagram of Protoadapis angustidens from ilhard (1921, pl.4. fig. 12 reversed) Protoadapis curvicuspidens from Teilhard (1921, pl.3, fig.5) GEOL. 7, I. Protoadapis curvicuspidens from Stehlin (1912, fig. 288) FIG. i. Species of Protoadapis Lemoine from French deposits. i§§ 12 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS P. curvicuspidens but does not differ greatly from it otherwise, in so far as these two species can be compared. Better materials may prove that the latter two " species " intergrade but pending such an eventuality, it is advisable to retain a separate species for the Geiseltal finds. SPECIFIC DIAGNOSES. Teilhard (1921) has published full descriptions of the two species of this genus from the French Eocene and consequently they will not be separately diagnosed here.1 Protoadapis klatti (Weigelt) (Pis. 2, 3) 1933. Europolemur klatti Weigelt, p. 123, pi. 4, fig. 5 ; pi. 6, fig. 4. 1933. Megatarsius obeli Weigelt, p. 141, pi. 4, fig. 4 ; pi. 6, figs. 1-3. MATERIAL. In addition to the holotypes of " Europolemur " klatti and " Mega- tarsius obeli " (No. 4234) ; numbers 4238, 4258, 4280, 4292 and 4310 of the collections of the Geological and Paleontological Institute of the University of Halle /Wittenburg are referable to this species. Some of these specimens were regarded by Heller (1930) as belonging to Adapis, but this genus does not occur in the Geiseltal fauna. DIAGNOSIS. A medium-sized primate — apparently about the size of Pronycticebus 2 . 1 . "3 . "3 or the Recent Potto, Perodicticus. Dental formula : .r-1— — '- — ; anterior lower incisor ?l. 1.3.3 not known (if present), I3 procumbent and spatulate ; C long and pointed with slightly developed posterior shelf — appearance about as in Notharctus, £ followed by diastema ; P2 two-rooted with simple pointed crown and posterior heel, lacking metaconid and protoconid ; P3 much higher than P2 and P4 and lacking protoconid ; P4-M3 as in Protoadapis curvicuspidens but smaller, Mx and M2 with distinct hypo- conulid on posterior slope of hypocone, M3 hypoconulid and entoconid large. I2 larger than I3, spatulate with crown anteromedially directed and somewhat procumbent ; I3 small and simple, may be separated from C by a diastema ; C much larger and longer than in Adapis, furrowed along its external face by anterior and posterior vertical grooves and followed by a diastema ; P2 less than half as large as P3, and with small protocone (two rooted) ; P3 and P4 with single ectoloph and large protocone ; M1 lacking mesostyle and metaconule, but with distinct para- conule and prominent internal and external cingula, internal cingulum with large hypocone, basal cingulum sometimes incomplete across internal face of protocone ; M2 slightly larger than M1 with more continuous lingual cingulum and larger hypo- cone ; M3 smaller than JVF-M2, lacking a distinct hypocone, but with pronounced internal cingulum. DISCUSSION. " Two " undescribed specimens in the Halle collection form a valuable basis for the clarification of the dental structure of Protoadapis. One of these G.P.I.H. 4310, from the Leonhardt Coal Mine (the locality of " Europolemur ") includes the left P4 through M3, the right M3 an associated right lower canine and M1"3 (M1"2 somewhat damaged) see PI. ^e,f. The second specimen, G.P.I.H. 4258 (PI. 2), crushed facial region with attached lower jaw fragment of the left side with I2 through P3 1 Protoadapis angustidens is larger and occurs later in time than P. curvicuspidens. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 13 and I3 through P3 was also collected from Leonhardt Mine. The specimen card of No. 4310 states that these teeth probably belong to the same individual as No. 4258, and this association is reinforced by similarity of colour, wear, matrix, and the fact that the two specimens do not share any overlapping parts, which would rule out such a possibility. In any event, both are referable to Protoadapis and together they preserve almost the entire dentition intact. Dental comparisons indicate that the skull of " Europolemur " klatti belongs to the same species as the foregoing specimens and is therefore a synonym of Protoadapis. The holotype of " E." klatti (apparently lost during the last war) has upper molars of the same size and conforma- tion as those of G.P.I.H. 4310 (judging from Weigelt's published information) and in so far as these two finds can be compared, there is no basis for a specific distinction. Teilhard (1921, pi. 3, fig. 6) illustrated an upper left molar which he suggested might be of P. curvicuspidens ; this is confirmed by the Halle specimens. Because of crush- ing, measurements on Brown Coal fossil Primates, other than on teeth, are not very reliable and thus have reduced value when drawing taxonomic distinctions. However, the length of P4-M3 series of Protoadapis klatti is about 15 mm. in the type and the length of P4-M3 in G.P.I.H. 4310 is about 17*2 mm. Similar measurements for Cantius eppsi are 14' 2 and 15*1 mm. respectively. Regarding the teeth of " Megatarsius obeli " from the Cecilia Coal Mine (locality Leichenfeld II), as Weigelt noted (1933 : 142) : " die Beschaffenheit der Kronen 1st eigenartig stumpf , als wenn die oberste Schimelzchicht fehlte . . . ". There is no doubt that this condition is due to post-mortem chemical absorption of the enamel and some of the dentine of the canine and P4 through M3 of the right side (all of the dentition that remains in " Megatarsius "). This sort of erosion of fossil teeth is quite common in early Cenozoic mammals. Neither Heller (1930) J nor Weigelt (1933) appear to have taken into account the fact that many of the Geiseltal Primates have lost almost all significant dental characters in this way. Such erosion also explains the extraordinary appearance of the canine of " Megatarsius " figured by Weigelt (1933, pi. 6, fig. i). In this tooth, the enamel and much of the dentine of the crown has been removed and there has also been erosion around the base of the tooth. The odd basal cingulum and the whole appearance of the tooth is unreal misleading. In " Megatarsius ", G.P.I.H. 4234, the upper dental formula is the same as in G.P.I.H. 4258-5310, Protoadapis. Furthermore, the eroded crowns of M1 and M2 show metaconule and mesostyle absent, but paraconule present, and allowing for the reduction in size caused by enamel erosion, M1"3 of " Megatarsius " are of appropriate size for Protoadapis klatti. For the writer, no doubt remains that " Megatarsius " is referable to P. klatti. In any case, G.P.I.H. 4234 is not adequate as a type specimen, and if not Protoadapis would be a nomen vanum. Weigelt's discussion of the skulls of " Europolemur " and " Megatarsius " describes adequately these much damaged specimens. In overall morphology the skull of Protoadapis is more like that of Pronycticebus than of Adapis. With Pronycticebus, 1 Heller's holotype of Adapis minimus is an indeterminate specimen for the same reason, all of the enamel having been removed by chemical solution. i4 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS it shares a comparatively shorter rostrum, larger orbits, more slender zygoma, P4 with a single outer cusp and two-rooted P2, but differs in having lost P i/i. " Mega- tarsius " has a broad interorbital septum about i cm. wide and resembles that of Pronycticebus in the disposition of the medial end of the supraorbital margin. On the antero-dorsal face of this skull between the temporal crests is a broad and slightly depressed area. The temporal ridges converge to the mid-line about 2 '25 cm. behind the posterior end of the nasals. Conformation and extent of the nasals can be deter- mined in G.P.I. H. 4234. These bones are slightly expanded posteriorly as in Pronycti- cebus. The orbital region is much crushed and, consequently, the lacrymal foramen cannot be located, but fragments suggest that the post-orbital bar was more slender than in Adapis. Relationships of Protoadapis Now that both the upper and lower dentitions and something of the skull are known in Protoadapis, it takes a more significant position in early Primate history. Placement of this genus as a typical lemuroid primate seems beyond doubt, and in fact it is the only Old World early Cenozoic form which has the same dental formula as any of the living lemuroids, although it lacks the specialized tooth comb below which is typical of the latter taxon. Being older, and yet having a more reduced dental formula, it cannot be near the lines which gave rise to such Eocene lemuroids as Adapis, Pronycticebus and Notharctus. Perhaps its greatest similarities are with Pelycodus and Pronycticebus which, however, retain P I/I. In Pelycodus the manner of hypocone formation may also be different. Some specimens of Pelycodus, for instance A.M.N.H. 15022 (see Gregory, 1920, pi. 35), appear to have an incipient hypocone on the basal cingulum and at the same time another " pseudohypocone " developing from the nannopithex-fold on the posterior slope of the protocone. In the line leading to Notharctus the hypocone derived from the basal cingulum is suppressed, while in Protoadapis the nannopithex-fold is absent. The nearest known upper molar morphology that could give rise to both these patterns is that of Cantius but this form is too late to be ancestral to Pelycodus and its dentition too generalized for classification with the adapids. As suggested by Teilhard (1921), Simpson (1940), and others, Protoadapis shares with the North American notharctids many of the features which distinguish the latter group from the Adapidae. The upper dentitions and the anterior teeth preserved at Halle add somewhat to this conclusion, but in several respects this primate tends to link adapids and notharctids as Cantius links the omomyids with the latter families. In view of dental similarities with Caenopithecus and Pronycticebus, together with its European provenance, Protoadapis is here referred to the Adapidae. III. NOTES ON PRONYCTICEBUS GAUDRYI GRANDIDIER (Text-fig. 2) The unique skull and mandibular fragment of Pronycticebus was discovered in 1893 and reported, in the original studies of Grandidier (1904, 1905), to be of Bar- tonian, late Eocene age, from Memerlein-le-Quercy in south-central France. The Abbe Rene Lavocat has suggested in a personal communication to the writer that A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 15 judging from his studies of mammals of Oligocene provenance, there is a similarity in the colour of bone and matrix of this specimen to those of the European Oligocene. This interesting observation implies, at least, that Pronycticebus may be from the latest levels of the Quercy caves. If so, it could be of Stampian Oligocene provincial age. Pronycticebus has long been a difficult form to assess taxonomically, due in part to the lack of specialization of the teeth and the presumed absence of a post-orbital bar. Grandidier originally suggested affinities with the living lorisiform Primate Nycticebus, hence its generic name. This view has some merit. Subsequently Gregory (1920) and others held that the species has tarsioid affinities. This conclusion appears to have been based largely on the brachycephaly of the skull (considerably more pro- nounced that in Adapis or Notharctus) and which, at the time of Gregory's writing, was rivalled in degree, among Eocene Primates, only by Necrolemur skulls (also from Quercy) and by a fragmentary skull, lacking dentition, from the Middle Eocene of North America described by Granger & Gregory (1917) as " Aphanolemur gibbosus ". Gazin, in a revision of the Middle and Upper Eocene Primates of North America (1958), has shown that Aphanolemur is a synonym of Smilodectes. Several specimens figured by him indicate that expansion of the brain case in the latter primate (appar- ently closely related to Notharctus) has reached about the same level as in Pronycti- cebus. Skulls of Smilodectes, and to a lesser extent of Notharctus, demonstrate, therefore, that the degree of brain expansion which occurred in Pronycticebus was not unique among Eocene lemuroids. Protoadapis, judging from the crushed skulls at Halle, also had a rather large brain. On other grounds, Le Gros Clark's careful study (1934) of the cranial anatomy of Pronycticebus has already demonstrated that this genus is not a tarsioid, a position recently re-affirmed by Piveteau (1957 : 55, 56). Re-examination of the Evidence Orbital Region It is, perhaps, an amusing commentary on the nature of appraisal of fossil speci- mens that the zygomatic arch of the one known skull of Pronycticebus can be said to have been " evolving " almost continuously since Grandidier 's original studies on this primate in 1904 and 1905. Apparently some time before the original description, the zygomatic arch was buried in a thick layer of plaster of Paris, which closely resembles the colour of the original bone. In 1934 Le Gros Clark remarked that the zygoma was not quite as broad as is indicated in Grandidier's illustrations and figured a narrower arch. Piveteau's plate (1957 : 61) shows a still more slender arch. In the same year, the writer was able to remove most of the remaining plaster which exposed a yet more gracile arch and the very distinct base of a post-orbital process (Text-fig. 2). Furthermore, the region of the frontal attachment of the post-orbital bar shows distinct fractures on both sides of the skull, where the bar has been broken off. The cross-sectional extent of this area is shown by hatching in Text-fig. 2. One can clearly distinguish the broken surface, and although this area of attachment is not very extensive in the vertical dimension, this correlates well the slender zygoma, 16 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS FIG. 2. Dorsal and lateral views of the skull of Pronycticebus gaudryi (Holotype), Hatching indicates broken surfaces, stipple missing parts. In dorsal view, right side restored from left. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 17 found under the plaster, and with the much enlarged orbit indicated by the remaining median part of the orbital margin.1 Living and fossil Primates with comparatively large orbits often have a slender post-orbital bar and a thin and flaring zygoma, as in Galago and Necrolemur. In fact, in some Galago species, the temporal base of the post-orbital bar in cross-sectional area is less extensive (when compared to total skull size) than is this area in Pronycticebus. In view of the observed presence in Pronycticebus of both a frontal and a zygomatic base for the post-orbital bar, the large brain compared to Adapis, the complete absence of any evidence that other primates of the grade of advance seen in Pronycti- cebus lack the post-orbital bar, and the suggestion that enlarged orbits do sometimes correlate with relatively small frontal areas of attachment for the bar, no basis now remains for thinking that the bar was not continuous. Text-fig. 2 presents a conjec- tural restoration of its position. Le Gros Clark (1934 : 20-27) noted most of the observable characters in the skull of Pronycticebus and discussed occurrences of many of these features in other Primates. The numerous new fossil primate specimens, which have been discovered or restudied since that time justify further comparison of some of these structures. Contrary to the current assumption Pronycticebus gaudryi is not a conservative form. With existence of a post-orbital bar in this species established, little remains to be seen in it that is particularly primitive for an Eocene primate. In fact, the expansion of the brain case, the large, forward-directed eyes and the short rostrum are all features that have been considered " advanced ". Location of the lachrymal foramen, together with part of the lachrymal bone, outside the orbit in Pronycticebus was suggested as a difference from Adapis by Le Gros Clark (1934). However, a specimen of Adapis magnus, P U. 11481, indicates that in this species the position of the foramen and forward extension of the lachrymal may sometimes be about as in Pronycticebus. In Malagasy lemurs the lachrymal foramen typically lies further outside the orbit than in the foregoing, while in living lorisines, and the potto in particular, the position of foramen and lachrymal is about as in Pronycticebus, except for the smaller size of the lachrymal itself. Necrolemur (M.C.Z. 1179) and Tarsius have also a facial location of this foramen, but in Smilodectes , Notharctus and most platyrrhines this foramen clearly lies within the anterior orbital margin, as in pongids and man. In this character it would seem that Adapis and Pronycticebus approach more closely the living lemuroids than they do members of the Notharctidae and Anthropoidea. Forsyth Major (1901 : 151) concluded that the primitive condition for Primates is to lack a great facial expansion of the lachrymal. Shape and position of the foramen and lachrymal in Pronycticebus appear to be equivocal in relating it either to living lemurids or lorisids. Rostrum The comparatively foreshortened face of this primate is evident from the parts preserved. A vertical position of the premaxillo-maxillary suture (as well as the anterior recurving of the alveolar border around the canines) indicates that the missing 1Relative to skull size Pronycticebus has larger orbits than most, if not all, other early Tertiary Primates. This may indicate nocturnal habits. i8 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS anterior tip of the skull can hardly have been much longer than the conjectural reconstruction shown in Text-fig. 2. The sharp constriction in transverse diameter of the rostrum immediately posterior to the canines in Pronycticebus is not as distinct in living lemurs and is absent in Adapis. However, this feature can be seen in Loris and Nycticebus, and is one of the reasons why this skull is reminiscent of that of Nycticebus coucang. Dorsal Aspect of Skull Cleaning of the skull has revealed sutures on the top of the brain case more clearly, and allows further comparison of this aspect of the skull in Pronycticebus with that of Adapis. Unlike Adapis, in Pronycticebus the posterior margins of the f rentals extend on to the anterior part of the brain case. A sinus canal, near the posterior extremity of the parietal, is single in Pronycticebus, but in Adapis parisiensis it is multiple, as noted by Le Gros Clark (1934 : 22) and indicated by Stehlin's figures (1912). A large size for this canal has been said to be a primitive feature. After cleaning, sutures can be determined in Pronycticebus delimiting paired interparietals and (posterior to the sinus canal) small accessory ossicles (see Text-fig. 2). These bones have not been reported as occurring in Adapis. Taken as a whole the dorsal aspect of the brain case of Adapis does not closely resemble that of Pronycticebus. Such distinctions suggest that by the Middle or Late Eocene (the exact time range for both forms is uncertain) these two lemuroids had already diverged considerably. Such an assumption is reinforced by distinctions in other skull components, discussed above, such as the different shape of the muzzle, divergent character of the dentition, and difference in position and size of the orbits in these two Primates of the Quercy phosphorites. At present, it is probably better to retain them in the same family, as has been done by Hill (1953) and Piveteau (1957). Nevertheless, Pronycticebus and Adapis are as distinct morphologically as forms from the North American Eocene currently placed in different families, for example the notharctid, Pelycodus, and omomyid, Ourayia see Simons (1961^:5). Apart from the construction of the inside of the auditory bulla the basicranium of Pronycticebus was fully described by Le Gros Clark (1934). It will not be reconsidered in detail here. A possible alternative for an identification made by him (1934 : fig. 3) is that the foramen indicated as the hypoglossal canal may be the inferior petrous sinus. On obtaining permission to examine the interior of the auditory bulla it was determined that the ectotympanic is not tubular, thus completely confirming, in this regard, Le Gros Clark's thesis that this primate is not a tarsioid. It is noteworthy that the annulus lies very near the external auditory meatus and, unless it has been displaced, appears to be fused with the bulla wall in its posterior third, just internal to the posterior rim of the external meatus. From this point the annulus arches inward and downward, so that its ascending anterior limb lies some distance from the antero-lateral wall of the bulla. Near the ventral extremity of the ring (and external to it) is a shelf on the lateral bulla wall for the support of the annulus membrane. Compared to that of Adapis this shelf is quite small. Hill (1953 : 113) figures a dissection of the auditory bulla of Loris tardigradus which indicates only A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 19 slightly greater reduction of the annulus. The position of the tympanic ring in Pronycticebus, close to the external meatus, is an additional indication that Grandidier may have been nearer the truth than has sometimes been thought, when he suggested an affinity between this species and the modern lorises. Dentition It was principally because of the somewhat enlarged brain and generalized charac- ters of the dentition (resembling teeth of Anchomomys a supposed tarsioid), that such students as Stehlin (1916 : 1422), Gregory (1922) and Abel (1931 : 186) referred this primate to the tarsioids. Founding his conclusions principally on characters of the skull Le Gros Clark demonstrated that this primate cannot be considered a tarsioid. However, it may not have been sufficiently stressed that the dentition also, although unspecialized, is not Tarsius-like. Some principal reasons why this dentition does not indicate tarsioid relationships are as follows : The cross-sectional area of the upper canine base is considerably greater relative to adjacent teeth than it is in Tarsius while in necrolemurines the upper canine is even smaller proportionately than in Tarsius. Tarsiids, with the possible exception of Nannopithex, lack the P1 present in Pronycticebus. The latter primate, like Adapis, Protoadapis, Anchomomys and Progalago, has two-rooted second premolars above and below, while in tarsiines, these teeth are always single-rooted. In configuration of the remaining teeth Pronycticebus closely resembles Protoadapis, but differs from it dentally in having a less well-developed lingual cingulum on the upper molar protocone, and a more reduced M2_3 paraconid. However, these are rather slight distinctions, known to be variable in other primate species.1 Otherwise, these two forms agree in such features as the absence of mesostyles, and of a distinct hypocone on M3 (although it is well developed on M1 and M2). Also, they are closely similar in proportion and size. It is just possible that better specimens might even show that species of these two types of Primates are not separable generically. Unlike tarsioids, Pronycticebus has, as Simpson (1940 : 202) remarks (with reference to Caenopithecus) " open trigonids and the peculiar mode of paraconid reduction so characteristic of Adapis and its close allies and unknown among any forms of really probable tarsioid affinities ". Cranial Proportions A logarithm of ratio diagram (Text-fig. 3) indicates graphically the close similarity in linear proportions between Pronycticebus and Nycticebus and in contrast to those of an early Cenozoic lemuroid species Adapis magnus? and a Recent Malagasy lemur.2 1 Even in Protoadapis, as is indicated by isolated upper molars from the Geiseltal coals at Halle, the lingual protocone cingulum of the upper molars is sometimes incomplete, as it also is in Pronycticebus. 2 Measurements indicated in Text-fig. 4 are as follows : (i) Transverse diameter from mid-line of skull to greatest flare of zygomatic arch. (2) Length of skull, from posterior margin of canine to anterior margin of foramen magnum. (3) Length of skull from posterior margin of canine to posterior extremity of skull. (4) Length of dentition from anterior face of canine to posterior edge of M3. (5) Greatest transverse width of dentition. (6) Greatest transverse diameter of the cranium. (7) Least post-orbital diameter of skull. (8) Length from posterior margin of the canine to end of hard palate. (9) Length from anterior margin of canine to point of least post-orbital diameter. (10) Length from point of least post-orbital diameter to posterior tip of skull, (n) Greatest diameter of orbit from base of post-orbital bar to opposite rostral orbital margin. (12) Greatest transverse diameter across auditory bullae. (13) Greatest transverse diameter across canines. (14) Least transverse diameter of muzzle across upper second premolars. 20 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS The major differences between Nycticebus and Pronycticebus are in plots 4, 7, and 8. Measurement number 4, the length of the upper teeth might be expected to be less in Nycticebus as its dental formula is more reduced, and the same would apply to measurement number 8, the approximate length ol the hard palate. Measurement Pronycticebus Nycticebus 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 L -.40 Ada pis (standard) fLemur \ \ v *"^"**^w& \. I I I I I I I I I I — I — I — I — I — I — I — I -.35 -.30 -.25 r20 -.15 -,IO-:05 0 +.05 +.10 +.15 +.20 +.25 +.30 +.35 +.40 +.45 FIG. 3. Logarithm of ratio diagram comparing cranial proportions in four prosimians ; Adapis (standard). Mean, and extremes of range are indicated for a sample of ten Nycticebus coucang. number 7, the least post-orbital diameter of the skull (much smaller in Pronycticebus) is a primitive feature, correlated with a comparatively unexpanded brain, and is common to all Eocene lemuroids. In the remaining measurements Pronycticebus falls within (or very close to) the range of size variation of a small sample of the living lorisid Nycticebus coucang (10 individuals) . CONCLUSIONS Perhaps all the above-mentioned similarities are due to parallelism produced by similar adaptations in Pronycticebus and lorises, but such a view appears to be rather A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 21 strained. A more likely conclusion is that Pronycticebus does have some relationship to the radiation which produced extant Lorisiformes. Nevertheless, because of many primitive structures also shared with the contemporary Adapis and Protoadapis it seems best not to remove this genus from the Adapidae, at present. IV. THE TAXONOMIC POSITION OF ANCHOMOMYS STEHLIN (1916) (Text-fig. 4) This rather small primate, originally described by Stehlin (1916) occurs in deposits ranging from early Lutetian to early Ludian age in Europe. Four species have been proposed, differing little in known parts except for size. Taxonomic placement of this genus has varied considerably. Abel (1931 : 175) and others considered it a tarsioid, but Simpson (1940 : 202) quite correctly pointed out that such an assignment was most improbable. Of European Eocene lemuriforms the closest dental resemblances to Anchomomys are to be seen in Pronycticebus and Caenopithecus, but because of a common simplicity in cusp pattern their similarities can, perhaps, be over-emphasized. In some respects these three genera also resemble Adapis, particularly in type of paraconid reduction, but all three differ from Adapis in having M3 hypoconulid much more distinctly set off as a separate lobe from the hypoconid. They also lack the bicusped ectoloph of P4 and continuous lingual upper molar cingula seen in Adapis. For Anchomomys the closest dental resemblances appear to be with a Miocene lorisiform of Kenya, Progalago. In fact, in spite of the differences in time and place of occurrence of the species belonging to these two genera, some of the European Eocene forms, particularly Anchomomys quercyi, can hardly be distinguished generic- cally, on the basis of parts preserved, from Progalago dome. Species of these genera also overlap as far as size is concerned and similarities in the lower molars are particu- larly striking. Both exhibit reduced paraconids, well-developed entoconids, a large M3 hypoconulid, with remaining molar cusps of closely corresponding shape and situation relative to one another. Both these prosimians also display in the major molar cusps a fairly distinctive angular or pyramidal form. The upper molars of Anchomomys are quite like those of Progalago although in some, but not all, species of Anchomomys the paraconule and metaconule are more distinctly developed. In Progalago dorae and Anchomomys quercyi the latter two cusps are absent, see Text-fig. 4. These two species are alike in having a subquadrate M1 with large hypocone, more triangular M2 with smaller hypocone and lack a distinct M3 hypocone, see Text-fig. 4 ; Le Gros Clark (1956, pi. i) and Stehlin (1916, figs. 327, 328, 332). Moreover, at least one specimen of Progalago dorae (Le Gros Clark & Thomas, 1952, pi. 3, fig. 9) shows that in this species the P2 was a much elongated and two-rooted tooth. If the same applies to the maxilla of Anchomomys quercyi figured by Stehlin, and shape of the anterior alveoli strongly indicates this possibility, then the upper dental formulae of both species are identical, at least from the canine posteriorly. Perhaps the best preserved skull of Anchomomys is that of the unnumbered holotype of Anchomomys latidens (now in Paris) described by Teilhard (1921 : 13} 22 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS from the Quercy phosphorites and identified as " Rossignol Collection 1893 : n ". The specimen is much broken and distorted, but careful preparation could probably expose more of the cranial anatomy. As in Pronycticebus and Progalago there is a single large infra-orbital foramen above P4. The anterior root of the zygoma appears to arise about M2, and through this anterior root opens to the rear a relatively large posterior infra-orbital canal. On the antero-dorsal surface posteriorly converging FIG. 4. — Comparison of upper dentition in Anchomomys and Progalago. A. Progalago sp.. [Diagram after Le Gros Clark, 1956, pi. 4, fig. i.] Right maxilla, reversed, xy-5 approx. B. Anchomomys quercyi. [After Stehlin, 1916, fig. 332.] XJ'5 approx. temporal ridges are evident, but the dorsal insertion of the post-orbital bar cannot be distinguished. Between these temporal ridges, there is a broad depression, appear- ing rather as does this area in Pronycticebus. An apparently distinctive feature of Anchomomys latidens is the character of the surface of the temporal bone which is covered by numerous minute foramina, a condition certainly not to be seen (to this extent, if at all) in Adapis or Necrolemur. At the back of this skull are well- developed nuchal crests. These are typical of Eocene Primates and their presence is consistent with the retention of similar strong ridges in this position in Progalago. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 23 Taxonomic Position Stehlin (1912 : 1426) tended to favour the idea that Pronycticebus and Anchomomys have about the same relationship to the Galagidae [" Nycticebiden "] as Adapis has to the lemuriform lemurs, but remarked that until the position of the carotid foramen and situation of the extotympanic was revealed for one of these Primates their taxonomic position would remain uncertain. Now that the annulus of Pronycti- cebus is known to show a possible foreshadowing of the condition seen in lorisiform Primates, Stehlin's analysis is strengthened. The subsequent placement of these two genera among the tarsioids, proposed for Anchomomys by Teilhard (1921),, and for both Pronycticebus and Anchomomys by Gregory (1922) and Abel (1931) can now be seen to have marked a step backward in determination of their relation- ship to other prosimians. Teilhard, although stressing tarsioid relationships for Anchomomys latidens, did however remark (1921 : 16) : " Tout au plus pourrait-on le rapprocher des Galago pour le developpment de 1'hypocone et la tendance a la molarisation de P 4 . . . ". This observation is important taxonomically because the fourth upper premolar in species of the genera Anchomomys, Progalago and Galago has an interesting similarity in basic plan, in addition to the other features of resemblance between these genera mentioned above. The view that these forms were tarsioids was rejected by Simpson (1940) after Le Gros Clark's study of the cranial anatomy of Pronycticebus, but since then their position among the non-tarsioid Prosimii has remained uncertain. The very close dental relationship between Anchomomys and Progalago, and the similarities which the latter in turn has with living lorisoids reinforce the idea that this phylum can now be traced back with a fair degree of accuracy as far as the European Middle Eocene. V. RELATIONSHIPS OF EARLY TERTIARY LEMUROID PRIMATES The Concept of " Lemur vid " Primates One objective of the research reported here and in Simons (1961) has been to determine whether tarsier-like and lemur-like Primates can be distinguished in the early Cenozoic. For at least one subfamily of this period, Necrolemurinae, a definite relationship with Tarsius is indicated. Most remaining Paleocene and Eocene Primates have (or should have) been termed " lemuroid " in the past. A great many fossil genera have consistently been classified as tarsioid when there is no basis, in known parts, for so doing. If one examines the better known lemuroid Primates they seem to be of four general kinds, as follows : (i) Species on the border-line between Primates and Insectivora as these orders are currently understood, of the families : Amphilemuridae Microsyopidae Apatemyidae 24 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS (2) Specialized Primates of early extinction. Forms too specialized dentally to be near ancestral lines of later stocks : Families : Plesiadapidae Carpolestidae Anaptomorphidae [in part] Paromomyidae [ — Phenacolemuridae, in part] (3) Relatively generalized groups that could be near the ancestry of some living families, but which show no convincing evidence of having reached a tarsioid, or higher, grade of advance. Families : Adapidae Notharctidae (4) Generalized Primates, possibly close to the stocks which gave rise to living groups, but which are not well enough known to indicate their grade of advance. Omomyidae perhaps some [paromomyids and anaptomorphids] Past usage has roughly equated the term lemuroid with at least some members of each of the four groups of extinct families listed above. Such usage implies, however, that all these types can be assigned to the Lemuridae, which is not the case. On the other hand, it is surely valid to assume that the ancestral stocks of all the groups which have advanced beyond the lemur-like state (represented today by tupaiids and lemurids) went through such a level of advancement, and consequently their ancestors of the early Cenozoic can correctly be called lemuroid or lemur-like. Obviously then, among fossil forms that are distinctly lemuroid may be found ancestors of the more advanced Primates : tarsioids, and anthropoids. Some members of the above families do foreshadow tarsioids. For instance, Navajovius of the Tiff an- ian Paleocene of Colorado and Teilhardina of the Sparnacian Eocene of Belgium, both exhibit interesting dental resemblances to the European Middle Eocene tarsiid, Nannopithex, while the only skull with advanced (or tarsioid) features ever discovered in North America (Tetonius ; A.M.N.H. 4194) also possesses upper molars that, together with a general similarity of detail, share with those of Nannopithex an unusual feature, the nannopithex-fold. At present these four genera are assigned to three different families, viz. Navajovius and Teilhardina . Omomyidae (Simpson, 1940 : 208) Nannopithex .... Tarsiidae (Simons, 1961 : 61) Tetonius . . . . Anaptomorphidae (Gazin, 1958 : 73) Dental variation among these primates is not as great as their assignment to different families implies, being in most ways far less than seen in the Malagasy family Lemuridae. Yet, until better cranial remains are known for some omomyids, paro- momyids and anaptomorphids it will remain difficult to judge whether or not these A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 25 groups show the same definite indications of tarsioid relationships in their osteology than they do in their dental anatomy. All these most interesting Primates fall within the fourth group listed on p. 24. In regard to the first three groups primatolo- gists are on safer ground, for they are either so primitive dentally that tarsioid relationships cannot be considered or they are known from skulls that show no convincing tarsioid features. In the broadest sense it appears reasonable to call these forms lemuroid, and it is with them that the following paragraphs will be concerned. Border-line Primates A mphilemuridae This family, proposed by Heller (1935) for the reception of Amphilemur eocaenicus from the Middle Eocene deposits of the Geiseltal, has recently been assigned to the Erinaceoidea (Insectivora) by McKenna (1960 : 58). To this subfamily McKenna also assigns, among others, the following North American Paleocene and Eocene genera : Entomolestes , Macrocranion and Sespedectes. As far as Primate classification is concerned, this procedure is not likely to improve the taxonomy of the genera involved, for the type of Amphilemur cannot be located at Halle, and if lost makes an unsatisfactory choice as the type genus of a subfamily known otherwise only in the New World, and to which it may not belong. Both Simpson (1945) and Hill (1953) refer Amphilemur to the Adapidae, incertae sedis. In its poorly-known state, now entirely dependent on Heller's text and figures, there is little basis for placing it elsewhere. In Adapis parisiensis the lower canine is often very small and otherwise the antemolar teeth exhibit gradual and nearly unbroken size-decreases from back to front, which is not unlike the size sequence of these lower teeth in Amphilemur and which shows that the same general kind of tooth proportions seen in Amphilermir can occur in a primate. Microsyopidae McKenna (1960 : 76) has re-defined this family so as to include the following genera : Microsyops, Craeseops and Cynodontomys. His view, that this family belongs among the Primates appears to have sound justification. He is of the opinion that the nearest affinities of the Microsyopidae, as re-defined by him, are with the more primitive plesiadapids of North America. Moreover, he remarks (1960 : 78, 79) while discussing Microsyopidae : " Recently Hiirzeler (1948^, pp. 343-356) has described a new genus and species, Alsaticopithecus leemanni, from the Lutetian of Alsace, based on excellent dental material. The animal was placed in the Primates incertae sedis. Alsaticopithecus appears to me to be a microsyopid ... As Hiirzeler notes, the genus is indeed primatelike. Thus Alsaticopithecus has a bearing on the problem of microsyopid origins. The genus is an interesting extension of the known statigraphic and geographic range of microsyopids." In view of this assignment of Alsaticopithecus, taken together with what is now known of microsyopid anatomy, including cranial material, soon to be reported on 26 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS by McKenna, Hiirzeler's conjecture that this form has significant dental resemblances to Anthropoidea is no longer tenable. Apatemyidae The series of genera now assigned to this family were first clearly distinguished from plesiadapids by Jepsen (1934). Although they are retained provisionally in the order Primates by Gazin (1958), research on the basicranium reported by Hiirzeler (1949 : 485) indicates that this group is almost certainly not to be referred to the Primates, as the order is now defined. Notwithstanding this, the apatemyids may have had their origin in the same eutherian stock from which the Primates arose — a conclusion which is indicated principally by molar-pattern resemblances. They certainly have no close connection with Paleocene- Recent Primates and will not be considered further here. Specialized Lines of Early Extinction A number of divisions of the order of family and subfamily status, which became extinct before the end of the Eocene, exhibit such pronounced dental specializations that it is clear they could not be near the ancestry of any living Primate species. Of these, the carpolestids are the least well understood, but conformation of the fourth lower premolar alone (elongate and saw-like) removes them from consideration as ancestral to surviving lines. The same applies to plesiadapids, and to Phenacolemur1 because of the marked reduction of their anterior dentition. Even so, Plesiadapis is of interest because of its geographical distribution. Species of this genus are known from the late Paleocene of both Europe and North America. This occurrence demon- strates that climatic conditions as well as the requisite land-bridges, allowing not only other mammals but prosimians to communicate between these two continents then existed, and helps to explain the presence of omomyids, microsyopids and possi- bly other primate families, in both continents in the early Eocene.2 Among the plesiadapids, carpolestids, and paromomyids the cranial and post- cranial anatomy is poorly known except in two species of Plesiadapis. The limb bones of Plesiadapis studied by Simpson (and greatly amplified by undescribed specimens recently collected by Russell in the Cernay Paleocene deposits near Rheims in central France) are primitive, but can be spoken of as lemur-like. Russell (1960) briefly reported on a remarkably well-preserved skull of Plesiadapis from the Cernay region. This is the oldest primate skull yet to be described. The skull of Plesiadapis is very broad, flat, with a small brain-case, while the premaxillaries are enormously expanded and make up most of the muzzle. Elsewhere, among Primates such expanded premaxillaries occur only in the Madagascan lemur Daubentonia. However, a relationship with the latter is excluded by the presence in Plesiadapis, but not in Daubentonia, of a tubular ectotympanic element. Finally, it is clear that in Plesiadapis there is no post-orbital bar, nor any indication of post-orbital processes. 1 Here regarded as a paromomyid, following McKenna (1960 : 70). 2 Basically all living prosimians are tropical forest dwellers. Uniformitarian reasoning would suggest that their early Cenozoic forerunners were also warm-climate animals. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 27 From this feature of the Cernay Plesiadapis skull it must be concluded that the basal stock of the order lacked the post-orbital bar, although it occurs in all other undoubted Primates (for which this part of the skull is known) with the single exception of Anagale from the Oligocene of Mongolia. The families Anaptomorphidae and Paromomyidae are known only from North America. In terms of present knowledge, they include the most likely candidates for a relationship with the rise of tarsioids and of surviving higher Primates, possibly by way of containing forms ancestral to the omomyids. Regrettably members of these families, with the exception of Tetonius, are known only from dentitions, and consequently, little can be said as to whether they are lemur-like or tarsier-like. The same is true for omomyids. Nevertheless, dental analogies suggest that some of the species referred to these families were at least transitional to the tarsioid grade and such an assumption is further indicated by the large, forward-directed orbits and expanded brain of Tetonius. VI. REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF EUROPEAN EOCENE PRIMATES Revisions included here, in Simons (1961), and in a number of other works published since Simpson (1945) now make it possible to assign taxonomically certain European early Cenozoic Primates formerly listed by Simpson as incertae sedis, as well as to transfer others for which a better placement can be supported. The most recent extensive treatment of these forms is by Hill (1953, 1955), but Hill's taxonomy is clearly synoptic and no revision of fossil prosimians is included in these works. The following section, therefore, attempts to bring the classification of the fossil Primates of Europe up to date. Genera to be considered here are listed in Simpson (1945) as follows : Plesiadapidae : Megachiromyoides Weigelt, 1933. M. Eoc.; Germany. Adapidae incertae sedis : Caenopithecus Riitimeyer, 1862. M. Eoc.; Switzerland. (?) PROSIMII of uncertain infraorder or family : Ceciliolemur Weigelt, 1933. M. Eoc.; Germany. Europolemur Weigelt, 1933. M. Eoc.; Germany. Megatarsius Weigelt, 1933. M. Eoc.; Germany. Microtarsioides Weigelt, 1933. M. Eoc.; Germany. Two additional Eocene Primates from Europe described by Hiirzeler (1946, 1947) are also discussed in the following pages. Gesneropithex peyeri Hiirzeler, 1946. M. Eoc.; Switzerland. Alsaticopithecus leemanni Hiirzeler, 1947. M. Eoc.; Alsace. Inasmuch as the European plesiadapids, and a specimen from the Walbeck Paleocene of Germany, referred to Phenacolemur by Weigelt (1947) but of uncertain generic and familial assignment are currently under study by others they are not discussed here in detail. These groups are, however, indicated in Text-chart I, in 28 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS PALEOCENE EOCENE PROVINCIAL AGE THANETIAN SPARNACIAN INCL. EARLY YPRESIAN CUISIAN EQUALS LATE YPRESIAN LUTETIAN BARTONIAN LUOIAN EARLY LATE EARLY LATE _,^- Necrolemur Necrolemur Necrolemur ^" "-- Microchoerus Microchoerus X ,,---' ftilhordino ,'- Nannopithex Nannopithe* Pseudolor/s Gesneropithex Anchomomys Adapts Protoadapis Adopis Periconodon > OMOMY DAE - Cantius Anchomomys — Adapts Caenopithecus Anchomomys Adapts Protoadapis Anchomomys Adapts Protoadapis Pronycticebus \ X V Chiromyoides ^•* ^ Protoadapis ^ > N *\_ Plesiadopis Plesiadapis * • PLESIAC JAPIOAE \ \ N X. Plalychoerops ^ Phenacolemur ">PAROMO MYIDAE \ \ X ***•. J Alsoticopithec us > MICRO J SYOPIDAE CHART I Temporal occurrence of early Cenozoic European primate genera indicating approximcte interrelationships. (* Occurrence in this horizon dubious.) CHART i. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 29 which temporal occurrences and approximate interrelationships of all European early Tertiary Primates are shown. Megachiromyoides Since Megachiromyoides is frequently referred to in the literature as a primate, it should be emphasized that Stehlin & Schaub (1951 : 21) stated that it is a rodent, assignable to the genus Aeluravus. A recent examination, by the writer, of the holo- type of " Megachiromyoides " from the Geiseltal Brown Coals (described by Weigelt, 1933) has confirmed the view that this form cannot possibly be a plesiadapid. Caenopithecus This interesting primate from Middle Eocene (Lutetian) deposits near Egerkingen, Switzerland was originally described by Rutimeyer (1862). Stehlin (1916) discussed the species further and figured a mandible which shows only one incisor alveolus on either side. He stated that his material indicated the same lower dental formula as in Tarsius, and noted other advanced features including the loss of the first upper and lower premolars, and a short rostrum. Corroboration of Simpson's placement (1940) of this primate among adapidscan be drawn from its similarities with the Lutetian species Protoadapis klatti. Principally Caenopithecus differs from Protoadapis in showing more reduced molar paraconids, in the possession of distinct mesostyles and in having less well-developed upper molar lingual cingulum. Protoadapis also exhibits a more distinct P3 protocone. In spite of these generic differences, however, Caenopithecus and Protoadapis are, in upper and lower dental conformation, in dental formula and in what is known of the skull, much closer to each other than either is to Adapis, but (in different ways) both exhibit some features of resemblance to a species of the latter genus. Stehlin (1916 : 1319) remarked that knowledge then available of Caenopithecus lemuroides indicated affinities with Protoadapis and Pelycodus and this view has been strengthened by the better material of Protoadapis klatti now known. Protoadapis and Caenopithecus agree in possessing the following features, some of which are unknown among other European Eocene Primates : Long and large canines (above and below) — not very procumbent ; PI/I absent and replaced by diastema ; P3 higher than P4 ; metaconule of upper molars lacking but distinct paraconule present ; well-developed hypocones on M1"2 only ; upper molar cingula (labial and lingual) well defined and in some individuals continuous across lingual base of protocones ; similar proportions in lower molars. Common possesssion of pronounced upper molar cingula, absence of a distinct Pa protocone and near identity in overall proportions of the lower molars between Caenopithecus and Adapis parisiensis, tend to link species of these two genera as well. Weigelt noted a slight mesostyle on the M2 of Protoadapis klatti (also in agree- ment with Caenopithecus} and expressed the view that his Brown Coal species was closer to Caenopithecus than to Adapis. Moreover, his illustration of the skull of P. klatti (1933, pi. 6, fig. 4) indicates a vertically deepened anterior base for the zygomatic arch, as in Caenopithecus lemuroides. One further similarity between 30 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS these two types of Primates is the possible loss (reported for species of both genera) of all but one pair of lower incisors. Because of the low angle at which the anterior alveolar border of the mandible of Caenopithecus (Basel Eh. 733) from which this was deduced, is broken off, the possibility remains that there were more incisors below. In some specimens of Adapis parisiensis in the Paris Museum, where this margin is broken off in a similar way, the incisor alvoli are entirely missing. If these were the only known specimens of A . parisiensis its lower incisor formula would be equally uncertain. The exact number of lower incisor pairs in given Eocene primate species can seldom be stated categorically. Both Caenopithecus and Protoadapis could have had two pairs of these teeth, but present evidence is not adequate to prove that they did. A further note of some interest regarding Caenopithecus , and the nature of true hypocones and pseudohypocones, is provided by a specimen of this primate at Basel (Eh. 727) which shows both kinds of hypocone formation in one individual. The retention of both of these patterns in this dentition suggests that a latency for producing pseudohypocones, as in the line leading to Notharctus as well as for true hypocone production in Adapis, probably existed in the ancestral adapid-notharctid stock. Periconodon The genus Periconodon was established by Stehlin (1916) for a species " helveticus " which had been assigned by Riitimeyer (1891 : 115) to the North American genus Pelycodus. Like most Caenopithecus materials the type of Periconodon helveticus came from Middle Eocene deposits near Egerkingen, Switzerland. Apparently no additional specimens referable to this genus have been discovered since Stehlin's discussion.1 The individual illustrated by Stehlin (1916, pi. 22 fig. 3), which preserves P3 and M1"2 shows a distinctive pericone on the antero-internal base of M1"2 proto- cones. Since a pericone sometimes occurs here in Omonys (see Gazin, 1958, pi. 6, figs. 3 4) but not elsewhere among early Tertiary Primates, and because omomyids are known to have been present in the European Eocene fauna, the provisional reference of Periconodon to this family seems advisable. Furthermore, the small size of the species and general conformation of the teeth does not suggest adapid or notharctid affinities. Ceciliolemur and Microtarsioides Ceciliolemur is now considered by Matthes (1957), and by others, to be an insecti- vore, primarily because it seems to have had dermal spines. Recent examination of the holotypes of Ceciliolemur, G.P.I.H. 4237, and of Microtarsioides, G.P.I.H. 4235, both from the Geiseltal Brown Coals of Cecilia mine, locality Leichenfeld II, indicates strongly that they belong to the same species. Cheek teeth do not survive in either specimen, so dental formula and affinities cannot be determined. Moreover, the 1 Heller (1930) and Weigelt (1933) both mention the presence of isolated upper molars of this Primate in the Geiseltal Brown Coals. These teeth do not belong to Periconodon, but are those of a larger Primate from which the enamel has been resorbed. What remains of the cusp bases suggests their reference to Protoadapis klatti. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 31 condition of bones and of eruption of lower teeth indicate that both are very young individuals, perhaps pre-natal. No basis remains for referring either of these speci- mens to the Primates. It is a remarkable accident of fossilization that either of these very delicate specimens were preserved, considering that the body excluding the tail, in both cases, is only about 4 cm. long. Locality data indicates recovery from the same place, and possibly they are from the same " litter ". Europolemur and Megatarsius As discussed above (pp. 13, 14) these primate genera are junior synonyms of Protoadapis. A Isaticopithecus The species A Isaticopithecus leemanni Hiirzeler (1947) can be assigned to the family Microsyopidae, as re-defined by McKenna (1960 : 76), see p. 25. Gesneropithex Gesneropithex peyeri Hiirzeler (1946) is based on a lower jaw containing P4_M2and one second upper molar collected in Ludian deposits near Bosgen, Switzerland. The lower teeth differ from Alsaticopithecus and resemble such adapids as Anchomo- mys, in that M1_2 lack distinct hypoconulids. Moreover, conformation of the upper second molar is within the general range of variability of species now assigned to the Adapidae. M2 is most similar in size and cusp pattern to those of Anchomomys latidens, but wear obscures some of its features. Anchomomys and Gesneropithex also agree in one rather unusual feature of M2 ; both have a strong anterior crest running from the metaconule to the metacone. Presence of an upper molar mesostyle in Gesnero- pithex is in agreement with Caenopithecus. It seems reasonable to assume that Gesneropithex peyeri can be referred to the Adapidae (s.s.). REVISED CLASSIFICATION1 Order PRIMATES Suborder PROSIMII Family TARSIIDAE Gray, 1870 Subfamily NECROLEMURINAE Simpson, 1933 MICROCHOERUS Wood, 1844 Synonyms — Microchaerus Forbes, 1894 Necrolemur : Filhol, 1880 (in part) Microchoerus erinaceus Wood, 1844 Microchoerus edwardsi (Filhol, 1880) Synonym — Necrolemur edwardsi Filhol, 1880 Microchoerus ornatus Stehlin, 1916 1 Since a revision of the European plesiadapids is currently being undertaken by Russell at the Paris Museum they have been omitted from this classification. 32 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS NECROLEMUR Filhol, 1873 Necrolemur antiquus Filhol, 1873 Necrolemur zitteli Schlosser, 1887 NANNOPITHEX Stehlin, 1916 Synonyms — Necrolemur Chantre & Gaillard, 1897 Pseudoloris : Weigelt, 1933 Nannopithex filholi (Chantre & Gaillard, 1897) Synonyms — Necrolemur filholi Chantre & Gaillard, 1897 Nannopithex pollicaris Stehlin, 1916 Nannopithex raabi (Heller, 1930) Synonyms — Pseudoloris abderhaldini Weigelt, 1933 Necrolemur raabi Heller, 1930 PSEUDOLORIS Stehlin, 1916 Synonym — Necrolemur : Filhil, 1889 Pseudoloris parvulus (Filhol, 1889) Synonym — Necrolemur parvulus Filhol, 1889 Family OMOMYIDAE Gazin, 1958 TEILHARDINA Simpson, 1940 Synonym — Omomys Teilhard, 1927 Teilhardina belgica (Teilhard, 1927) Synonym — Omomys belgicus Teilhard, 1927 CANTIUS nov. gen. Synonym — Protoadapis : Cooper, 1932 Cantius eppsi (Cooper, 1932) Synonym — Protoadapis eppsi Cooper, 1932 PERICONODON Stehlin, 1916 Synonym — Pelycodus Riitimeyer, 1891 Periconodon helveticus (Riitimeyer, 1891) Synonym — Pelycodus helveticus Riitimeyer, 1891 Family ADAPIDAE Trouessart, 1879 ADAPTS Cuvier, 1822 Synonyms — Aphelotherium Gervais, 1848 Leptadapis Gervais, 1852 Palaeolemur Delfortrie, 1873 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 33 Adapts parisiensis Blainville, I84I1 Adapts magnus Filhol, 1874 A da pis rutimeyeri Stehlin, 1912 Adapis prisons Stehlin, 1916 Adapis sciureus Stehlin, 1916 PROTOADAPIS Lemoine, 1891 Synonyms — Plesiadapis : Lemoine, 1878 (in part) Protadapis : Stehlin, 1912 Megatarsius Weigelt, 1933 Europolemur Weigelt, 1933 Protoadapis curvicuspidens2 Lemoine, 1878 Synonym — Protadapis recticuspidens : Stehlin 1912 (in part) Protoadapis angustidens (Filhol, 1888) Synonyms — Adapis angustidens Filhol, 1888 Protadapis brachyrhynchus Stehlin, 1912 Protoadapis klatti (Weigelt, 1933) Synonyms — Europolemur klatti Weigelt, 1933 Megatarsius obeli Weigelt, 1933 CAENOPITHECUS Riitimeyer, 1862 Caenopithecus lemur oides Riitimeyer, 1862 PRONYCTICEBUS Grandidier, 1904 Pronycticebus gaudryi Grandidier, 1904 ANCHOMOMYS Stehlin, 1916 Synonym — Caenopithecus : Riitimeyer, 1891 Anchomomys Pygmaeus (Riitimeyer, 1891) Anchomomys gaillardi Stehlin, 1916 Anchomomys quercyi Stehlin, 1916 Anchomomys latidens Teilhard, 1916 GESNEROPITHEX Hiirzeler, 1946 Gesneropithex peyeri Hiirzeler, 1946 Family MICROSYOPIDAE new sense, McKenna (1960) ALSATICOPITHECUS Hiirzeler, 1947 Alsaticopithecus leemanni Hiirzeler, 1947 ? Primates incertae sedis AMPHILEMUR Heller, 1935 Amphilemur eocaenicus Heller, 1935 1 For numerous synonyms of the various species of Adapis, see Stehlin (1912, 1916). 2 Here designated as the type species of Protoadapis. 34 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS VII. CONCLUSIONS ' The occurrence of a new omomyid prosimian genus, Cantius, from the English Sparnacian is reported on and its distinctions from the Middle Eocene genus Proto- adapis outlined. Assignment of this form to the Omomyidae reinforces the extension of the range of this family into the Old World suggested by a few previously described forms. Although additional resemblances to North American notharctids are noted for Protoadapis, it is referred to the Adapidae on the basis of its greater similarities with Caenopithecus and Pronycticebus. Preliminary evidence suggests that Notharctidae and Adapidae, as denned by Gazin (1958) may not actually be distinguishable, but solution of this problem requires additional comparative study. Certain loris-like features of the genus Pronycticebus are pointed out. Just possibly, these can be interpreted as indicating the differentiation of the lorisiform prosimians from the general stock of the Adapidae (s.l.) . A high degree of dental similarity between an undoubted lorisoid prosimian, Progalago, of the early Miocene of Kenya, and the late Eocene European primate Anchomomys is stressed. These findings are in contrast to the widespread opinion that no close relationship of early Cenozoic with Recent prosimian families can be demonstrated, but is in line with the vertical taxonomic association of necrolemurines and tarsiines proposed by Simons (1961). However, zoogeographical and morphological considerations alone are sufficient to indicate that it would be unwise to regard any such relationships direct ancestor-descendant lineages. A number of species previously regarded as incertae sedis are here re-assigned or removed from the order and the taxonomy of European Eocene Primates revised. VIII. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I should like to thank Dr. K. P. Oakley of the British Museum (Natural History), Dr. J.-P. Lehman of the National Museum of Natural History, Paris, and Drs. H.-W. Matthes and G. Krumbiegel of the Geological and Paleontological Institute of the Martin Luther University of Halle/Wittenburg for the opportunity to study and report on Eocene Primates in their respective collections. Thanks are also due to Dr. G. L. Jepsen of Princeton University, Sir Wilfrid Le Gros Clark, and to many others with whom this subject has been discussed. Figures were prepared by Miss Christine Court of Oxford University and Mrs. Margaret E. Freeman of New Haven, and early completion of the work facilitated by a grant from the Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research. IX. REFERENCES ABEL, O. 1931. Die Stellung des Menschen im Rahmen der Wirbeltiere. 398 pp. Jena. BARNETT, C. H. & NAPIER, J. R. 1953. The rotatory mobility of the fibula in eutherian mammals. /. Anat. Lond., 87 : 11-21. CHOW, MIN-CHEN. 1961. A New Tarsioid Primate from the Lushi Eocene, Honan. Verte- brata Palasiatica, Peking, 5 : 1-5, 3 figs. CLARK, W. E. LE GROS. 1934. On tne skull structure of Pronycticebus gaudryi. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1934 : 19-27, 3 figs. — 1956. A Miocene lemuroid skull from East Africa. Fossil Mammals of Africa, 9, 6 pp. i pi. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London. A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS 35 CLARK, W. E. LE GROS & THOMAS, D. P. 1952. The Miocene Lemuroids of East Africa. Fossil Mammals of Africa, 5, 20 pp., 3 pis. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London. COOPER, C. FORSTER. 1932. On some mammalian remains from the Lower Eocene of the London Clay. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (10) 9 : 458-467, pis. 11-12. FILHOL, H. 1888. Description d'une nouvelle espece d'Adapis. Bull. Soc. philom. Paris, 7, 12 : 10-12. FORSYTH MAJOR, C. I. 1901. On some characters of the skull in the lemurs and monkeys Proc. Zool. Soc. Land., 1901 : 129-153, pis. 11-13. GAZIN, C. L. 1958. A review of the Middle and Upper Eocene Primates of North America. Smithson Misc. Coll., Washington, 126 : 1-112, pis. 1-14. GRANDIDIER, G. 1904. Un noveau Lemurien fossile de France, le Pronycticebus Gaudryi. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, 10 : 9-13, 3 figs. 1905. Les lemuriens disparus. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris (4) 7 : 1-42. GREGORY, W. K. 1920. On the structure and relations of Notharctus, an American Eocene primate. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York (n.s.) 3 : 49-243, pis. 23-59. 1922. The origin and evolution of the human dentition, xviii + 548 pp., 14 pis. Baltimore. GRANGER, W. & GREGORY, W. K. 1917. A revision of the Eocene Primates of the genus Notharctus. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York, 37 : 841-859, pis. 103-107. HELLER, F. 1930. Die Saugetier fauna der mitteleozanen Braunkohle des Geiseltals bei Halle. Jb. hallesch. Verb. Erf. mitteldtsch. Bodensch., Halle (n.f.) 9 : 13-41, pis. 1-5. — 1935. Amphilemur eocaenicus n. g. et n. sp., ein primitiver Primate aus dem Mitteleozan des Geiseltales bei Halle a. S. Nova Acta Leop. Carol., Halle a. S. (n.s.) 2 : 293-300. HILL, W. C. O. 1953. Primates. Comparative Anatomy and Taxonomy. I. Strepsirhini. xxiv + 798 pp., 34 pis. Edinburgh. 1955- Primates. Comparative Anatomy and Taxonomy. II. Haplorhini : Tarsioidea. 347 pp., 14 pis. Edinburgh. HURZELER, J. 1946. Gesneropithex Peyeri nov. gen. nov. spec, von Gosgen (Solothurn). Eel. geol. Helv., Lausanne, 39, 2 : 354-361, 4 figs. — 1947. Alsaticopithecus Leemanni nov. gen. nov. spec., ein neuer Primate aus dem unteren Lutetien von Buchsweiler im Unterelsass. Eel. geol. Helv., Lausanne, 40 : 343- 356, 12 figs. — 1948. Zur Stammesgeschichte der Necrolemuriden. Abh. schweiz. palaont. Ges., Zurich, 66 : 1-46, 41 figs. 1950. liber die europaischen Apatemyiden. Eel. geol. Helv., Lausanne, 42, 2 : 485. JEPSEN, G. L. 1934. A revision of the American Apatemyidae and the description of a new genus, Sinclair ella, from the White River Oligocene of South Dakota. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., Philadelphia, 74 : 287-305, pis. 1-3. LEMOINE, V. 1878. Communication sur les ossements fossiles des terrains tertiares inferieurs des environs de Reims. Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Reims, 1878 : 90-113, pis. 1-5. 1891. Etude d'ensemble sur les dents des mammiferes fossiles des environs de Reims. Bull. Soc. geol. Fr., Paris (3) 19 : 263-290, pis. 10, n. LEMOINE, V. & AUMONIER, M. 1880. Terrains tertiaires des environs de Reims. Ass. Franc. Avanc. Sci., Paris, 9 : 605-619, pi. 5. MATTHES, H. W. 1957- Die mitteleozane Saugerfauna des Geiseltales and ihre verwand- schaftlichen Beziehungen. Wiss. Z. Univ. Halle, Math. Nat., 7 : 37-62, 22 figs. MCKENNA, M. C. 1960. Fossil mammalia from the early Wasatchian Four Mile fauna, Eocene of northwest Colorado. Bull. Dep. Geol. Univ. Calif., Berkeley, 37 : 1-130, 64 figs. OSBORN, H. F. 1891. A review of the Cernaysian Mammalia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1890 : 51-62, 6 figs. PIVETEAU, J. 1957. Primates, paleontologie humain. Traite de Paleont., Paris, 7 : 1-675. RUSSELL, D. E. 1960. Le crane de Plesiadapis. Bull. Soc. geol. Fr., Paris, 7 : 312-314, pi. 18. 36 A NEW EOCENE PRIMATE GENUS, CANTIUS RUTIMEYER, L. 1862. Eocane Saugethiere aus dem Gebiete des schweizerischen Jura. Denkschr. schweiz. Ges. Naturw., Zurich, 19 : 1-248, pis. 1-6. — 1891. Die Eocane Saugethier-welt von Egerkingen. Abh. schweiz. palaont. Ges., Zurich, 18 : 1-153, pls- T~8- SIMONS, E. L. 1961. Notes on Eocene Tarsioids and a revision of some Necrolemurinae. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Geol., London, 5 : 43-69, pis. 12-14. - 19610. The dentition of Ourayia : — its bearing on relationships of omomyid prosimians. Postilla, Yale Peabody Mus., New Haven, Conn., 54 : 1-20, 3 figs. SIMONS, E. L. & RUSSELL, D. E. 1960. Notes on the cranial anatomy of Necrolemur. Breviora Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., Cambridge, Mass., 127 : 1-14, 3 figs. SIMPSON, G. G. 1940. Studies on the earliest primates. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York, 77 : 185-212, 8 figs. 1945- The principles of classification and a classification of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York, 85 : 1-350. - 1955. The Phenacolemuridae, new family of early primates. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York, 105 : 415-441, pis. 30-35. STEHLIN, H. G. 1912. Die Saugetiere des schweizerischen Eocaens. Abh. schweiz. palaont. Ges., Zurich, 38 : 1165-1298, figs, 244-288. 1916. Die Saugetiere des schweizerischen Eocaens. Abh. schweiz. palaont. Ges., Zurich, 41 : 1299-1552, pis. 21-22. STEHLIN, H. G. & SCHAUB, S. 1951. Die trigonodontie der simplicidentaten nager. Abh. schweiz palaont. Ges., Zurich, 67 : 1-385, 620 figs. TEILHARD DE CHARDIN, P. 1921. Les mammiferes de 1'Eocene inferieur Fran9ais et leurs gisements. Ann. Paleont., Paris, 10 : 171-176 ; 11 : 9-116, 42 figs. WEIGELT, J. 1933. Neue Primaten aus der mitteleozanen (oberluteitischen) Braunkohle des Geiseltals. Nova Acta Leop. Carol., Halle (n.f.) 1 : 97-156, pis. i-u. PLATE i Cantius eppsi (Cooper) A. Right maxilla, B.M.N.H., M 15145, with P3-M2. B. Right mandible, B.M.N.H., M 13773 (Type), with P3-M3. x 6-0 approx. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, i PLATE i A \ PLATE 2 Protoadapis klatti (Weigelt) Anterior dentition, G.P.I. H. 4258. xya approx. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, t PLATE 2 PLATE 3 Protoadapis klatti (Weigelt) Specimens of Protoadapis at Halle. A. Right M3, G.P.I.H. 7325 ; B. Right M1, G.P.I. H. 4292 ; c. Right M2, cf. Protoadapis, G.P.I.H. 4238 ; D. Left M3, G.P I H 4292 • E Left M2-3, Left P4_M8, G.P.I.H. 4310. All x 8 -o approx. (Photographs slightly retouched.) Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, i PLATE 3 A B PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED BARTHOLOMEW PRESS DORKING THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS E. F. OWEN BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY Vol. 7 No. 2 LONDON: 1962 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS BY ELLIS FREDERIC OWEN Pp- 37-63 ; •?&• 4. 5 ; 10 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY Vol. 7 No. z LONDON: 1962 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is issued in Jive series, corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical series. Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 7 No. 2 of the Geological (Palaeontologicai) series. Trustees of the British Museum, 1962 PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued May, 1962 Price Fourteen Shillings THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS By ELLIS FREDERIC OWEN SYNOPSIS A revision of M'Coy's genus Cyclothyris from the Upper Aptian is made and serial sections of the type-species presented for the first time. In addition eight other species of Cyclothyris are described, two of these are new species. The subfamily Cyclothyrinae of Makridin is emended and discussed. A comparison is made between Cyclothyris from the Lower Greensand and the Upper Chalk genus Cretirhynchia. A new generic name is proposed for five Lower Cretaceous Rhynchonellidae. INTRODUCTION THE name Cyclothyris was first used by M'Coy (1844 : 103) to indicate a group of brachiopods which he called "... those curious species in which the deltidium completely surrounds the foramen ". No geological age was mentioned nor was any species named. M'Coy did, however, figure a specimen (p. 150, fig. 29) which is probably lost. From the beak characters of Mesozoic and Palaeozoic Rhynchonellidae it seems likely that M'Coy was referring to an early Cretaceous genus and, from the arrange- ment of the costae, shell outline, growth-marks and interarea as seen in his fig. 29, it is probable that M'Coy had selected a specimen of Aptian age. FIG. i. Copy of M'Coy's (1844) original illustration of fig. 29, p. 150. Previously, J. de C. Sowerby (1825 : 165, pi. 502, fig. i) had described and figured a rhynchonellid from the Upper Aptian, Sponge Gravel of Faringdon, Berkshire under the name Terebratula lata. He subsequently changed this specific name to T. latissima in the index to the Mineral Conchology published in 1829, having realized that his father J. Sowerby (1815 : 227) had already used the name T. lata for a brachiopod from the Drift of Lowestoft, Suffolk. The outline, arrangement of costae and growth-lines of J. de C. Sowerby's figured specimen of Terebratula latissima (pi. 502, fig. i) agree with the figure of M'Coy's genus Cyclothyris. This similarity was certainly noted by Davidson (1855 : 93) who included Cyclothyris in his synonymy of Fischer's genus Rhynchonella and quoted C. latissima in brackets after the generic name, probably as a typical species of Cyclothyris. GEOL. 7, 2. 2 4o THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS Buckman (1906 : 326) was the first to designate T. latissima J. de C. Sowerby as the type species of Cyclothyris and subsequent authors have followed Buckman. The genus was not further investigated nor adequately defined until Hertlein & Grant (1944 : 61) published a full synonymy in their work on Caenozoic Brachiopoda from western North America. Stratigraphically the genus ranges from the Upper Aptian to the Upper Cenomanian and was probably developed from such a middle European form as Lepidorhynchia which Burn (1956 : 689) described from the Neocomian, Lower Barremian, of Dm B SP FIG. 2. Four drawings illustrating some of the internal characters of Cyclothyris. A. Pedicle valve showing subquadrate hinge-teeth (Ht) and large pear-shaped diductor muscle-scars (Dm). B. Subparallel dental lameleae in pedicle valve (Dl). c. Brachial valve showing ventral surface of the crura (Cr). D. Brachial valve showing the dorsal concave surface of the crura (Cr) and deep crenulated dental sockets (Ts) and short septum (Sp). Switzerland. Cyclothyris appears to have been confined chiefly to the European continent, although a notable exception to this is C. americana described and figured by Cooper (1955 : 3, pi. i) from the Aptian of Arizona. Examples of this species have not yet been examined by the writer but to judge from the figure on Cooper's pi. i it may well belong to this genus. Other species referred to Cyclothyris by Hertlein & Grant (1944 : 63) are probably not referable to the genus, but careful examination including the use of serial sections is necessary before any conclusions can be drawn. Another species from the American continent referred to this genus is Cyclothyris ? subtrigonalis Imlay from the Lower Neocomian of Mexico. This is shown in serial section (Imlay, 1937 : 571) to have a persistent septum in the brachial THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 41 valve and a large septalium, both characters which do not appear in serial sections of the type species C. latissima (J. de C. Sowerby). In the English Aptian the genus is represented by at least four species namely, C. latissima, C. depressa (J. de C. Sowerby), C. antidichotoma (Buvignier) and C. lepida sp. n., but there may be others not yet investigated. The rhynchonelloid species " R." nuciformis described from the Upper Aptian of Faringdon by J. de C. Sowerby (1825 : 166), and often erroneously referred to Cydothyris, is probably related to a species described by the writer (Owen, 1960 : 253) as Lamellaerhynchia larwoodi from the Upper Aptian of Upware, Cambridge. B D FIG. 3. Diagram illustrating different types of anterior commissure found in Cydothyris. A. Broadly arcuate. B. Trapezoidal, c. Asymmetrical. D. High arcuate. Some of these Upper Aptian species are recognizable as passage forms in the Lower Albian deposits at Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire. Middlemiss (1959 : 138) regards the Shenley Limestone fauna as essentially of an Albian-Cenomanian type. While possibly true of the terebratuloid fauna it is certainly not of the rhynchonelloids. With the possible exception of two species the fauna is distinctly Albian, having close affinities with Upper Aptian faunas at Brickhill and Upware in this country and Lower Albian faunas at Grandpre, Haute-Savoie and Haute-Saone, France. Two Lower Albian species of Cydothyris are described here from the Leymeriella tardefurcata Zone of the Shenley Limestone of Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire. One is the widely quoted C. antidichotoma (Buvignier), which also occurs in the Upper Aptian, and C. levis sp. n. By far the commonest Cenomanian species of Cydothyris is C. difformis (Valen- ciennes in Lamarck) which ranges from the Lower to Middle Cenomanian. It has 42 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS been recorded from Wiltshire, Devon and Dorset in England and from Normandy in France, Tournai in Belgium, and Essen in North Germany. Examples of this species with its many varieties are to be found in the general collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Apart from C. difformis, other Cenomanian species here described include C. scaldi- sensis (d'Archiac) from the Tourtia of Belgium, and C. schloenbachi (Davidson), a common fossil in the Lower Cenomanian of Somerset and Devon. The generic name Burrirhynchia is proposed for " Rhynchonella " leightonensis Walker from the Lower Albian, L. tardefurcata Zone of Shenley Hill, Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire. This genus is also represented in the Upper Aptian, P. nut- fieldensis Zone, of Upware, Cambridge and Brickhill, Buckinghamshire by the species " R." cantabrigensis Davidson. An emended description of " R." leightonensis together with serial sections were published by the writer (Owen, 1956 : 166, 167) and these may be compared with serial sections of Burrirhynchia cantabrigensis (Davidson) figured here as Text-fig. 10. TERMINOLOGY The terms used in the systematic descriptions here are according to Thomson (1927), Muir-Wood (1934) and Muir-Wood & Cooper (1960). Cyclothyrid. As applied to the deltidial plates was proposed by the writer (Owen, 1956 : 165) to replace the term " auriculate " which was used by Buckman (1918 : 18) to describe the encirclement of the foramen by the deltidial plates. Sulcus. The term sinus has often been used by authors to describe the median sulcation of a valve. Muir-Wood & Cooper (1960 : 8) pointed out that the term for this condition should be sulcus. Their definition was in connection with productoids, but the term is equally applicable to the rhynchonelloids and is quoted as " Sulcus. — A major depression in either valve usually median in position, which helps channel the outgoing stream in feeding. A median fold is usually opposite a median sulcus in the productoids." The term sulcus, therefore, as defined by Muir-Wood & Cooper is used throughout the following systematic descriptions. In the same publication Muir-Wood & Cooper (1960 : 14) redefined the following terms : Capillae. Fine radial, elevated lines (with more than 25 in 10 mm.). Costellae. Radial lines coarser than capillae (about 15-25 in 10 mm.). In the following systematic descriptions the measurement of 10 mm. is taken to indicate a position 10 mm. wide at a distance 10 mm. anterior to the umbo on the brachial valve. These terms have been used as above in the descriptions of C. anti- dichotoma, C. lepida sp. n. and C. levis sp. n. Dimensions of Cyclothyris specimens are given in millimetres but are defined generally as : Small, measuring up to 15 mm. long, 20 mm. wide. Medium, 16-28 mm. long, 21-38 mm. wide. Large, 29-35 mm. long, 39-45 mm. wide. THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 43 SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS Superfamily RHYNCHONELLACEA Schuchert, 1896 Family RHYNCHONELLIDAE Gray, 1848 Rzhonitskaya (1959), in an attempt to reclassify the rhynchonelloids, cited the subfamily Cyclothyrinae which was proposed by Makridin (1955) for certain rhyn- chonelloid genera ranging from the Trias to the Cretaceous. Makridin's definition quoted by Rzhonitskaya is translated by Mrs. G. A. Cooper, Washington, U.S.A. as : " Ribbed or plicate rhynchonellids without a septalium ; septa may be developed or be absent, hinge-plate divided." This very broad definition included such genera as Stolmorhynchia Buckman, 1914 and Lacunosella Wisniewska, 1932 which, unlike most of the other genera included, are known to possess falcifer crura and are quite distinct from those genera bearing radulifer crura. The following emended definition of Makridin's subfamily Cyclothyrinae is there- fore proposed : Costate, costellate, capillate or plicate rhynchonelloids without a septalium ; sep- tum developed or absent, hinge-plates divided, crura radulifer, foramen hypothyrid. This would include the following genera : Cyclothyris M'Coy, 1844. Cretirhynchia Pettitt, 1950. Sulcirhynchia Burri, 1953. Lamellaerhynchia Burri, 1953. Plicarostrum Burri, 1953. Lepidorhynchia Burri, 1956. Burrirhynchia nov. RANGE. Cretaceous. Subfamily CYCLOTHYRINAE Makridin, 1955 emended Genus CYCLOTHYRIS M'Coy, 1844 1844 Cyclothyris M'Coy, p. 103, 150, fig. 29. 1852 Cyclothyris Davidson, p. 93. 1877 Cyclothyris Dall, p. 24. 1906 Cyclothyris Buckman, p. 18. 1913 Cyclothyris Schuchert in Zittel, p. 398. 1918 Cyclothyris Buckman, pi. 14, fig. ia. TYPE-SPECIES (by subsequent designation, Buckman, 1906). Terebmtula latissima J. de C. Sowerby. EMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Medium to large biconvex rhynchonellidae, oval to subtri- angular in outline. Shell multicostate, costae sharp, coarse to fine, subangular to rounded. Growth-lines lamellar to step-like. Anterior commissure uniplicate. Beak-ridges usually distinct, interarea well defined. Foramen medium to large, circular. Deltidial plates conjunct, cyclothyrid. 44 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS Internal characters. Umbonal cavities oval in cross-section. Denticulae well developed. Teeth large, deeply inserted. Dental lamellae strong, subparallel. Hinge-plates broad, slightly arched in transverse section, divided terminally. Crura anteriorly concave. DESCRIPTION. Cyclothyris comprises a very variable group of medium to large rhynchonellidae. With the exception of perhaps one or two species, the outline is distinctly transversely oval. A fold and sulcus develop late and there is usually considerable lateral and anterior thickening of the margins in the gerontic stage. The ornament consists chiefly of strong costae with marked growth-lines sometimes becoming lamellar. The type and position on the valves of the growth-lines is regarded as a specific character and can be linked with type of costation when group- ing the species. The members of the latissima group, for instance, have numerous subangular or rounded radiating costae with fairly distinct growth-lines at about one-third the distance from the umbo, and approximately three to five at about two-thirds the distance from the umbo. They tend to be closer together or more lamellar and less prominent at the anterior margin. Bifurcation of the costae in adult forms is rare. In some species, notably C. antidichotoma (Buvignier), the ornament shows con- siderable deviation from the typical. Davidson (1851, pi. 14) in the species Capil- lirhynchia urighti (Davidson) from the Inferior Oolite, and Ager (1958 : 69) in Furcirhynchia furcata Buckman from the Lias illustrated a similar kind of ornament. In the genus Cyclothyris this type of ornament is regarded as a specific character. Marked uniplication of the anterior margin is a strong feature but some species show a tendency to produce an asymmetrical commissure. These aberrant forms are noticeable throughout the generic range and particularly in the Cenomanian species C. difformis. Some species, for instance C. scaldisensis (d'Archiac), are characterized by their large circular foramen. This is a common feature of the latissima group. Internal characters Pedicle valve. The umbonal cavity is roughly oval in cross-section, a pedicle collar being developed within the first 4 mm. The cyclothyrid deltidium is seen in transverse section as two outwardly curving plates, one on either side of the foramen. The crenulated hinge-teeth are thick, quadrate and deeply inserted, expanding dorsally. The diductor muscle-scars are large and triangular. The adductor muscle- scars are too faint for adequate description. Brachial valve. No cardinal process is developed. The hinge-plates are slender and gently arched ventrally. Inner and outer socket-ridges are well defined. The median septum is short and does not support the hinge-plates. Radulifer crura originate from the distal parts of the hinge-plates and curve ventrally. Each terminates in a Y-shaped fork which may be slightly deflected dorsally or remains almost horizontal to the sides of the valve. DISCUSSION. The chief distinguishing characters of Cyclothyris, apart from its general outline, are the extensive interarea, absence of bifurcation and intercalation THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 45 of costae in adult forms, large circular foramen and incipient fold in the brachial valve. The arched and divided or forked hinge-plates, as seen in transverse section, distinguish it from other Cretaceous rhynchonellid genera. It is readily distinguished from Orbirhynchia (Pettitt, 1954) in possessing radulifer crura. The stratigraphical zones quoted for species of Cyclothyris from the Lower Green- sand are according to Casey (1961). Cyclothyris latissima (]. de C. Sowerby) (PI. 4, figs. 7, 8 ; Text-fig. 4) 1825 Terebratula lata J. de C. Sowerby (non T. lata J. Sowerby), p. 165, pi. 502, fig. i. 1829 Terebratula latissima J. de C. Sowerby, Index. 1852 Rhynchonella latissima (J. de C. Sowerby) : Davidson, p. 82, pi. n, figs. 15—22. 1918 Cyclothyris latissima (J. de C. Sowerby) : Buckman, p. 14, pi. 14, fig. ia. 1950 Cyclothyris latissima (J. de C. Sowerby) : Pettitt, pi. i, figs. 14, 15. 1956 Cyclothyris latissima (J. de C. Sowerby) : Owen, pi. 3, fig. 6. EMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Medium sized Cyclothyris approximately 21 mm. long, 24 mm. wide and 13 mm. thick. Transversely oval to subtriangular in outline, lenticular in anterior contour. Brachial valve convex, with broad, flat almost imperceptible median fold. Pedicle valve less convex, with broad shallow sulcus. Anterior commissure broadly arcuate. Umbo short, thick, slightly incurved. Fora- men large. Deltidial plates well exposed. Each valve ornamented by about 60 rounded or subangular costellae (23 per 10 mm.) with approximately 13 on the fold and a corresponding number in the sulcus. LECTOTYPE. In the original description of the species J. de C. Sowerby (1825 : 165) quotes three localities, Faringdon, Sidmouth, and Devizes Canal. The species is represented in the Sowerby Collection, British Museum (Natural History) by three specimens from the above localities. Of these, the specimen from Faringdon was selected and figured as lectotype of the species by Pettitt (1950, pi. i). It is registered in the British Museum (Natural History) collections as 6.61499. Of the two remain- ing syntypes, one is recognizable as a young C. difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck) from the Cenomanian of Sidmouth, Devon, while the other is crushed and too badly damaged for identification. DESCRIPTION. Although C. latissima does not seem to show the same range of variation as other species of Cyclothyris, a marked variant occurs at Faringdon, Berkshire and at Brickhill, Buckinghamshire and reaches dimensions considerably larger than the typical form, measuring approximately 25 mm. long, 34 mm. wide and 18 mm. thick. The dimensions of the lectotype are 21 mm. long, 28 mm. wide and 12 mm. thick. A fine series of specimens illustrating the above variant are to be found in the collections of the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge numbered SM. 6.25682-6.25708. The outline of the shell of C. latissima remains oval to subtriangular with a broad flat fold on the brachial valve. The ornament consists of approximately 60 costellae on each valve, which are characteristically subangular or rounded and interrupted by step-like or fairly steep concentric growth-lines at about one-third the distance GEOL. 7, 2. 2§ 46 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYR1S from the umbo and again at about two-thirds the distance from the umbo. Growth- lines at the anterior margin tend to be more numerous, usually about 3 to 5 and are lamellar. Internal structure. As for genus. Text-fig. 4. Cyclothyris latissima can be distinguished from other Aptian species of Cydothyris by its more acutely triangular outline, more extensive interarea, less marked anterior fold and more prominent growth-lines. It differs from C. depressa (J. de C. Sowerby) FIG. 4. A series of fifteen transverse serial sections through the umbonal part of a specimen of Cyclothyris latissima (J. de C. Sowerby) from the type locality, Faringdon, Berkshire. BM. 66.5482. X2. in its less produced beak, larger dimensions, less angular costellae and more arcuate anterior commissure. It is less convex than other Cyclothyris species with the excep- tion of C. scaldisensis (d'Archiac) from the Tourtia of Belgium which it resembles, but can be distinguished from this species by its smaller dimensions, more prominent growth-lines and less well-developed interarea and beak-ridges. DISTRIBUTION. Apart from the type locality at Faringdon, Berkshire, where it occurs in the Tropaeum subarcticum subzone of the Parahoplites nutfieldensis Zone, C. latissima has also been found in the P. nutfieldensis Zone at Upware, Cambridge and from the junction of the Hythe and Sandgate Beds on the foreshore just west of Folkestone Harbour, Kent. THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 47 Cyclothyris antidichotoma (Buvignier) (PI. 4, figs. 3^6 ; Text-figs. 5, 6) 1842 Terebratula antidichotoma Buvignier, p. 533, pi. 4 fig. 8. 1847 Rhynchonella antidichotoma (Buvignier) d'Orbigny, p. 31, pi. 500, figs. 1-5. 1847 Rhynchonella antidichotoma (Buvignier) : Pictet & Roux, p. 534, pi. 50, figs. $a-g. 1872 Rhynchonella antidichotoma (Buvignier) : Pictet, p. 41, pi. 199, figs. 13-176. 1874 Terebratula antidichotoma Buvignier : Davidson, p. 65, pi. 8, figs. 19-21. 1903 Rhynchonella lineolata var. mirabilis Walker, p. 261, pi. 18, figs. ja-c. EMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Medium to large biconvex Cyclothyris approximately 31 mm. long, 36 mm. wide and 15 mm. thick. Transversely oval to subcircular in outline. Brachial valve with broad, faintly developed median fold. Pedicle valve with wide, shallow sulcus, anteriorly developed. Anterior commissure broadly arcuate to trapezoidal. Umbo massive to sharp, slightly produced. Foramen large. Deltidial plates well exposed. Beak-ridges distinct, interarea extensive. Each valve ornamented with between 15 and 30 fine rounded costellae posteriorly and a few strong angular costae anteriorly. TYPE SPECIMEN. The original specimen figured by Buvignier (1842, pi. 4, fig. 8) cannot be traced and is presumed lost. It is not proposed to erect a neotype of this species until more material from the type locality has been examined. The only available specimen said to be from the area of the type locality examined by the writer is in the d'Orbigny Collection, Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris and is registered in the d'Orbigny catalogue as 6014. This specimen, stated to be from the Albian of Saulce, Ardennes, does not resemble Buvignier's figured specimen in general outline although the ornament is similar. Instead it resembles one of the more robust forms commonly found in England at Brickhill and Upware and regarded as an extreme variant. D'Orbigny (1847, pi. 500) figured two specimens both of which resemble the one figured by Buvignier (1842, pi. 4, fig. 8). Neither of these specimens is in the d'Orbigny Collection and their whereabouts cannot be ascer- tained. DESCRIPTION. Buvignier's figure shows a large Cyclothyris measuring approximately 32 mm. long and 42 mm. wide, with a sharp beak, large foramen and ornament of fine costellae and strong costae which are the main distinguishing features. Specimens possessing similar features have been examined by the writer from Upware, Cam- bridgeshire, Brickhill, Buckinghamshire and Potton and Leighton Buzzard, Bed- fordshire. In addition collections of specimens also bearing these features from Albian localities in France and Switzerland have been studied in the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva. It is probable that the original specimen described by Buvignier came from the Gault of Grandpre, although specimens of other species from this locality are usually preserved as internal casts in phosphatized sandy clay. Buvignier's specimen, however, has a well-preserved shell and may have come from the beds below the phosphate workings which are known to be of Upper Aptian age. In England, the Upper Aptian forms occurring at Brickhill and Upware differ from Buvignier's figured specimen in their more circular general outline and more 48 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS convex valves, although variants approaching the typical form have been found. The Lower Albian forms from Leighton Buzzard, while agreeing in general outline and proportions with Buvignier's figure, have a less acute apical angle, less produced beak and smaller interarea and are much nearer a form which occurs at Goudiniere, Grand St. Bernard and at Mont Saxonet, Savoie, France. This form is represented o .0 0-2 FIG. 5. Eighteen transverse serial sections through the umbonal part of Cyclothyris antidichotoma (Buvignier) from the Upper Aptian, Upware, Cambridge. BM. 6.25753. X 2. in the Davidson Collection, British Museum (Natural History) by three specimens from Goudiniere registered as 66.41485-87. Another specimen showing a marked resemblance to the Leighton Buzzard form comes from the Albian of Vergys, Upper Savoie and is registered as BM. 6.35284. Young forms of this species were thought to belong to a new variety by Walker (1903 : 261) who described them as Rhynchonella lineolata var. mirabilis. They are THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 49 usually more triangular in outline than the adult forms, with marked anterior sulca- tion of both valves. The large marginal costae are less numerous at this stage and the median fold in the brachial valve is not developed. Examples of this juvenile stage were figured by Pictet & Roux (1847, pi. 50) and by Pictet (1872, pi. 919) as R. anti- dichotoma (Buvignier) . The ornament of fine costellae and coarse costae running into one another is characteristic of the species but, as already stated, authors have described a similar 0-2 FIG. 6. Fourteen transverse serial sections through the umbonal part of Cyclothyris antidichotoma (Buvignier) from the Lower Albian, Shenley Hill, Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire. BM. 66.17561. x 2. feature on species in the Jurassic, and less notably, on Upper Cretaceous species such as Cretirhynchia octoplicata (J. Sowerby) as figured by Davidson (1852, pi. 10, figs, i-n). Although there may be sufficient grounds both morphologically and stratigraphic- ally for separating the Upper Aptian forms from those in the Lower Albian of this country, the writer proposes to leave this extremely well-known species as it is at present interpreted until more material from Grandpre, or at least from the French Ardennes, is available and the limits of variation are possible to define. DISTRIBUTION. C. antidichotoma as at present interpreted is a common fossil in 50 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS the Upper Aptian, P. nutfieldensis Zone, at Upware, Cambridge and Brickhill, Buckinghamshire and occurs, though not commonly, in the Lower Albian, Leymeriella tardefurcata Zone at Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire. It has also been collected from the Albian of Mont Saxonet and Goudiniere and from the Ardennes, France. Cyclothyris depressa (J. de C. Sowerby) (PI. 4, fig- ii) 1825 Terebratula depressa J. de C. Sowerby, p. 165, pi. 502, fig. 3. 1852 Rhynchonella depressa (J. de C. Sowerby) Davidson, p. 89, pi. n, figs. 28-32. EMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Small Cyclothyris about 9 mm. long, n mm. wide and 8 mm. thick. Elongate-triangular in outline. Brachial valve convex with moderately well-developed median fold. Pedicle valve less convex with shallow sulcus. Anterior commissure uniplicate with trapezoidal linguiform extension. Beak suberect, apical angle acute. Foramen large. Deltidial plates well exposed. Shell ornamented by about 25-28 sharp, angular, radiating costae originating from the umbones, with 6 on fold and 7-8 in sulcus. LECTOTYPE. In the original description of the species J. de C. Sowerby (1825) figured two specimens as fig. 3 on his pi. 502. Of these the larger of the two specimens is shown in dorsal and ventral views. This specimen is here selected as lectotype of the species. It is in the Sowerby Collection, British Museum (Natural History) No. 6.61468, together with the second figured specimen (6.61469) and three other syntypes (6.61470-72) which are also referable to C. depressa. DESCRIPTION. Apart from its small dimensions, the distinctive characters of this species are those of the beak, which is slightly produced, sharp and suberect. The large circular foramen shows the cyclothyrid deltidial plates to advantage. The pedicle valve has a marked trapezoidal linguiform extension. The sharp, angular costae show no signs of bifurcation or intercalation. They are interrupted only by a faint growth-line which appears at about two-thirds the distance from the umbo to anterior margin. Internal structure. As for genus. REMARKS. C. depressa has been grouped with C. schloenbachi (Davidson) since the two species have much in common. Their general outline and profile is roughly the same with a well-defined fold and sulcus. The linguiform extension is trapezoidal in shape. Both species are relatively small and seem to show the same extremes of variation with fine and coarse costation. C. depressa, however, is distinguished from C. schloenbachi by its more acutely triangular outline, slightly produced beak and shallower sulcus in the pedicle valve and well-developed fold on the brachial valve. It differs from C. latissima in its general triangular outline, angular costation, pro- duced beak, smaller dimensions and trapezoidal linguiform extension. DISTRIBUTION. C. depressa is commonly found in association with C. latissima in the Upper Aptian (P. nutfieldensis Zone) of Faringdon, Berkshire and also at the same horizon at Brickhill, Buckinghamshire. THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 51 Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck) (PI. 5, figs. 1-7 ; Text-figs. 7, 8) 1819 Terebratula difformis Valenciennes in Lamarck, p. 255, fig. indicated Encycl. Meth., 1789, pi. 242, fig. 5. Terebratula dimidiata J. Sowerby, p. 138, pi. 277, fig. 5. Terebratula gallina Brongniart, p. 84, pi. 9, fig. 2. Terebratula deformis Lamarck : Defrance, p. 160, pi. 5, fig. 3. Rhynchonella compressa (Lamarck) : d'Orbigny, p. 35, pi. 497, figs. 1-5. Terebratula difformis Lamarck : Davidson, p. 433, pi. 15, fig. 48. Terebratula compressa Lamarck : Davidson, p. 80, pi. n, figs. 4, 5. Terebratula difformis Lamarck : Quenstedt, p. 696, pi. 54, fig. 2. 1900 Rhynchonella difformis (Lamarck) Jukes-Browne, p. 65, figs. 41, 42. 1918 Terebratula difformis Valenciennes in Lamarck : Clerc & Favre, pi. 15, fig. 84. EMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Medium-sized Cyclothyris approximately 23 mm. long, 31 mm. wide and 17 mm. thick. Shell biconvex, fold low, indistinct, oval to sub- triangular in outline. Anterior commissure with well-marked uniplication. Umbo short, massive, slightly incurved. Foramen fairly large. Deltidial plates conjunct, well exposed. Beak-ridges distinct. Interarea extensive. About 40-45 costae on either valve (14 per 10 mm.) with 9 on fold and 10-11 in sulcus. LECTOTYPE. Owing to Lamarck's blindness the brachiopods in his " Animaux sans Vertebres " (vol. 6, 1819) were described by his pupil A. Valenciennes from specimens in Lamarck's own collection. In the description of Terebratula difformis (p. 255) Valenciennes indicated a specimen illustrated in Encyclopedic Methodique (1789, pi. 242, fig. 5) quoting the localities " near Le Mans, and also at Cap la Heve, near Le Havre " both Cenomanian localities. No type specimen was named or indicated and the whereabouts of the figured specimen is not known. Davidson (1850 : 433) in a description of Lamarck's species states that he bor- rowed the ten specimens used by Valenciennes in his original description and figured one of them as T. difformis (pi. 15, fig. 48). This would have served as lectotype of the species had the specimen not been subsequently lost or mislaid. A further specimen figured by Clerc & Favre (1918, pi. 15, figs. 8^a-d) has therefore been selected as lectotype of the species. This specimen is one of eight to be found under the name Terebratula difformis in the Lamarck Collection at the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva and is registered as No. 48 in the Lamarck catalogue. From the mode of preservation and adhering matrix it was almost certainly collected from the Lower Cenomanian of the Normandy coast. The other seven specimens are probably of Jurassic age. The dimensions of the lectotype are : 23 mm. long, 31 mm. wide and 17 mm. thick. DESCRIPTION. C. difformis is an extremely variable species ranging in outline from subcircular to transversely oval to subtriangular. The ornament usually consists of about 45 coarse to relatively fine costae originating from the umbo of each valve and becoming more elevated towards the anterolateral margins. These costae are usually interrupted by one or two step-like growth-lines situated at about one-half to two- thirds the distance from the umbo to the anterior margin. The umbo varies from short to massive to slightly produced. An extensive interarea 52 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS with distinct beak-ridges is seen throughout the range of variation. The median fold on the brachial valve remains indistinct while the broad, shallow sulcus in the pedicle valve is late in development. The linguiform extension varies from broadly arcuate to trapezoidal but asymmetry of the anterior commissure is a notable character. Variants worthy of special note occur at Wilmington, south Devon and at Cap la Heve, Normandy. One of the Wilmington varieties departs from the typical in having more convex valves, shorter umbo, smaller foramen and more acutely arched FIG. 7. Diagram illustrating thirteen variants of Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck) from Wiltshire, south Devonshire, and Normandy. anterior commissure. The variety usually found on the Normandy coast, on the other hand, has a slightly produced beak, less convex valves and commonly exhibits an asymmetrical anterior commissure. Another notable variant occurs in the Lower Cenomanian, Tourtia, Belgium. Six well-preserved specimens in the British Museum (Natural History) are numbered 66.41475-80. The same variety occurs in the Lower Cenomanian deposits of Essen, North Germany and is represented in the same museum by a single specimen (BB. 4I473)- The specimen figured and described as Terebratula dimidiata by J. Sowerby (1821 : 138, pi. 277, fig. 5) from Halldown near Chudleigh, south-east Devon, is a large, almost sphaeroidal rhynchonellid with coarse costae, sharp, produced beak and THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 53 asymmetrical anterior commissure. This is either an extreme variant of C. difformis or a pathological form. A form somewhat resembling the outline of Sowerby's T. dimidiata but with finer costae, is figured by d'Orbigny (1847, pi- 49$, figs. 6-9) from the Charentes as Rhynchonella difformis. Some authors have followed d'Orbigny 's interpretation of Lamarck's species and Mile G. Fage (1935 : 433, pi. n), in a description of some Upper Cretaceous rhynchonellids from the Charentes, illustrated an evolutionary development from R. difformis d'Orbigny to a variety R. globata Fage. Her figured specimen of R. difformis is stated to have been collected from the Coniacian. A specimen figured by J. de C. Sowerby (1836, pi. 18, fig. 2) as T. dilatata was stated in the explanation of the plates to have been collected from Blackdown, south Dorset. FIG. 8. A series of twelve transverse serial sections through the umbonal part of Cyclo- thyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck) from the lower Cenomanian, Cap la Heve, near Le Havre, Normandy. BM. 6.35224. x 2. This figure shows a remarkable similarity to a specimen figured by Schloenbach (1867, pi. 23, fig. 2) as C. difformis from the Lower Cenomanian of Essen, Germany. DISTRIBUTION. C. difformis ranges from the Lower to Middle Cenomanian of the west of England, Normandy and North Germany. In the type area of the Normandy coast it occurs in the remanie bed at the base of the Cenomanian, is abundant in the Lower Cenomanian and is less common, but still well represented in the Middle Cenomanian. In England the species is almost unrepresented in the Middle Cenomanian though rare examples have been found in the Middle Cenomanian basement beds of west Dorset. It is abundant, however, in the Lower Cenomanian, occurring in Wiltshire (Warminster Greensand) and the Devon coast, as well as in the Isle of Wight. A well-marked variant is the commonest brachiopod in the sandy Lower Cenomanian 54 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS of Wilmington, south Devon. It is said to occur in the dispar Zone at Punfield Cove, south Dorset but specimens of this species are more likely to have been collected from the bottom Cenomanian beds. Its occurrence below this level is uncertain. Cyclothyris compressa (Valenciennes in Lamarck) (PL 5, ng. 8) 1819 Terebratula compressa Valenciennes in Lamarck, p. 256, No. 54. 1850 Terebratula compressa Lamarck : Davidson, p. 455, pi. 15, fig. 54. 1918 Terebratula compressa Valenciennes in Lamarck : Clerc & Favre, pi. 19, figs. 117, 119. EMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Cyclothyris, about 28 mm. long, 32 mm. wide and 14 mm. thick. Distinctly subtriangular in general outline ; brachial valve convex with faint median fold. Pedicle valve posteriorly convex with broad, shallow median sulcus. Both valves ornamented by about 40 strong, acutely angular, radiating costae, (8 per 10 mm.) with 8 on fold and a corresponding number in sulcus. Concentric growth-lines very faint. Beak short, slender, slightly incurved. Beak-ridges distinct, interarea small. Deltidial plates triangular, foramen small. LECTOTYPE. The specimen here selected as lectotype of the species is one of four syntypes in the Lamarck Collection at the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva and is numbered in the Lamarck Catalogue as No. 54. The specimen was figured by Davidson (1850, pi. 15, fig. 54) and by Clerc & Favre (1918, pi. 19, fig. 117). It was collected from the Upper Cenomanian of Coulaines near Le Mans in the Sarthe, south-west of the Paris basin. The dimensions of the lectotype are : 29 mm. long, 35 mm. wide and 14 mm. thick. DESCRIPTION. C. compressa is one of the most distinctive species of Cyclothyris. It is characterized by its acutely subtriangular outline and strong angular costae. It can be distinguished by its low, faintly developed median fold, trapezoidal lingui- form extension, and marginal thickening of the valves. It is probable that this species is a direct development of C. difformis. A specimen from the Tourtia of Belgium, showing characters of both species is in the British Museum (Natural History) numbered BM. 6.1889. Another specimen figured by Davidson (1852, pi. n, figs. 4, 5) as C. compressa and figured here on PL 5, fig. 8 as C. difformis shows the general outline of C. difformis with the anterior and lateral contours and sharp angular costae of C. compressa but without the marginal thickening of the valves. DISTRIBUTION. The species, originally described from Coulaines near Le Mans in the Sarthe, France is confined to the sandy Cenomanian of the south-west Paris basin. The typical form is characteristic of the Upper Cenomanian, Sables du Perche, where it is the only rhynchonellid present. Related but not identical forms occur in the beds above (Marnes a Ostrea biauriculata) and below (Sables et Gres du Mans). Varieties, stated to belong to this species, were described by Cayeux (1949) from Le Havre but were not accompanied by any adequate description or illustration, nor were any type-specimens indicated. THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 55 Cyclothyris schloenbachi (Davidson) (PI. 4, figs. 12, 13) 1852 Rhynchonella depressa vars. A and B, Davidson, p. 92, pi. 12, figs. 28-30. 1874 Rhynchonella schloenbachi Davidson, p. 59. EMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Small Cyclothyris about n mm. long, 15 mm. wide and 13 mm thick. Shell outline oval, brachial valve convex, slightly inflated, with well-defined median fold. Pedicle valve less convex with shallow sulcus broadening anteriorly. Foramen medium sized to small. Beak-ridges distinct, interarea fairly long. Orna- ment varying from fine to coarse costae. LECTOTYPE. C. schloenbachi was first described by Davidson (1874 : 59) who included three specimens which he had previously described and figured (1852 : 92, pi. 12, figs. 28-30) as varieties A and B of Rhynchonella depressa (]. de C. Sowerby), an Upper Aptian species. Two of these specimens (figs. 28, 29) were collected from the Cenomanian of Chardstock, Somerset, BM. 6.8215, and the third (fig. 30) from the Cenomanian of Shaftesbury, Wiltshire. Of these syntypes, the specimen from Shaftesbury (BM. 6.8216), figured by Davidson (1852, pi. 12, fig. 30) is here selected as lectotype of the species. DESCRIPTION. Cyclothyris schloenbachi is a common fossil is the Lower Cenomanian beds of south Devon, Somerset, south Wiltshire, and Dorset. As can be seen from Davidson's original figures (1852, pi. 12, figs. 28-30) the ornament varies from fine, subangular to strong, coarse costae. Davidson himself (1874 : 59) noted this varia- tion and stated that intermediate forms were commonly found with the extreme forms. The median fold is better developed or more distinct on specimens with finer costae and is often replaced in the coarser costate forms by a slight sulcation of the brachial valve. Bifurcation of the costae is a fairly common feature of the young coarsely costate forms. Both variants occur with intermediate forms in the same beds at Chardstock in Somerset, Beer Head, Devon, and Pinhay Cliff, Dorset. Because of its comparatively small dimensions C. schloenbachi cannot easily be confused with other known Cyclothyris species. It is distinguished from the somewhat similar C. depressa. by its oval outline, less produced beak, smaller foramen and better developed or deeper sulcus in the pedicle valve. DISTRIBUTION. In England, C. schloenbachi appears to be confined to the Lower Cenomanian beds of south Devon, Dorset, Somerset and Wiltshire. A slightly larger form of the same species occurs in the Lower Cenomanian beds of Vivautier in the department of Orne, France and is represented in the Davidson Collection, British Museum (Natural History) by fifteen specimens numbered 6.11917. These specimens show variations identical with those of the English forms. Cyclothyris lepida sp. n. (PI. 4, fig. 10) DIAGNOSIS. Cyclothyris about 22 mm. long, 32 mm. wide and 16 mm. thick. Shell biconvex, transversely oval in outline. Brachial valve with poorly developed median 56 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS fold. Pedicle valve with broad shallow sulcus. Both valves ornamented by about 60-65 fine rounded costellae (21 per 10 mm.) with 20 on the fold and about 22 in the sulcus. Anterior contour lenticular. Linguiform extension trapezoidal, moderately developed. Beak prominent with large foramen. HOLOTYPE. SM. 6.25683 from the Upper Aptian, Brickhill, Buckinghamshire in the collections of the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. Dimensions of holotype. 26 mm. long, 33 mm. wide and 16 mm. thick. PARATYPES. Twenty-two specimens from the type locality in the Sedgwick Museum SM. 6.25682, 6.25684-87, 6.25689-702, 6.25706-08. Also 40 specimens from the same locality and horizon in the 6ritish Museum (Natural History), 6.25546, 6.25547, 5.25549. DESCRIPTION. C. lepida is a medium-sized Cyclothyris with a characteristic orna- ment of fine radiating costellae originating from the umbones of each valve. The absence of any prominent growth-lines gives the species a neat appearance. The beak is strong and slightly incurved. An extensive interarea is bounded by distinct beak-ridges. The foramen is large and the deltidial plates well exposed. Internal characters. As for genus. REMARKS. This species can be distinguished from others of Cyclothyris mainly by its distinctly oval outline, fine costellae, regular anterior commissure, moderately developed but well-marked median fold on the brachial valve, trapezoidal linguiform extension and absence of marked growth-lines. It occurs with C. antidichotoma (6uvignier) at 6rickhill but its ornament shows none of the characteristics of this species. It is probably the species referred to by authors as Rhynchonella lata d'Orbigny (1847 : 21) from the Neocomian of France. 6ecause if its regular outline, well-marked median fold and absence of prominent growth-lines, C. lepida is grouped with C. depressa and C. schloenbachi. DISTRIBUTION. C. lepida appears to be confined to the Upper Aptian of 6rickhill, 6uckinghamshire. Cyclothyris levis sp. n. (PI. 4, fig- 9) DIAGNOSIS. Cyclothyris about 20 mm. long, 24 mm. wide and 12 mm. thick. Shell biconvex, distinctly subtriangular in outline. No median fold developed on brachial valve. Shallow, broad sulcus developed anteriorly in pedicle valve. 6oth valves covered by about 100 very fine capillae (48 per 10 mm.). 6eak short, massive, foramen small. 6eak-ridges distinct. Interarea small. Deltidial plates not well exposed. HOLOTYPE. 66.41493 in 6ritish Museum (Natural History) from the Lower Albian (L. tardefurcata Zone) of the Shenley Limestone, Leighton 6uzzard, 6edford- shire. Dimensions of holotype are : 22 mm. long, 27 mm. wide and 14 mm. thick. PARATYPES. Sixty-one specimens in 6ritish Museum (Natural History) registered Nos. 6.26541, 6.26542, 6.26595. . DESCRIPTION. In general outline this species resembles C. latissima but has a much more inflated brachial valve. A broad, shallow sulcus develops late in the THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 57 pedicle valve giving rise to a low broadly arcuate anterior commissure. The short, slightly incurved beak is sharp and massive with a small circular foramen. Distinct beak-ridges define a small interarea. Faint concentric growth-lines are seen on both valves and appear more distinct towards the anterolateral margins. Internal characters. As for genus. REMARKS. C. levis is distinguished from other Cyclothyris species by its extremely fine, rounded capillae, short massive beak, absence of median fold in the brachial valve and poorly developed sulcus in the pedicle valve. It can be distinguished from C. lepida sp. n. mainly by its general subtriangular outline, fine capillae, absence of median fold, shorter more massive beak, less extensive interarea, poorly exposed deltidial plates and broad arcuate anterior commissure. Although resembling C. latissima in general outline it can be distinguished from this species by its less extensive interarea, less produced beak, finer ornament of capillae, less marked growth-lines and broader arcuate anterior commissure. DISTRIBUTION. Cyclothyris levis is confined to the Lower Albian and is a common fossil in the limestone lenticles (L. tardefurcata Zone) at Leighton Buzzard, Bedford- shire. Cyclothyris scaldisensis (d'Archiac) (PI. 4 fig. i) 1846 Terebratula scaldisensis d'Archiac, p. 330, pi. 21, fig. n. EMENDED DIAGNOSIS. Cyclothyris about 24 mm. long, 32 mm. wide and 16 mm. thick. Shell biconvex, oval to subtriangular in outline, brachial valve with broad incipient median fold. Broad flattened median sulcus in pedicle valve. Umbo short, massive, slightly incurved. Foramen large, circular. Deltidial plates well exposed. Costae fine, rounded, numbering about 68 on each valve (12 per 10 mm.) with 15-18 on the fold and a corresponding number in the sulcus. HOLOTYPE. The specimen used by d'Archiac in his description of the species was stated to have been collected from the Tourtia of Belgium. It is not certain whether this specimen is still extant and enquiries are still being made. Several well-preserved specimens from the Tourtia of Belgium are to be found in the Davidson Collection and in the general collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Two good examples of this species are from Tournai and are registered 6.1889, 66.41492. Another specimen, larger than the dimensions given for the typical form, is figured here on PI. 4, fig. i. DESCRIPTION. C. scaldisensis is medium sized, characteristically oval to broadly subtriangular in outline. The brachial valve is convex and slightly inflated posteriorly with a very faintly developed median fold. The pedicle valve is convex in the umbonal region but develops a shallow sulcus which broadens anteriorly. The linguiform extension is moderately developed giving rise to a low broad, arcuate anterior commissure. Both valves are ornamented by about 65-68 fairly fine, rounded costae radiating from the umbones. Faint lamellar growth-lines are seen at about half and again at two-thirds the distance from the beak to the anterior margin. They tend to become more prominent anteriorly. The short umbo is massive with a large circular 58 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS foramen and well-exposed deltidial plates. The beak-ridges are distinct and define a faintly concave extensive interarea. This is probably the least variable of all species of Cyclothyris. Its characteristically fine, rounded costae and faint concentric growth-lines make it easily distinguishable from C. difformis, with which it is often associated. It differs from C. latissima, from which it was most probably developed, by its less prominent growth-lines, longer or more extensive interarea and less incurved beak. FIG. 9. Fourteen transverse serial sections through the umbonal part of Cretirhynchia norvicensis Pettitt from the Upper Chalk (mucronata Zone), Mousehold Pit, Norwich. BM. 6.25079. x 2. DISTRIBUTION. Apart from the area of its original description in the Lower Ceno- manian, Tourtia, of Belgium, the species is recorded from the Lower Cenomanian of Honfleur, Cap la Heve and Fecamp, Normandy and from a similar horizon in the Munster basin at Essen, Germany. It also occurs, though not commonly, in the Lower Cenomanian beds of Wiltshire, and the south Devon coast. Genus BURRIRHYNCHIA nov. DIAGNOSIS. Small to medium biconvex rhynchonellidae. Usually elongate- triangular in general outline. Umbo massive, suberect ; beak-ridges rounded. THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 59 Foramen small, circular, hypothyrid. Deltidial plates disjunct, cyclothyrid. Anterior commissure with broad trapezoidal linguiform extension Faint fold on brachial valve. Hinge plates narrow, ventrally arched. Median septum strong, persistent. Ornament of fine, rounded costellae (more than 50 on each valve). TYPE SPECIES. " Rhynchonella " leightonensis Walker, 1903. HOLOTYPE. From Lower Albian (L. tardefurcata Zone), Shenley Hill, Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire, No. GSM. 51279 in the Geological Survey Museum. FIG. 10. A series of thirteen serial sections through the umbonal part of Burrirhynchia cantabrigensis (Davidson) from the Upper Aptian of Upware, Cambridge. B.M. B.2574Q. x 2. REMARKS. The genus differs from Cyclothyris in its more elongate-triangular outline, strong persistent median septum, small foramen, rounded beak-ridges, and narrow hinge-plates which are not terminally divided. In transverse outline it resembles Sulcirhynchia Burri (1953) from the Swiss Neocomian, from which it may have been developed. It can be distinguished from this genus, however, by its stronger, more persistent, median septum, narrower, less acutely ventrally deflected hinge-plates, shorter, less deeply inserted hinge-teeth and more clearly defined inner and outer socket-ridges. Burrirhynchia almost certainly gave rise to Cretirhynchia Pettitt, 1950, from the Upper Chalk but is distinguished from it by its subparallel dental lamellae, disjunct 60 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS deltidial plates, poorly defined interarea and absence of bifurcation of costellae and thicker, less clearly defined hinge-plates. RANGE. Upper Aptian to Lower Albian. SPECIES ASSIGNED. " R." leightonensis Walker, " R." cantabrigensis Davidson, " R." gibbsiana (]. de C. Sowerby), " R." bertheloti d'Orbigny. " R." tripartita Pictet. MATERIAL AND LOCALITIES. One hundred and sixty specimens of B. leightonensis (Walker) from the Lower Albian (L. tardefurcata Zone), Shenley Hill, Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire (6.26524-28, 6.26595), 57 specimens of B. cantabrigensis (Davidson) from the Upper Aptian, of Upware, Cambridge and 85 specimens of the same species from Brickhill, Buckinghamshire and one specimen of " R" gibbsiana (J. de C. Sow.) from Folkestone, Kent, all in the British Museum (Natural History). CONCLUSION Although, externally, Cyclothyris shows considerable variation both in size, outline and ornament, internally it remains fairly constant. Within certain limits internal variation can be confined to the development of the hinge-plates, dental lamellae and the septum in the brachial valve. In the typical form from the Upper Aptian the dental lamellae are postero-anteriorly shorter than those of the Albian and Cenomanian forms and the hinge-plates in the Upper Aptian and Albian forms tend to be more acutely deflected towards the ventral valve than in the Cenomanian species, though this may be a variable character. Some authors, such as Makridin (1955) and Dacque (1934) have suggested that the genus ranges from the Upper Jurassic to Cretaceous. Their definition of the genus is most probably based on Central European material which may have con- tained early ancestral forms. The Neocomian genus Lepidorhynchia Burri (1956) certainly has both external and internal characters in common with Cyclothyris. The cyclothyrid deltidial plates are already evident and the ornament of subangular costae shows a tendency to marginal dichotomy, a character observed in very young specimens of C. latissima from Faringdon. Also, in Lepidorhynchia, are seen the ventrally curved and termin- ally divided hinge-plates which, when further developed in Cyclothyris, form the main distinguishing characters allowing the genus to be separated from Sulcirhynchia and Lamellaerhynchia. Both these genera, however, have a great deal in common with Cyclothyris and have obviously been developed from the same original stock. It was at first thought that Cyclothyris gave rise to the Upper Cretaceous genus Cretirhynchia but, in the light of present knowledge, this theory is no longer tenable. In his description of the genus Cretirhynchia, Pettitt (1950) remarked on the differences between his genus from the Upper Chalk, and the Lower Cretaceous genus Cyclothyris. In the same work (p. n, text-fig. 4) he figured a series of serial sections of the type- species C. plicatilis (J. Sowerby) from Northfleet, Kent showing the strong converging dental lamellae, short hinge-plates persistent septum and broad radulifer crura. Recently, the writer, has prepared several serial sections of other species of Cretirhyn- chia from Norfolk and Kent which compare favourably with Pettitt's illustrations. These sections show quite clearly that Cretirhynchia is not a direct development of THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 61 Cyclothyris but is closely related to early Cretaceous forms represented by the species " Rhynchonella " cantabrigensis Davidson from Upware and Brickhill and " R." leightonensis Walker from the Shenley Limestone. Both these species are here referred to Burrirhynchia gen. nov. A comparison between the serial sections of Burrirhynchia cantabrigensis from Upware (Text-fig. 10) and Cretirhynchia norvicensis Pettitt from Norfolk (Text-fig. 9) shows that the two have much in common. Neither species has a pedicle collar ; the outline in transverse section is similar ; both have narrow thickened hinge-plates. The median septum in the brachial valve of both forms persists for well over one half the length of the shell. In addition the broad radulifer crura are given off dorsally from similarly shaped crural bases. Externally also the two forms are much alike. Both have a short, massive umbo with small foramen and ornament of fine, rounded costae. Neither species shows any of the distinguishing characters of Cyclothyris nor is there any tendency to asymmetry of the anterior margin, a common feature of some Cyclothyris species. It is probable, therefore, that Cretirhynchia developed from such early Cretaceous forms as Burrirhynchia cantabrigensis and B. leightonensis which marked the beginning or early stages and C. norvicensis the last or later stages of its evolution. Both B. cantabrigensis and B. leightonensis are closely related to Sulcirhynchia Burri, from the Neocomian of Switzerland. Cyclothyris probably died out in the Upper Cenomanian with C. compressa (Valen- ciennes in Lamarck), though Turonian species such as " Rhynchonella " vespertilio (Brocchi) which may have been developed from C. compressa and " R." elegans Hanstein, from the Ciply Chalk, have still to be investigated. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am greatly indebted to Dr. E. I. White, F.R.S., Keeper of Palaeontology, British Museum (Natural History) for permission to work on the collections in his department and to Dr. H. M. Muir-Wood for her kind help and encouragement, and for reading the manuscript. My thanks are also due to Dr. F. Burri, Basel ; to Mme. A. Schnorf, Musee Geolo- gique, Lausanne, Switzerland ; to Mr. A. G. Brighton and Dr. Colin Forbes, Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge ; to Mr. K. J. Evans, King's College, London and to Dr. VV. T. Dean and Mr. F. M. Wonnacott, British Museum (Natural History), London. REFERENCES ACER, D. V. 1958. A Monograph of the British Liassic Rhynchonellidae , 2 : 51-84, pis. 1-3. [Mon. Palaeont. Soc., London.] D'ARCHIAC, A. 1847. Rapport sur les fossiles du Tourtia. Mem. Soc. geol. Fr., Paris (2) 2 : 291-351, pis. 13-25. BARROIS, C. 1875. Sur le Gault et sur les couches entre lesquelles il est compris dans le bassin de Paris. Ann. Soc. geol. Nord, Lille, 2 : 1-63. BROCCHI, G. 1814. Conchiologia fossile subapennina, 2 : 241-712, pis. 1-16. Milan. BRONGNIART, A. 1822. In Cuvier, G. & Brongniart, A. Description geologique des environs de Paris, iv + 428 pp., n pis. Paris. 62 THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS BUCKMAN, S. S. 1906. Brachiopod Nomenclature. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (7) 18 : 32-327- — 1918. Brachiopoda of the Namyau Beds, Northern Shan States, Burma. Palaeont. Indica, Calcutta (N.S.) 3, 2 : 1-299, pis. 1-21. BURRI, F. 1956. Die Rhynchonelliden der Unteren Kreide (Valanginien-Barremien) im westschweizerischen Juragebirge. Eel. geol. Helv., Lausanne, 49 : 600-701, pis. 1-15. CASEY, R. 1961. The stratigraphical palaeontology of the Lower Greensand. Palaeontology, London, 3 : 487-621, pis. 77-84. CAYEUX, L. 1949. Essai de classification des mollusques brachiopodes de 1'etage cenomanien de la region. Bull. Soc. geol. Normandie, Le Havre (N.S.) 3 : 1-4. CLERC, M. & FAVRE, J. 1918. Catalogue illusive de la collection Lamarck, Part I. 117 pis. Paris. COOPER, G. A. 1955. New Cretaceous Brachiopoda from Arizona. Smithson. Misc. Coll., Washington, 131, 4 : 1-18, pis. 1-4. CORROY, G. 1925. Le Neocomien de la bordure orientale du Bassin de Paris. Bull. Soc. Sci nat. Nancy (4) 2 : 1-171. DACQUE, E. 1934. Wirbellose des Jura. In Gurich, G. Leitfossilien, 7 : 582 pp., 24 pis. Berlin. DALL, W. H. 1877. Index to the names which have been applied to subdivisions of the Class Brachiopoda. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., Washington, 8 : 1-87. DAVIDSON, T. 1852-54. A Monograph of British Cretaceous Brachiopoda, 2. 117 pp., 12 pis. [Mon. Palaeont. Soc., London.] — 1874. A Monograph of the British Fossil Brachiopoda, 4, i. Supplement to the Recent, Tertiary, and Cretaceous Species. 72 pp., 8 pis. [Mon. Palaeont. Soc., London.] DEFRANCE, M. J. L. 1828. Terebratula deformis Lamk. Diet. Sci. nat., Paris, 53 : 160. FACE, G. 1935. Rhynchonelles du Cretace Superieur des Charentes. Bull. Soc. geol. Fr.t Paris (5) 4:433-441, pi. i. FITTON, J. 1836. Observations on some of the strata between the Chalk and the Oxford Oolite in south-east of England. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. (2) 4 : 335-349, pis. 11-23. GEINITZ, H. B. 1872. Das Elthalgebirge in Sachsen. Palaeontographica, Stuttgart, 20 : 147-207, pis. 36-45. HANSTEIN, R. VON. 1879. Brachiopoden der oberen Kreide von Ciply. 58 pp. Bonn. HERTLEIN, L. G. & GRANT, U. S. 1944. The Cenozoic Brachiopoda of Western North America. Univ. Calif. Publ. Math. Phys. Sci., Berkeley, 3. vi + 236 pp., 21 pis. IMLAY, R. 1937. Lower Neocomian fossils from the Miquihuana region, Mexico. /. Paleont., Menasha, 11 : 552-574, pis. 1-13. JUKES-BROWNE, A. J. 1900. Cretaceous Rocks of Britain, i. Gault and Upper Greensand of England, x + 499 Pp- [Mem. Geol. Surv. U.K.] London. - & HILL, W. 1896. A Delimitation of the Cenomanian ; being a comparison of the corresponding Beds of South-Western England and Western France. Quart. J. Geol. Soc., Lond., 52 : 99-177. LAMARCK, J. P. B. 1819. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, 6, i : 1-343. Paris. MAKRIDIN, V. P. 1955. Some Jurassic Rhynchonellids of the European part of USSR. Zap. Geol. Fak. Kharkov State Univ., 12 : 81-91. [In Russian]. M'Cov, F. 1844. A synopsis of the characters of the Carboniferous Limestone fossils of Ireland. viii + 207 pp., 29 pis. Dublin. MEYER, C. J. A. 1874. On Cretaceous rocks of Beer Head and adjoining cliff-sections, and on the relative horizons therein of the the Warminster and Blackdown fossiliferous deposits. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 30 : 369-393. MIDDLEMISS, F. A. 1959. English Aptian Terebratulidae. Palaeontology, London, 2 : 94-142, pis. 15-18. MuiR-WooD, H. M. 1934. On the internal structure of some Mesozoic Brachiopoda. Philos. Trans., London (B) 223 no. 505 : 511-567, pis. i, 2. THE BRACHIOPOD GENUS CYCLOTHYRIS 63 MuiR-WooD, H. M. 1955. A History of the Classification of the Phylum Brachiopoda. 124 pp. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London. — & COOPER, G. A. 1960. Morphology, Classification and life habits of the Productoidea (Brachiopoda). Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer., Rochester, N.Y., 81 : xi -f- 447 pp., 135 pis. OWEN, E. F. 1955. The use of sugar solution in the differentiation of the internal structures of Upper Chalk Brachiopods. Proc. Geol. Ass. Lond., 66 : 369-370. 1956. The Lower Cretaceous Brachiopods " Rhynchonella " gibbsiana (J. de C. Sowerby) and Sulcirhynchia hythensis sp. nov. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (12) 9 : 164-172, pi. i. — 1960. A Note on " Rhynchonella " sulcata (Parkinson) from the Lower Cretaceous of Great Britain. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (13) 2 : 248-256, pi. i. ORBIGNY, A. D'. 1848-51. Terrains cretaces. Paleontologie francaise, 4: 1-390, pis. 490-599. Paris. PETTITT, N. E. 1950. Rhynchonellidae of the British Chalk, I. 26 pp., 2 pis. [Mon. Palaeont. Soc., London.] - 1954. Rhynchonellidae of the British Chalk, II. 26 pp, i pi. [Mon. Palaeont. Soc., London] . PICTET, F. J. 1872. Description des fossiles du terrain cretac6 des environs de Sainte-Croix, 5. Mater. Paleont. suisse, Geneve (6) 1 : 1-158, pis. 195-208. — & Roux, W. 1847-53. Mollusques fossiles des gres verts de Geneve. 558 pp., 51 pis. Geneve. QUENSTEDT, F. A. 1882. Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde. viii -f 1239 pp., Tubingen (esp. p. 696). RZHONITSKAYA, M. A. 1959- Systematics of the Rhynchonellids. Pal. J. Akad. Nauk. SSSR., 1 : 25-36. [In Russian]. SCHLOENBACH, U. 1867. Uber die Brachiopoden der norddeutschen Cenoman-Bildungen. Geogn. Paldont. Beitr. (E. W. Benecke), Miinchen, 1 : 399-506, pis. 21-23. SCHUCHERT, C. 1913. Brachiopoda. In Zittel, K. A. von, edited by Eastman, C. R. Textbook of Palaeontology, 1 : 355-420, figs. 526-636. 2nd edit. London. SHARPE, D. 1854. On the age of the fossiliferous sands and gravels of Farringdon and its neighbourhood. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 10 : 176-198, pis. i, 2. SOWERBY, J. 1812-15. Mineral Conchology of Great Britain, 1. vii + 234 pp., 102 pis. London. — 1818-21. Mineral Conchology of Great Britain, 3. 184 pp., pis. 204-306. London. SOWERBY, J. DE C. 1836. In Fitton, J. Observations on some of the strata between the Chalk and the Oxford Oolite in the south-east of England. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond. (2) 4 : 335-349, pis. 11-23. SPATH, L. F. 1926. On the zones of the Cenomanian and Uppermost Albian. Proc. Geol. Ass. Lond., 37 : 420-432. THOMSON, J. A. 1927. Brachiopod morphology and genera (Recent and Tertiary). N.Z. Board Sci. Art. Manual, 7 : vi + 338 pp., 2 pis. Dominion Museum, Wellington. WRIGHT, C. W. & E. V. 1951. A survey of the fossil cephalopoda of the Chalk of Great Britain. 41 pp. [Mon. Palaeont. Soc., London.] PLATE 4 FIGS. ia-c. Cyclothyris scaldisensis (d'Archiac). Tourtia, Gussignies, Belgium. BM. B.I 1965. FIGS. za-c. Cyclothyris dimidiata (J. Sowerby) = C. difformis. Cenomanian, Halldown, south-east Devon. BM. 6.61466. FIGS. 3«-c. Cyclothyris antidichotoma (Buvignier). Lower Albian, Shenley Hill, Leigh ton Buzzard, Bedfordshire. BM. 66.41495. FIGS. ^a-c. Cyclothyris antidichotoma (Buvignier). Lower Albian, Goudiniere, Grand St. Bernard, Savoie, France. BM. 66.41486. FIGS. $a-c. Cyclothyris antidichotoma (6uvignier). Upper Aptian, 6rickhill, 6uckingham- shire. 6M. 66.41490. FIGS. 6a-c. Cyclothyris antidichotoma (6uvignier). Upper Aptian, Upware, Cambridge. 6M. 6.27264. FIGS. ja-c. Cyclothyris latissima (J. de C. Sowerby). Upper Aptian, Faringdon, 6erkshire. 8M. 66. 41494. FIGS. Sa-c. Cyclothyris latissi ma (J. deC. Sowerby). Lectotype. Upper Aptian, Faringdon, 6erkshire. 6M. 6.61499. FIGS. ga-c. Cyclothyris levis sp. n. Holotype. Lower Albian, Shenley Hill, Leigh ton 6uzzard, 6edfordshire. 6M. 66.41493. FIGS. ioa-c. Cyclothyris lepida sp. n. Holotype. Upper Aptian, 6rickhill, 6uckingham- shire. Sedgwick Museum Coll. 6.25683. FIGS. na-c. Cyclothyris depressa (J. de C. Sowerby). Lectotype. Upper Aptian, Faring- don, 6erkshire. 6M. 6.61468. FIGS. I2a-c. Cyclothyris schloenbachi (Davidson). Lectotype. Lower Cenomanian, Shaftes- bury, Wiltshire. 6M. 6.8216. FIGS. i$a-c. Cyclothyris schloenbachi (Davidson). Coarsely costate variant from Chard- stock, Somerset. 6M. 6. 8215. All figures at natural size unless otherwise stated. 6M. — 6ritish Museum (Natural History). 4 JUN196? Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 2 PLATE 4 6a PLATE 5 FIGS. la-c. Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck). Cenomanian, Warminster, Wiltshire. Typical form. B.M. no. 45336. FIGS. 2a-c. Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck) . Lower Cenomanian, Wilming- ton, south Devon. BM. 36.41433. FIGS. 3«-c. Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck). Lower Cenomanian, Cap le Heve, near Le Havre, Normandy BM. 6.82754. FIGS. 4«-c. Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck). Lower Cenomanian, Wilming- ton, south Devon. BM. 66.15292. FIGS. 5a— c. Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck). Tourtia, Tournai, Belgium. BM. 66.41476. FIGS. 6a-c. Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck). Cenomanian, Essen, Germany. Similar variant to fig. 5 from Belgium. 6M. 66.41473. FIGS. ja-c. Cyclothyris difformis (Valenciennes in Lamarck). Lower Cenomanian, War- minster, Wiltshire. 6M. 6.8301. FIGS. Sa-c. Cyclothyris compressa (Valenciennes in Lamarck). Upper Cenomanian, Le Mans, Sarthe, France. BM. 66.41489. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 2 PLATE 5 la Ic 2c 2a 8c THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES IN THE CROSS FELL INLIER OF NORTHERN ENGLAND W. T. DEAN BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY Vol. 7 No. 3 LONDON: 1962 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES IN THE CROSS FELL INLIER OF NORTHERN ENGLAND BY WILLIAM THORNTON DEAN Pp. 65-134 ; Pis. 6-1 8 ; 5 Text-figures BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY Vol. 7 No. 3 LONDON: 1962 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is issued in five series corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical Series. Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 7, No. 3 of the Geological (Palaeontologicai) series. Trustees of the British Museum 1962 PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued August 1962 Price Forty-two Shillings THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES IN THE CROSS FELL INLIER OF NORTHERN ENGLAND By WILLIAM THORNTON DEAN Page I. INTRODUCTION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ...... 69 II. STRATIGRAPHICAL SUMMARY ........ 69 III. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS ........ 72 Family Raphiophoridae Angelin . . . . . .72 Lonchodomas swindalensis sp. nov. ..... 72 Lonchodomas pennatus (La louche) ..... 78 Family Trinucleidae Hawle & Corda ..... 79 Subfamily Cryptolithinae Angelin ...... 79 Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (Reed) ..... 79 Broeggerolithus melmerbiensis sp. nov. . . . . .81 Broeggerolithus cf. transiens (Bancroft) .... 82 Broeggerolithus sp. . . . . . . .83 Onnia gracilis (Bancroft) ....... 84 Onnia superba (Bancroft) pusgillensis Dean .... 84 Subfamily Tretaspidinae Whittington ..... 85 Tretaspis cf. ceriodes donsi St0rmer ..... 85 Tretaspis convergens Dean . . . . . . .85 Tretaspis kiaeri St0rmer radialis Lament .... 86 Tretaspis kiaeri St0rmer duftonensis Dean . . . .86 Family Cheiruridae Salter ....... 86 Subfamily Cyrtometopinae Opik ...... 86 Pseudosphaerexochus cf. octolobatus (M'Coy) .... 87 Family Encrinuridae Angelin ....... 88 Subfamily Encrinurinae Angelin ...... 88 Encrinurus sp. ........ 88 Subfamily Dindymeninae Pfibyl ...... 89 Dindymene duftonensis sp. nov. ...... 89 Dindymene sp. ......... 90 Subfamily Cybelinae Holliday . . . . . .91 Atractopyge scabra sp. nov. . . . . . .91 Atractopyge? sp. ........ 93 Paracybeloides cf. girvanensis (Reed) ..... 94 Paracybeloides sp. ........ 95 Family Dalmanitidae Reed ....... 95 Subfamily Dalmanitinae Reed ...... 95 Dalmanitina mucronata (Brongniart) matutina subsp. nov. . 95 Subfamily Acastinae Delo . . . . . . -97 Kloucekia (Phacopidina) apiculata (M'Coy) ... 97 Duftonia lacunosa Dean ....... 97 GEOL. 7, 3. 3 68 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Page Family Pterygometopidae Reed ...... 98 Subfamily Pterygometopinae Reed ..... 98 Calyptaulax planiformis sp. nov. ..... 98 Estoniops alifrons (M'Coy) ...... 100 Subfamily Chasmopsinae Pillet . . . . . .104 Chasmops cf. extensa (Boeck) . . . . . .104 Chasmops aff. maxima (Schmidt) ..... 105 Chasmops sp. ......... 105 Family Homalonotidae Chapman . ; . . . . .106 Brongniartella minor (Salter) . . . . . .106 Brongniartella ascripta (Reed) . . . . . .106 Brongniartella bisulcata (M'Coy) . ' . . . . . 108 Brongniartella depressa sp. nov. ...... 108 Brongniartella aff. platynota (Dalman) . . . .no Family Calymenidae Burmeister . . . . . .in Flexicalymene cf. caractaci (Salter) . . . . .114 Onnicalymene onniensis (Shirley) . . . . .115 Onnicalymene laticeps (Bancroft) . . . . .115 Diacalymene cf. marginata Shirley . . . . .116 Gravicalymene jugifera sp. nov. . . . . . .116 Family Dimeropygidae Hupe . . . . . . .118 Toernquistia aff. reedi Thorslund . . . . .118 Family Illaenidae Hawle & Corda . . . . . .120 Stenopareia? sp. . . . . . . . .120 Family Lichidae Hawle & Corda . . . . . .120 Subfamily Homolichinae Phleger . . . . . .120 Conolichas melmerbiensis (Reed) . . . . .120 Platylichas cf. laxatus (M'Coy) . . . . . .121 Family Odontopleuridae Burmeister . . . . . .122 Primaspis semievoluta (Reed) ...... 122 Odontopleurid gen. et sp. ind. ...... 123 Family Otarionidae R. &. E. Richter . . . . .123 Otarion sp. ......... 123 Family Proetidae Salter . . . . . . . .124 Subfamily Proetidellinae Hupe . . . . . .124 Proetidella? marri sp. nov. ...... 124 Family Remopleurididae Hawle & Corda . . . . .127 Remopleurides spp. ........ 127 IV. STRATIGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION AND RELATIONSHIPS OF THE TRILOBITES 128 V. REFERENCES .......... 130 SYNOPSIS The trilobites known from the Caradoc Series in the Cross Fell Inlier are described and figured, many of them for the first time. They comprise fifty species and subspecies, assigned to twenty-eight genera and fifteen families. The relationships of the trilobites to those of other successions is reviewed. In the Longvillian and Marshbrookian Stages the fauna is of Anglo- Welsh type with occasional Baltic elements, but in subsequent stages the affinities with corres- ponding Norwegian and Swedish faunas becomes marked, reaching a maximum in the Pusgillian Stage. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 69 I. INTRODUCTION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS THE name Cross Fell Inlier is applied by geologists to the elongated area of Lower Palaeozoic rocks, a few miles north of Appleby, Westmorland, which extends in a south-south-easterly direction between the Carboniferous strata of the Pennines and the Permo-Trias of the Vale of Eden. The geological structure of the area is of great complexity and has been described by Shotton (1935). The disposition of the principal outcrops of Caradoc strata is shown in Text-fig, i. Although the first detailed stratigraphical accounts, accompanied by faunal lists, of the Caradoc Series in the Inlier were given during the last century by Harkness & Nicholson (1878), and Nicholson & Marr (1891), it was not until 1907 and 1910 that any figures and descriptions of trilobites were published. In those years Reed described four new species, Lichas melmerbiensis , Acidaspis semievoluta, Homa- lonotus ascriptus and Trinudeus nicholsoni, from strata which he called Dufton Shales at the road-section near Melmerby, as well as listing several other species from the same locality. Bancroft (1933) listed a few Shropshire species of trilobites and brachiopods from the Inlier but it was not until 1936 that another trilobite was illustrated, when Shirley figured a specimen of Flexicalymene onniensis, a south Shropshire species, from an unspecified locality and horizon within the Dufton Shales of Pus Gill, near Dufton. In 1948 Bancroft's manuscript notes on the Cross Fell succession, in- cluding locality maps of Swindale Beck and part of Pus Gill, were published posthumously by Lament, who added photographs of certain Shropshire specimens but figured none from the Inlier. Since then a new genus, Duftonia, has been described from the Dufton Shales by the writer (Dean, 1959) who, in a later paper (19590;), discussed the detailed strati- graphy of the area and gave faunal lists. More recently some of the Trinucleidae occurring in the upper part of the succession have been described and figured (Dean, 1961). The present work aims at describing and figuring all the trilobites listed and discussed in the foregoing papers. Extensive collections of trilobites have been made during field-work financed in part by grants from the Gloyne Fund of the Geological Society of London, and I am grateful to the Council of the Society for their assistance. All the material is housed in the British Museum (Natural History), London. I wish to thank the Council of the Yorkshire Geological Society for permission to reproduce the sketch-map shown in Text-fig. 4. I am indebted to Mr. A. G. Brighton for the loan of type-specimens from the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, to my wife for her important share of the collecting, and to Professor W. F. Whittard who has kindly read and criticized the manuscript. II. STRATIGRAPHICAL SUMMARY The following table represents the subdivisions of the Caradoc Series which are generally recognized today in the main portion of the Inlier, together with the equivalent faunal zones as established in the type-area of south Shropshire. The subdivision of the strata into Corona Beds and Dufton Shales is made on lithological grounds, the former including maroon and grey mudstones and shales 7o THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES SKETCH-MAP SHOWING THE DISTRIBUTION OF CARADOC OUTCROPS IN THE CROSS FELL INLIER [AFTER SHOTTON. 1935] ASHGILL SERIES CARADOC SERIES A. ALSTON ROAD B. KNOCK-DUFTON DISTRICT C. HILTON BECK D. ROMAN FELL D.- FIG. i. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Stage PUSGILLIAN ONNIAN ACTONIAN MARSHBROOKIAN U . Broeggerolithus longiceps LONGVILLIAN I Zonal TrUobite Onnia superba Onnia gracilis Onnia ? cobboldi Platylichas laxatus Broeggerolithus transiens Broeggerolithus globiceps Zonal Brachiopod Onniella broeggeri Onniella inconstans Cryptothyris paracyclica Onniella reuschi Dalmanella unguis Dalmanella wattsi Kjaerina typa Kjaerina bipartita Bancroftina typa Dalmanella indica and D. lepta Dalmanella horderleyensis ? Lithological Subdivision DUFTON SHALES CORONA BEDS with occasional limestone bands, whilst the latter comprise essentially a rather monotonous series of dark-grey mudstones and shales with bands of nodular and impure limestone which often weather to a rotten-stone or " gingerbread " rock. The Corona Beds are shown in the table to coincide with the limits of the Lower Longvillian Substage, but in fact the zone of Dalmanella indica and D. lepta is the lowest faunal horizon definitely recognized, though the underlying zone may well be represented. The topmost zone of the Lower Longvillian is represented in the highest Corona Beds and it seems likely that there is a transition to the overlying Dufton Shales, but owing to extensive faulting the lowest zone of the Upper Longvillian has not been detected throughout the greater part of the Inlier. The remainder of the succeeding Caradoc strata as found in the Shropshire type-area are, for the most part, represented in the Cross Fell Inlier, with the addition of the Pusgillian Stage. This subdivision is held to constitute the topmost part of the Caradoc Series and to pre-date any known Ashgill strata. In Swindale Beck, near Knock, the Pusgillian is followed in the succession by the Staurocephalus or Swindale Lime- stone. The junction of the two has often been assumed to be conformable, but the writer believes there is a marked stratigraphical break above the Pusgillian, and that the Limestone represents a relatively high Ashgill horizon, as it is followed at Swindale Beck by Ashgill Shales with Hirnantia sagittifera (M'Coy). South-east of Dufton the Pusgillian outcrop is separated from that of the Swindale Limestone by a small thickness of strata, equated with part of the Diacalymene Beds of Cautley, which are probably overstepped by the Limestone. The northernmost outcrops of Caradoc strata within the Inlier occur only in the vicinity of the village of Melmerby, after which they are known as the Melmerby Beds. The rocks have been divided into an upper and lower series ; the Upper 72 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Melmerby Beds contain a fauna indicative of the lower zone of the Upper Long- villian Substage, an horizon which, as stated earlier, is not yet known elsewhere in the Inlier. In the field, the Lower Melmerby Beds appear to underlie the upper beds stratigraphically and are considered to be of Lower Longvillian age ; they contain abundant evidence of a Longvillian age but the zonal brachiopods of the Shropshire succession have not yet been detected and may be absent owing to the unsuitability of the environment. The rocks are mainly dark-green or maroon, blocky mudstones with occasional impure, nodular limestones. Their fauna includes a conspicuously large number of trinucleid trilobites, accompanied by common Kloucekia apiculata (M'Coy), features which readily distinguish them from the equivalent strata farther south in the Inlier, and which are more suggestive of corresponding North Welsh faunas. No useful evidence has yet been obtained from the region to elaborate on the cor- relation between the shelly and graptolitic successions already put forward for south Shropshire (Dean, 1958 : 226). The Pusgillian, from its position above the Onnian (believed to represent the topmost Dicranograptus dingani Zone) , is equated approxi- mately with the Pleurograptus linearis Zone, and the shelly fauna suggests a correlation with Etage 4ca of southern Norway, an horizon which is itself correlated with that graptolite zone. The fossil localities cited in the following descriptions are shown in Text-figs. 2-5. Text-fig 3 covers the well-known section of Swindale Beck, just north-east of the village of Knock ; Text-fig 2 shows Pus Gill, north-east of Dufton ; Text-fig. 4 covers the large area of east of Dufton, with the important sections of Dufton Town Sike, Billy's Beck and Harthwaite Sike ; Text-fig. 5 shows the small, isolated outcrop of the Melmerby Beds north-east of Melmerby, near the northern end of the Inlier. III. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS Family RAPHIOPHORIDAE Angelin, 1854 Genus LONCHODOMAS Angelin, 1854 TYPE-SPECIES. Ampyx rostratus Sars, 1835 by subsequent designation of Bassler (1915 : 41). Lonchodomas swindalensis sp. nov. (PL 6, figs. 2, 6, 8) 19590. Lonchodomas aff. rostratus (Sars) Dean, pp. 194, 207. DIAGNOSIS. Lonchodomas with glabella projecting only short distance in front of fixigenae. Pygidium semi-elliptical with four pairs of pleural furrows, the first pair being the most sharply defined. DESCRIPTION. The material is fragmentary for the most part but includes two almost whole cranidia and one small, well-preserved pygidium. Excluding the THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 73 74 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES FOSSIL LOCALITIES IN SWINDALE BECK NEAR KNOCK FIG. 3. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 75 o £ 76 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES FOSSIL LOCALITIES 71 ON THE ALSTON ROAD, NEAR XMELMERBY / / + + lT?'xTkiJ 1+ + • ^ '* ' * i v- o _±_ _+ + +'+/+ + + -»£ + + + * + + +S--*- ~~-r ~+-+ "_£**+• — ^ /+ + + + \C + + + + + + >^+ i^^1? + + T k=^± ± ± * +t + + + + + jr + >^+ + + + + + + + + +V + + + + +/* + yf + + + + + + + + + + +r . r . — -S . r r^ C C \ \ \ C i i ,i ' j~ —A. FOSSIL LOCALITY / FAULTS DELIMITING CARADOC OUTCROP FIG. 5. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 77 frontal spine, the dimensions of the cranidia, numbered respectively In. 49946 and In. 49968, are as follows : length, 5 mm., breadth, 9 mm. ; length, u mm. ; breadth, 16 mm. Dimensions of the pygidium, In. 49967, are : length, 1-5 mm., breadth, 4-5 mm. The cranidium is roughly rhomboidal in plan, produced anteriorly into a long, frontal spine, the surface of which bears fine, longitudinal striae. The glabella attains its greatest breadth at its mid-point and is bounded by almost straight axial furrows containing slot-like hypostomal pits, situated frontally. One cranidium (PI. 6, fig. 2) shows a faint median ridge extending from near the occipital furrow to the base of the frontal spine, where it is replaced by a groove ; similar grooves occur on the sides and undersurface of the frontal spine as in other species of Lonchodomas , giving rise to the fluted, quadrate cross-section characteristic of the genus. The posterior margin of the cranidium, and the pleuroccipital furrows are parallel, transversely straight except medially where, owing to a small extension of the glabella, they are convex backwards. The pygidium is semi-elliptical in outline with a strongly-curved, steeply-declined, posterior border which carries fine, parallel terrace lines, though the latter are not visible in the photograph (PI. 6, fig. 6). The anterior margin is straight medially but curves forwards a little anterolaterally. There are four pairs of pleural furrows, the first pair being the most deeply impressed ; all are deepest anterolaterally becoming faint at, or near, the shallow axial furrows. No axial rings are visible. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. All the known specimens have been collected from Dufton Shales belonging to the upper half of the Upper Longvillian Substage in Swindale Beck. There they occur in association with Kjaerina geniculata Bancroft, Reuschella sp. nov. and Dolerorthis sp. The figured specimens are from localities B. 5 and B. 6, but the same form has been found also at B. 10 (see Text-fig. 3). These are the only records of Lonchodomas from the Upper Longvillian of the Anglo- Welsh area. HOLOTYPE. In. 49968 (PI. 6, fig. 2). PARATYPES. In. 49946 (PI. 6, fig. 8) ; In. 49967 (PI. 6, fig. 6). DISCUSSION. The Swindale Beck species bears an obvious relationship to Lonchodomas rostratus (Sars) which has been refigured by St0rmer (1940 : 128, pi. 2, figs. 1-4). The latter species has, however, a smaller proportion of the glabella projecting in front of the fixigenae, and the pygidium of the Norwegian form, the type-specimens of which were obtained from the Ampyx Limestone (zone of Nemagraptus gracilis) near Oslo, differs also in having only one pair of well-defined, distally situated, pleural furrows, which die out before attaining the axial furrows. Lonchodomas politus (Raymond, 1925 : 39, pi. 2, figs. 8, 9 ; Cooper, 1953 : 18, pi. 6, figs, i, 2, 5-10), from the " Upper Lenoir Limestone " of Black River age in Tennessee, has a conspicuously punctate test and a pygidium bearing seven or eight pairs of furrows, only the first of which is deeply impressed, but otherwise much resembles the Cross Fell species. The stratigraphically younger species Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche), discussed elsewhere in the present paper, has a relatively larger proportion of the glabella projecting in front of the fixigenae, whilst the pygidium has a less well- differentiated axis than that of L. swindalensis , and only one pair of pleural furrows. 78 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche) (PI. 6, figs, i, 3-5, 9, 12) 1884. Ampyx pennatus La Touche, p. 57, pi. 3, fig. 56. 1891. Ampyx tetragonus Angelin : Nicholson & Marr, p. 511. 1932. Ampyx (Lonchodomas) pennatus La Touche : Reed, p. 205, pi. n, figs. 5-7. 1949. Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche) Bancroft, p. 299, pi. 10, fig. 17. 1958. Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche) : Dean, pp. 213, 224. 19590. Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche) : Dean, pp. 200, 207. 1960. Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche) : Dean, p. 82, pi. u, figs. 2, 5, 8-12. Several cranidia agreeing in all essentials with La Touche's species have been collected from the Dufton Shales. The often indifferent preservation renders precise measurement difficult , most of the specimens being compressed vertically, but the proportions are close to those of similarly preserved Shropshire material, the length of the cranidium, measured from the base of the frontal spine to the posterior margin of the occipital ring, being slightly more or less than three-quarters of the maximum breadth. A feature not previously seen in L. pennatus but now preserved in one specimen (PL 6, fig. i) is the retrousse form of the prismatic frontal spine, which curves forwards and gently upwards from the glabella : a similar curvature is seen also in Ampyx salteri Hicks and Ampyx linleyensis (Whittard, 1955, pi. i, fig. 17 ; pi. 2, fig. 6). A few individuals have traces of a slight median ridge or carina on the glabella, and this may be either accentuated by lateral com- pression or absent altogether. A similar ridge occurs in some Shropshire specimens, but its presence varies with the state of preservation. Two probably immature pygidia from Cross Fell (PI. 6, fig. 5) are proportionately broader than the forma typica, their length : breadth radio being i : 3, but in mature pygidia this changes to about i : 2, that is to say, generally comparable with the Shropshire material. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. In the Knock-Dufton district Lonchodomas pennatus appears for the first time in the Onnian Stage, Onnia gracilis Zone, of Pus Gill, at localities A. 8, 9, 12 and 14. It has been found less commonly in the overlying Onnia superba Zone of Pus Gill, at localities A. 5 and 16. The ensuing Pusgillian Stage has yielded specimens at both Pus Gill, localities A. 6, 18 and 28, and Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. DISCUSSION. La Touche's holotype was obtained from the Onnian Stage, Onnia superba Zone, in the Onny Valley of south Shropshire, in which district Lonchodomas pennatus ranges upwards from the Actonian Stage (Dean, 1960 : 83). The discoveries in the Pusgillian Stage of the Cross Fell Inlier increase the known vertical range of the species, but there is no information yet regarding its relationship to still younger forms, though there is a general resemblance to certain species of Ashgill age, for example that figured by Reed (1905 : 97, pi. 4, fig. 2) as Ampyx (Lonchodomas) cf. rostratus Sars from the Slade Beds of Haverfordwest. Elsewhere, a small cranidium of Lonchodomas which may be conspecific with L. pennatus has been figured by Stermer (1945, pi. 2, fig. 10) as Lonchodomas aff. rostratus (Sars) from the Tretaspis Shales of Hadeland, a horizon approximately equivalent to the Pusgillian Stage. Lonchodomas carinatus (Cooper, 1953 : 17, pi. 7, THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 79 figs. 12-17, 19-23) from the Black River Stage of Tennessee bears a strong resem- blance to L. pennatus but possesses an irregularly punctate test, and the glabella projects less far forwards in front of the fixigenae. The pygidium of L. carinatus differs in having at least four discernible axial rings. Family TRINUCLEIDAE Hawle & Corda, 1847 Subfamily CRYPTOLITHINAE Angelin, 1854 Genus BROEGGEROLITHUS Lamont, 1935 TYPE SPECIES. Cryptolithus broeggeri Bancroft, 1929 by original designation. Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (Reed) (PL 6, figs. 7, ii?, 14? ; PL 7, figs. 1-12) 1891. Trinucleus goldfussi Barrande ?, Nicholson & Marr, p. 509. 1891. Trinucleus seticornis Hisinger ?, Nicholson & Marr, p. 509. 1910. Tinucleus nicholsoni Reed, p. 212, pi. 16, figs. 1-9. 1912. Trinucleus nicholsoni Reed : Reed, pi. 18, fig. 6 ; pi. 19, figs. 4, 4^. 1914. Trinucleus gibbifrons M'Coy : Reed, p. 356, pi. 29, fig. 6. 1914. Trinucleus nicholsoni Reed : Reed, p. 357. 1927. Cryptolithus nicholsoni (Reed) Stetson, p. 88. 1940. Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (Reed) Whittington, p. 245. 1948. Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (Reed) : Bancroft in Lamont, p. 416. I959& Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (Reed) : Dean, pp. 212, 214, 220. 1960. Broeggerolithus sp. (? nov.) Dean, p. 119, pi. 17, fig. 12. 1960. Broeggerolithus simplex Dean, p. 120, pi. 17, fig. 14. DESCRIPTION. The cephalon is sub-semicircular in outline, broader than long, the maximum breadth of the syntypes ranging from 14 mm. to about 22 mm. The glabella is of moderate breadth, equal to about two-thirds of the total length, and often carries a small, apical ocellus just forward of centre. A pair of small, basal, glabellar furrows with apodemes is located immediately in front of a second pair of apodemes situated at the distal ends of the occipital furrow. The glabella is separated from the convex cheek-lobes by moderately-deep, almost straight, axial furrows. The occipital ring is small, strongly convex transversely, produced backwards and upwards to form a broadly-based occipital spine. The cephalic fringe is moderately declined, both frontally and laterally, though this may not always be apparent owing to compression of the specimen within a shaly matrix. The upper surface of the fringe is generally smooth and there is no development of raised interradial ridges such as are found in some earlier species of Broeggerolithus, for example B. broeggeri (Bancroft). One or two specimens show suggestions of such ridges, but these are almost certainly due to crushing and are not of constant form. There are four concentric rows of fringe-pits in front of the glabella, where the breadth (sag.) of the fringe contracts slightly so as to accommodate the frontal lobe of the glabella. There is a strong radial arrangement of pits frontally, and this 8o THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES persists laterally. The concentric arrangement is also marked, and the variation and norm of the four outer rows of pits is as follows : E2 = 19-24 (22), Ex = 21-23 (21), Ix = 21-22 (22), I2 = 20-22 (21). Up to three pits of E2 may be missing at the genal angle, and in certain rare instances an occasional pit of E2 may be absent laterally or anterolaterally. There is a notable lack of auxiliary E2 pits such as are found laterally in certain related species of Broeggerolithus. There is little marked differentiation in the size of pits, but those of Ij and I2 are slightly larger than the others, especially towards the posterior margin of the fringe. E2 and Ej are sited close together, but Ex and Ix are separated by a smooth, narrow, concentric " band " corresponding in position with a conspicuous girder on the underside of the fringe. A similar band of equal breadth separates I1 and I2, marking the position of a second less well developed pseudo-girder. There are seven to nine, most commonly eight, pits along the posterior margin of the fringe. I3 usually comprises fourteen or fifteen small pits, and is developed from Rn or thereabouts. The posterior margins of the fringe run slightly backwards, delimiting small genal prolongations, towards the genal angles which are produced to form librigenal spines ; the latter curve gently outwards and backwards, and their length is at least equal to that of the cephalon. One of the syntypes, A. 29607, retains only five thoracic segments of typical trinucleid form. The axis of each is narrow (tr.) and bears a pair of apodemes situated just above the axial furrows. On each pleura, a moderately-deep pleural furrow, situated just forwards of centre, runs obliquely backwards from the axial furrow to the pleural point. A complete topotype thorax (PI. 7, fig. 4) exhibits the customary complement of six thoracic segments. The syntype pygidium, A. 29615 (PL 7, fig. 2), is preserved as an internal mould and few details can be seen. The axis has three clearly defined axial rings, and three or four more are less well defined. The pleural lobes have three, or perhaps four, segments, separated by faint pleural furrows and widening (exsag.) towards the lateral margins. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. All Reed's syntypes were described by him as having been collected solely from the Alston Road cutting near Melmerby, but the state of preservation of most of the specimens indicates that they came from what are known as the Lower Melmerby Beds, and the probable type-locality is believed to be that shown in the present paper as locality J (see Text-fig. 5). One syntype, Sedg. Mus. A. 29614, is preserved differently from the rest and the matrix suggests a probable origin in the Upper Longvillian strata such as are found at Alston Road, locality H. All the other localities, from A to G, along the Alston Road have yielded Broeggerolithus nicholsoni, but the specimens are, in general, smaller than the syn- types. Although trinucleid trilobites are so abundant almost everywhere at the Alston Road outcrop, elsewhere in the Inlier they are almost unknown from strata of Longvillian age. An uncommon exception is locality E. 3 at Harthwaite Sike where rare fragments, referred to B. cf. nicholsoni (see PL i, figs, n, 14), occur with an assemblage indicating the Bancroftina typa Zone of the Lower Longvillian. LECTOTYPE, here chosen. Sedg. Mus. A. 29613 (PL 7, figs. 6, 9). THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 81 PARATYPES. Sedg. Mus. A. 29607 ; A. 29608 ; A. 29609 (PI. 7, figs, i, 7) ; A. 29610 (PI. 7, fig. 10) ; A. 29611 (PI. 7, fig. 5) ; A. 29612 (PI. 7, fig. 8) ; A. 29614 (PI. 7, fig. ii) ; A. 29615 (PL 7, fig. 2). DISCUSSION. In a recent account of trinucleid trilobites in south Shropshire (Dean, 1960 : 103) the species assigned to the genus Broeggerolithus were divided into three groups on the basis of small but significant differences in the structure of the cephalic fringe. B. longiceps (Bancroft) and B. transiens (Bancroft) were placed together in Group 3, whilst B. simplex Dean was placed doubtfully in Group 2. The last-named species is here regarded as a synonym of B. nicholsoni and may also be placed in Group 3. B. simplex was founded on a small cranidium from the Lower Longvillian of the Onny Valley and was at that time believed to be distinct. The pit count, however, falls within the limits of variation now established for B. nicholsoni, and additional material from Shropshire tends to confirm the identity of the two species The fringe of Broeggerolithus transiens closely resembles that of the Melmerby species but its pit-count for the four outermost rows is noticeably smaller, and there are a few auxiliary pits situated anterolaterally in E2. Broeggerolithus longiceps is remarkably similar to B. nicholsoni. The former species is, unfortunately, known from only a comparatively small population sample in south Shropshire, but as far as can be ascertained the pit-count falls within the limits of that for B. nicholsoni. Like B. transiens, however, B. longiceps generally possesses a few auxiliary pits in E2, though situated posterolaterally, and these have not been found in B. nicholsoni. It is not known whether this is an invariable characteristic of B. longiceps, but if this should not prove to be the case then there is no other valid reason for regarding the species as distinct from B. nicholsoni. Certain well-preserved Shropshire speci- mens of B. longiceps have reticulate cheek-lobes, a feature not seen on any of the syntypes of B. nicholsoni but found on several specimens of the latter species from the Upper Melmerby Beds of the Alston Road cutting. Outside the Cross Fell Inlier Broeggerolithus nicholsoni probably occurs at several localities in North Wales, associated with faunas of Longvillian age. Broeggerolithus melmerbiensis sp. nov. (PI. 6, figs. 10, 13) 1959a- Broeggerolithus aff. nicholsoni (Reed) pars, Dean, p. 214. DIAGNOSIS. Large Broeggerolithus generally similar to B. nicholsoni but with large number of fringe-pits, about one hundred, in four outermost concentric rows. Both Ex and E2 extend to the genal angles. DESCRIPTION. One well-preserved specimen collected from the Alston Road cutting appears to resemble Broeggerolithus nicholsoni in most respects, but possesses a number of fringe-pits much larger than the norm for that species. The specimen has a closely similar radial and concentric arrangement of pits, but particularly noticeable is the manner in which rows E2 and Ex are placed close together, whilst rows E! and Ix are separated from each other by a wide, concentric " band " which GEOL. 7, 3. 4 82 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES coincides with the girder on the underside of the fringe. Ix and I2 are similarly separated from each other, and the pits composing these two rows become larger in size towards the posterior margin of the fringe. A conspicuous feature is the way in which both Ex and E2 are developed as far as the genal angles. Both I3 and I4 consist essentially of pits which are comparatively small, though increasing slightly in size posteriorly, and the two rows are developed respectively from Ri3 and Rig. The pit count for the specimen is as follows : £2 = 24 pits, Ei = 25 pits, Ii = 26 pits, 12 = about 25 pits. There are four continuous concentric rows of pits in front of the glabella, and seven pits are situated along each posterior margin of the fringe. The total number of pits in rows E2 to 12 inclusive is about one hundred, compared with an average of about eighty-five in Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (s. s.). The single available cranidium possesses four attached thoracic segments of typical Broeggerolithus aspect, but the total number originally present is unknown, as is the pygidium. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. The holotype was collected from a loose nodule of impure limestone immediately below locality A in the Alston Road cutting, three- quarters of a mile north-east of Melmerby (see Text-fig. 5). It is almost certain that the specimen did, in fact, derive from this locality. The horizon is in the Long- villian Stage, and the strata at this point are believed to be the Upper Melmerby Beds, of Upper Longvillian age (Dean, 1959*1 : 213). The associated fauna includes Broeggerolithus nicholsoni, Brongniartella and FlexicaLymene. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 52558. DISCUSSION. Although bearing a general resemblance to certain other species of Broeggerolithus such as B. nicholsoni, B. longiceps and B. transiens, the new form is unlikely to be confused with them on account of its much higher pit-count for the four outer rows, whilst no other species exhibits a comparable development of E2 to the genal angles. Broeggerolithus cf. transiens (Bancroft) (PI. 8, figs, i, 3, 4, 6, 8, ii) 1929. Cryptolithus transiens Bancroft, p. 90, pi. 2, fig. 5. i959«. Broeggerolithus transiens (Bancroft) Dean, pp. 196-8, 207. 1960. Broeggerolithus transiens (Bancroft) : Dean, p. 123, pi. 18, figs. 2, 3, 7, 8, ii, 14. This reference contains a list of all other synonyms. Numerous cephala and cranidia have been found, agreeing in all essentials with the description of the species from the type-area of south Shropshire (Dean, 1960 : 123). The pit count for the various rows of the cephalic fringe falls within the limits of variation of the Shropshire specimens, but instead of having one or two pits of Ej marginal at the genal angle, the Cross Fell specimens commonly have three pits so situated, though the number has been found to vary from one to four. Generally there are up to two auxiliary pits in the outermost concentric row, E2, of the Shrop- shire specimens, and these may sometimes be absent from the Cross Fell examples. This casts some doubt on the validity of such a feature as a means of separating closely-related species, but too few complete cranidia are available from either THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 83 Shropshire or Cross Fell to give reliable statistics for the variation in E2. An analogous situation has already been noted with regard to Broeggerolithus nicholsoni and B. longiceps. The species is more abundant in the mudstones of the Cross Fell Inlier than in the corresponding coarser sediments of south Shropshire, and individuals frequently attain a larger size, the largest-known cephalon having a breadth of about 25 mm. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. In the Knock-Dufton district Broeggerolithus cf. tran- sient is fairly common in Dufton Shales of the Marshbrookian Stage at Swindale Beck. There it occurs in small numbers in strata thought to belong to the middle portion of the stage (locality B 12), but becomes more abundant in higher strata (localities B. n, 14, 16) which contain Kjerulfina cf. polycyma Bancroft and are considered to be equivalent to the Onniella reuschi Zone of south Shropshire. B. cf. transiens occurs also in Harthwaite Sike, east-south-east of Dufton (see Text-fig. 4) at localities E. 7, 8, 9?, 10-12, but the fauna there is sparse, composed in the main of smaller individuals. Broeggerolithus sp. (PI. 8, %. 2) 19590. Broeggerolithus sp. (pars.) Dean, p. 207. Among the numerous trinucleid trilobites found in the Marshbrookian rocks of Swindale Beck is one individual quite different from all the rest. The specimen comprises a fragmentary cranidium preserved as a limonitic external mould in a dark-grey, cleaved mudstone. The estimated length and breadth of the original cephalon are respectively 12 mm. (approx.) and 26 mm. Its most distinctive feature is the manner in which the two outermost concentric rows of pits, E2 and Ex, end abruptly without extending to, or even near, the genal angle as is customary in normal forms of Broeggerolithus. E2 extends only to the anterolateral angle, leaving three pits of Ex external to the margin. Ex stops far short of the genal angle, leaving five pits of Ix external to the margin, though separated from it by a smooth band which is equal in breadth to one row of pits. Such an arrangement results in the somewhat unusual, indented form of the cephalic margin in front of the genal angle, and the obliquely truncated shape of the anterolateral angle. The estimated number of pits originally present is as follows : E2 + e2 = 12, Ex + et = 15, Ix + ix = 19, I2 -f i2 = 19, I3 -f i3 = 10. There is a small triangular group of eight pits situated between I2 and I3 near the posterior margin of the fringe, and seven pits are aligned parallel to the latter. The pits of Ex and 1^ are of roughly equal size, larger than those of E2 and I3. The last four pits of I2 nearest the posterior margin are of particularly large size. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Found in mudstones of the Dufton Shales which contain Broeggerolithus cf. transiens (Bancroft) and Kjerulfina cf. polycyma (Bancroft), and belong to the topmost part of the Marshbrookian Stage, at locality B. 16 in Swindale Beck. DISCUSSION. It is not unusual for specimens of Broeggerolithus to have a de- ficiency in the number of E2 pits near the genal angle, and in such forms as B. 84 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES soudleyensis (Bancroft) and B. globiceps (Bancroft) some E2 pits may be absent frontally, but no known species compares in any way with the excessive loss of pits in the specimen now figured. In view of the large number of specimens of normal Broeggerolithus cf . tmnsiens associated with the cranidium it seems likely that the specimen represents a rare mutation or pathological form. Consequently it is not proposed to erect a new specific name, at least until further material is available. Genus ONNIA Bancroft, 1933 TYPE SPECIES. Cryptolithus superbus Bancroft, 1929 by original designation of Bancroft (1933 : 2). Onnia gracilis (Bancroft) (PI. 8, figs. 12, 13) 1929. Cryptolithus gracilis Bancroft, p. 94, pi. 2, figs. 8, 9. JQSQtf- Onnia gracilis (Bancroft) Dean, p. 207. 1960. Onnia gracilis (Bancroft) : Dean, p. 130, pi. 19, figs. 2, 7. This reference contains a comprehensive synonymy of the species. This species has recently been redescribed in detail by the writer (Dean, 1960 : 130) who gave the following figures for the range in variation of the number of pits present in the outermost four rows of the fringe. E2 + e2 = 31-37 (34), £!+€! = 21-25 (22), Ij + ij = 21-25 (23), I2 + ia = 21-25 (23) The figure in brackets represents the mode. Insufficient well-preserved material is available from the Cross Fell Inlier to give authentic figures for the corresponding variation, but the available material has yielded the following results: E2 + e2 = 32-37, Ej -f- ^ = 20-23, Ix + it = 20-22, I2 + i2 = 21-22. It is therefore apparent that the speci- mens fall within, or are very close to, the permissible variation for the species in its type-area. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. As in south Shropshire Onnia gracilis characterizes the middle portion of the Onnian Stage. It has been found in some abundance in black mudstones of the Dufton Shales at Pus Gill, localities A. 8, 9, u, 12, 13, 14 and 15. Again, as in Shropshire, the species is accompanied by a fauna which includes Onnicalymene onniensis (Shirley), Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche), Chonetoidea sp. and Onniella broeggeri Bancroft. Onnia superba (Bancroft) pusgillensis Dean (PL 8, figs. 5, 7, 9, 10) 1961. Onnia superba pusgillensis Dean, p. 120, pi. 7, figs. 1-6. Includes full synonymy. Onnia superba (Bancroft), the zone fossil of the topmost subdivision of the Onnian Stage in south Shropshire, has not been found in the Cross Fell Inlier, but is thought to be represented by a distinct, and possibly local, subspecies 0. superba pusgil- lensis. Although resembling 0. superba in almost all respects the Cross Fell form may easily be distinguished by the continuous development of I2 in front of the THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 85 glabella, and by the greater development of I3 and I4, respectively from R$ or R4, and Ry. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 55707. PARATYPES. BM. In. 50005 (PL 8, fig. 9) ; In. 50008 (PI. 8, fig. 5) ; In. 50049 ; In. 55704 ; In. 55705 ; In. 55706 ; In. 55708. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia superba Zone, Pus Gill, localities A. 5 and A. 16. Subfamily TRETASPIDINAE Whittington, 1941 Genus TRETASPIS M'Coy, 1849 TYPE SPECIES. Asaphus seticornis Hisinger, 1840 by subsequent designation of Bassler (1915 : 1285). Tretaspis cf. ceriodes (Angelin) donsi Stermer (PL 10, figs. 4, 6, 8) 1945. Tretaspis ceriodes (Angelin) var. donsi Stormer, p. 405, pi. i, fig. 8. !959<*- Tretaspis cf. ceriodes (Angelin) : Dean, p. 207. 1961. Tretaspis cf. ceriodes donsi St0rmer : Dean, p. 129, pi. 9, figs. 7-9. In southern Norway, Tretaspis ceriodes donsi has been shown by Stermer (1945 : 404) to be restricted to the upper part of the Upper Chasmops Limestone, 4b#. The earliest-known occurrence of Tretaspis in the Cross Fell Inlier is at Pus Gill, locality A. 13, in Dufton Shales belonging to the Onnia gracilis Zone of the Onnian Stage, and the evidence at this point, though fragmentary, suggests a comparison with the Norwegian subspecies. Additional, better-preserved material from the Onnia superba Zone at Pus Gill, locality A. 5, is too incomplete for detailed comparison, but shows all the principal features of T. ceriodes donsi. The horizon of the Cross Fell specimens corresponds fairly closely with that of the Norwegian material. Tretaspis convergens Dean (PL 10, figs, i, 3, 5) 1961. Tretaspis convergens Dean, p. 127, pi. 9, figs. 1-6. A detailed description of this species has already been given (Dean, 1961 : 127) to which nothing need be added here. T. convergens is a distinctive form, its closest relationships being with the species-group typified by Tretaspis seticornis (Hisinger), particularly T. seticornis var. anderssoni Stermer (1945 : 402, pi. i, fig. 2). T. convergens has so far been found at only one locality in the Cross Fell Inlier, namely B. 25 in Swindale Beck. There it occurs in the highest part of the Dufton Shales, belonging to the Pusgillian Stage, so that it is generally contemporaneous with Tretaspis seticornis anderssoni and allied forms as found in Etage 4ca of southern Norway. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 50059^, b (PL 10, figs, i, 3, 5). Paratypes. In. 50030 ; In. 50037 (PL 10, fig. 2) ; In. 500580, b. 86 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Tretaspis kiaeri St0rmer radialis Lament (PL 9, figs. 2-4) 1941. Tretaspis kjaeri mut. radialis Lament, 1941, p. 456, figs. 5, 6. 1961. Tretaspis kiaeri radialis Lament : Dean, p. 122, pi. 7, figs. 7-9, pi. 8, figs, i, 3-5. Includes full synonymy of the subspecies. The majority of the abundant specimens of Tretaspis collected from the Dufton Shales of the Cross Fell Inlier can be referred to this subspecies. T. kiaeri radialis was founded originally on two fragmentary specimens from the Portrane Limestone of Eire, but the description has since been supplemented, using material from the Dufton Shales (Dean, loc. cit.}, and the affinities with other species discussed. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. All the known specimens are from Dufton Shales belonging to the Pusgillian Stage. The exact distribution within the Pusgillian is not clear, owing to the predominance of successions affected by strike-faulting, but the subspecies appears to occur throughout most of the stage. Localities include the following : Pus Gill, A. 6, A. 18, A. 21, A. 24 to A. 30 ; Swindale Beck, B. 18, B. 22 to B. 26, B. 28, B. 33, B. 34 ; Dufton Town Sike, C. I to C. 6 ; Billy's Beck, D. i ; also the section at Hurning Lane, one mile north of Dufton. Tretaspis kiaeri St0rmer duftonensis Dean (PL 9, figs, i, 5-7) 1961. Tretaspis kiaeri duftonensis Dean, p. 125, pi. 8, figs. 2, 6-8. The subspecies was described from a single, well-preserved specimen collected from Dufton Shales belonging to the Pusgillian Stage at Pus Gill, locality A. 27. Its closest relationship would appear to be with T. kiaeri radialis, from which it differs in having a conspicuously larger pit-count for Ej.2, a less well-developed concentric arrangement of I2_4 posterolaterally, as well as a larger, triangular area of irregularly arranged pits on the genal prolongations of the fringe. T. kiaeri duftonensis is not known with certainty outside the type-locality, though fragments of fringe suggest that it may occur elsewhere at Pus Gill, but identification is difficult in the absence of better-preserved material. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 5oo2oa, b. Family CHEIRURIDAE Salter, 1864 Subfamily CYRTOMETOPINAE Opik, 1937 Genus PSEUDOSPHAEREXOCHUS Schmidt, 1881 TYPE SPECIES. Sphaerexochus hemicranium Kutorga, 1854 by subsequent designation of Reed (18960 : 119). THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 87 Pseudosphaerexochus cf. octolobatus (M'Coy) (PI. 10, figs. 7, 9-12) ?i8gi. Youngia trispinosa Nicholson & Etheridge : Nicholson & Marr, p. 511. I959« Pseudosphaerexochus sp. nov., Dean, pp. 204, 208. DESCRIPTION. The cephalon is known only from the cranidium. The glabella is strongly convex both longitudinally and transversely, subovate in plan, its maxi- mum breadth about, or slightly greater than, three-quarters of the sagittal length. It is bounded by deep, evenly-curved axial furrows, strongly convex abaxially, with deep, hypostomal pits. The frontal lobe is small, rather less than one-quarter of the glabellar length, and there are three pairs of equispaced glabellar furrows. The first and second pairs are parallel, extending inwards about one-quarter of the glabellar breadth ; they intersect the axial furrows at right-angles, but curve thence adaxially backwards, at the same time becoming rapidly shallower. The first and second pairs of glabellar lobes are identical in size and form, their convexity in line with the remainder of the glabella. The third glabellar furrows are deeper than, and parallel to, the first and second pairs, but curve backwards without reaching the occipital furrow and become shallower proximally. The occipital ring is small, narrow (tr.), strongly convex transversely, separated from the glabella by a moder- ately deep occipital furrow. The fixigenae are small, convex, and steeply declined abaxially. The pleuroccipital segment becomes slightly longer (exsag.) laterally, ending posterolaterally in a pair of short, broad, blunt fixigenal spines set a short distance inwards from the lateral margins. The pleuroccipital furrow is transversely straight for the most part, becoming shallower distally where it curves forwards towards, though without reaching, the lateral margins. The eyes have not been found preserved. The palpebral lobes are narrow, moderately convex abaxially, strongly arched longitudinally, and slightly divergent backwards ; they are defined proximally by palpebral furrows of moderate depth which die out quickly to both front and back. The anterior branches of the facial suture extend forwards from the eyes, parallel to the axial furrows, to cut the anterior border, whilst the posterior branches curve backwards distally to intersect the lateral margins just in front of the line of the pleuroccipital furrow. The librigenae have not been found. The surface of the glabella is covered with fine, evenly distributed granules, whilst all the furrows are smooth. The surface of the fixigenae is covered with large, dispersed pits, the intervening spaces, together with the surface of the pleuroc- cipital segment, being covered with smaller punctae which are apparent only on the external mould. The internal mould of the glabella is ornamented with closely- grouped, small, prickly granules, probably representing the infillings of canals in the original test. The hypostoma and thorax are not known. An incomplete pygidium, which must have been more than twice as broad as long, is the only specimen that has been found (PI. 10, fig. 7). It is made up of four segments which are produced backwards to form four pairs of strong, tapering spines ; the latter are separated from one another by well-defined notches, and their tips are stepped backwards slightly en echelon from first to fourth. Only three 88 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES axial segments are visible, the first two well defined by deep ring furrows, and the third poorly defined by two shallow transverse notches near the bases of the fourth pair of pleural spines. The axial furrows comprise broad, shallow grooves, moderately convergent backwards. Excluding the furrows, the surface of the pygidium is granulate on the internal mould, but finely pitted on the external mould. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. The earliest-known occurrence of the species in the Cross Fell Inlier is in the Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia superba Zone of Pus Gill, locality A. 5. Most of the available specimens are, however, from Dufton Shales belonging to the Pusgillian Stage at Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. Other localities, all in Pusgillian strata, are at Pus Gill, localities A. 6 and A. 30, and at Dufton Town Sike, locality C. 6, east of Dufton. DISCUSSION. The specific name Pseudosphaerexochus octolobatus has been used to cover forms of the genus occurring in British Ordovician strata of various ages. The holotype, described and figured by M'Coy (1849 : 4°7 » *» Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851, pi. IG, fig. 10) as Ceraurus octolobatus, is a pygidium, Sedg. Mus. A. 11606, from the Rhiwlas Limestone, of Ashgill age, near Bala, and the species must be redescribed in detail before satisfactory comparisons can be made. Specimens from the Ashgill Series, Drummuck Group, of Girvan were assigned by Reed (1906 : 141, pi. 18, figs. 8-n) to Cheimrus (Cyrtometopus] octolobatus, and these appear to be identical with the Cross Fell specimens, at least as far as the cephalon is concerned. Pseudosphaerexochus has been recorded from the Onnian Stage of the Onny Valley in south Shropshire (Dean, 19610 : 316), but the material there is too fragmentary for comparison with that from Cross Fell. Family ENCRINURIDAE Angelin, 1854 Subfamily ENCRINURINAE Angelin, 1854 Genus ENCRINURUS Emmrich, 1844 TYPE SPECIES. Entomostracites punctatus Wahlenberg, 1821 by original designa- tion of Emmrich (1844 : 16). Encrinurus sp. (PI. n, figs, i, 4) 19590. Encrimtrus sp., Dean, p. 214. Only one specimen has been collected, a pygidium about 5 mm. long and 4-5 mm. broad frontally, preserved as an internal mould with part of the corresponding external mould. Frontally the axis occupies about one-quarter of the maximum breadth ; it is delimited by deep, smooth axial furrows and tapers backwards to a narrow tip. There are eight pairs of pleural ribs which terminate laterally in small free points ; the pleurae of the eighth pair almost coalesce with the terminal piece of the axis, from which they are separated by a pair of shallow grooves. The axis as far as the eighth pair of pleurae carries fifteen axial rings, but beyond this position is apparently smooth. The ring furrows, apart from the first three or four, become THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 89 shallower medially and there are traces of small median nodes on the third, fifth and eighth axial rings. The remainder of the dorsal surface is smooth. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Locality H (see Text-fig. 5) beside the Alston Road, three-quarters of a mile north-east of Melmerby. The strata, the Upper Melmerby Beds, contain fossils indicating the lower part of the Upper LongvilHan Substage, the equivalent of the Kjaerina bipartita Zone or Alternata Limestone in south Shropshire. DISCUSSION. Few Caradoc species of Encrinurus are available for comparison. Encrinurus sp. (? nov.) from the Marshbrookian Stage of Shropshire (Dean, 1961^, pi. 49, figs. 10, 12) has a similar number of ribs but a larger number of axial rings, at least seventeen. The Alston Road specimen may well prove to represent a new species. Subfamily DINDYMENINAE Pfibyl, 1953 Genus DINDYMENE Hawle & Corda, 1847 TYPE SPECIES. Dindymene fridericiaugusti Hawle & Corde, 1847 by subsequent designation of Barrande (1852 : 816). Dindymene duftonensis sp. nov. (PL n, fig. 13) 19591*. Dindymene sp. nov., Dean, pp. 198, 207. The holotype is an incomplete cranidium of estimated breadth 4 to 5 mm., ex- cluding fixigenal spines, the maximum breadth being roughly twice the length. The glabella is strongly convex, both longitudinally and transversely, narrow posteriorly but expanding forwards until equal to rather more than one-third of the cephalic breadth. The axial furrows are deep and narrow posteriorly, but widen forwards where they curve distally to join the lateral border furrow which skirts the plump fixigenae. The occipital furrow is shallow and broad (sag.) medially, deepen- ing laterally where a pair of deep apodemal pits is situated ; the occipital ring is small, curving forwards abaxially to form a pair of occipital lobes. The pleuroc- cipital segment is uniformly narrow (exsag.), transversely straight, separated from the fixigenae by a parallel, moderately-deep, pleuroccipital furrow. The external mould shows that the narrow (tr.) lateral borders meet the pleuroccipital segment at the genal angles which are produced to form a pair of fixigenal spines, long, slender, slightly curved, convex side forwards, and broadly splayed backwards. The surface of the fixigenal spines, lateral border and pleuroccipital segment is uniformly and finely granulate, appearing almost smooth. The surface of each fixigena is covered with fine wrinkles, which contain numerous small pits, and carries seven large tubercles ; three of the latter are situated anterolaterally in a row parallel to the lateral border furrow, one is situated medially just in front of the pleuroccipital furrow, and the remainder are arranged more or less sporadically over the fixigena. The surface of the glabella, though incomplete, is estimated to have carried about twenty tubercles of moderate size. Three of these form a median, longitudinal row 9o THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES extending half-way from the occipital furrow to the front of the glabella and are flanked by two pairs of tubercles situated a short distance adaxially from the axial furrows. The remaining tubercles are grouped more closely together across the frontal lobe, and the intermediate spaces are finely granulate. These figures apply to the partially preserved holotype, and the material available is insufficient to decide whether there is any variation in the disposition of the tubercles. The remainder of the exoskeleton is unknown. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Dufton Shales belonging to the Marshbrookian Stage, probably the middle or upper third, at locality E. 12 (see Text-fig. 4) in Harthwaite Sike, east-south-east of Dufton. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 546520, b, the latter, an external mould, being figured here in the form of a latex cast. DISCUSSION. The known species of Dindymene were reviewed recently by Kielan (1959 : 146 et seq.). Of them, the species with which D. duftonensis may best be grouped are D. ornate, Linnarsson, of Ashgill age, and D. plasi (Kielan, 1959 : 151, pi. 29, figs. 1-3) from the Llanvirn Series of Bohemia. Like them it is equipped with genal spines directed posterolaterally, but those of the Cross Fell species are notably longer. Both the extra-British species differ from D. duftonensis in having a particu- larly large tubercle, almost a cephalic spine, sited medially, one-third of the distance from the occipital furrow to the front of the glabella ; in this respect they somewhat resemble the more extreme development of a cephalic spine seen in the recently described Cornovica, from the Lower Llanvirn of west Shropshire (Whittard, 1960 : 122), a genus which possesses, however, glabellar furrows and eleven thoracic seg- ments. The fixigenae of D. duftonensis carry a similar number of large tubercles to those of D. plasi and D. ornata : the glabella, however, has a greater number of tubercles than that of D, ornata but fewer than that of D. plasi. As with D. ornata the space between the glabellar tubercles is finely granulate, a feature apparently not found in D. plasi. Harper's (1956 : 389) record of Dindymene cf . ornata from Upper Longvillian strata at Llanystwmdwy, Carnarvonshire, suggests that D. duftonensis may possibly be represented in the North Welsh faunas. Dindymene sp. (PL n, fig. 6) i959<z. Dindymene sp., Dean, pp. 194, 207. Two fragmentary cranidia, one of which is figured here, have been collected from the Upper Longvillian of Swindale Beck. In size and general form they match the type material of D. duftonensis but, as the dorsal surface is not preserved, precise identification has not been possible, though there are faint traces of some large tubercles. The more complete specimen has a narrow (sag.), upturned, anterior border, apparently separated from the glabella by a narrow (sag.), anterior border furrow containing the facial suture. The latter follows the outline of the frontal lobe as far as the axial furrow, beyond which it runs parallel to the margin of the cephalon and separates a narrow (tr.), smooth border from the fixigena. It has not THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 91 been possible to trace the line of the suture beyond the anterolateral portion of the glabella. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Dufton Shales containing Kjaerina geniculata Bancroft and forming the upper part, the Kjaerina typa Zone, of the Upper Longvillian Substage, at locality B. 5 in Swindale Beck. Subfamily CYBELINAE Holliday, 1942 Genus ATRACTOPYGE Hawle & Corda, 1847 TYPE SPECIES Calymene verrucosa Dalman, 1826 by original designation of Hawle & Corda (1847 : 9°)- Atractopyge scabra sp. nov. (PI. II, figs. 2, 3, 10) 1891. Cybele verrucosa Dalman : Nicholson & Marr, pp. 505, 511. I959a- Atractopyge aff. aspera (Linnarsson) : Dean, p. 207. DIAGNOSIS. Glabella clavate, slightly broader than long, with frontal lobe strongly convex forwards. Three pairs equisized glabellar lobes. Eye-ridges run from palpebral lobes towards first glabellar furrows. Surface of test, excluding furrows, covered with coarse tubercles, some of conspicuously large size. Pygidium longer than broad. Four pairs of ribs ending in free points arranged en echelon. Narrow axis with four continuous axial rings and a further fifteen or sixteen incomplete rings. DESCRIPTION. The length of the cranidium is rather more than half the breadth. The glabella is moderately convex, clavate in outline, and attains its maximum breadth, slightly greater than the median length, across the lateral extremities of the anterior border. There are three pairs of glabellar furrows, represented by deep, almost slot-like pits situated a short distance adaxially from the axial furrows. The first pair of glabellar furrows is situated about mid-way between the frontal margin and the occipital furrow, the second and third pairs being then positioned at regular intervals so as to give three pairs of almost equisized glabellar lobes, their long axes strongly divergent forwards. The occipital ring is short (sag.), convex forwards medially ; laterally it curves forwards slightly to form a pair of occipital lobes, immediately in front of which a pair of apodemal pits is situated at the extremi- ties of the broad (sag.), smooth, moderately-deep occipital furrow. The axial furrows are deep, wide (tr.), smooth, and rounded basally in cross-section ; from the occipital ring they follow a slightly divergent course forwards as far as the first glabellar furrows, whence they diverge more sharply to the false preglabellar field. The frontal lobe of the glabella is strongly convex forwards where it is bounded by a broad (sag.), smooth furrow, well defined but not deep, which intersects the axial furrows opposite a pair of deep, hypostomal pits. Beyond this furrow the anterior border is only slightly raised, but it is rendered more conspicuous by the presence thereon of a row of well-developed tubercles of both large and medium size. Orna- mentation of similar type, but including a greater number of large tubercles, covers 92 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES the surface of the remainder of the glabella with the exception of the glabellar lobes. In some individuals two, or even four, of the largest tubercles on the anterior border may be arranged symmetrically about the sagittal line, and two or three pairs of those on the main body of the glabella have been found to behave similarly, but it has not proved possible to utilize satisfactorily, with the available material, the notation proposed by Tripp (1957) for the tuberculation of certain species of Encrinurus. The fixigenae are strongly convex, with faint suggestions of eye ridges running towards the first glabellar furrows, and are surmounted by prominent, pedunculate, palpebral lobes. No palpebral furrows have been seen on the latter, which have a finely granulate, almost smooth surface, contrasting with the coarse tuberculation of the fixigenae which ends abruptly at the base of the palpebral lobes. The pleuroccipital furrow is straight for about half its length (tr.) but then turns markedly backwards and finally dies out just before reaching the lateral margins. The pleuroccipital segment, which follows the course of the pleuroccipital furrow, is extremely narrow (exsag.) near the axial furrows but then widens appreciably to- wards the apparently rounded genal angles. Each half of the pleuroccipital segment carries about seven or eight tubercles arranged fairly regularly along its length (tr.). The librigenae, hypostoma and thorax are not known. Only a few isolated pygidia have been found, the largest of which is just over 12 mm. long. The best-preserved specimen (PI. n, fig. 10) is about 9-5 mm. in length, with a maximum breadth of 8 mm. It is subovate in plan and only moderately con- vex transversely. There are four pairs of pleural ribs, separated from each other by strong rib furrows which become less well developed from first to fourth. The ribs of the first pair curve abaxially backwards for about half the length of the pygidium and then, more gradually, adaxially. The remaining ribs are subparallel to the first pair but become successively less strongly curved until those of the fourth pair are almost straight, converging backwards subparallel to the axial furrows. The ribs terminate in small, free points which are " stepped " backwards en echelon from first to fourth. The axis is in the form of an acute isosceles triangle, the two long sides of which meet posteriorly at about 20 degrees, and there may be up to nineteen, or perhaps twenty, axial rings visible. The first four axial rings are well defined, continuous with the corresponding pairs of ribs. Frontally the axial furrows are present merely as shallow grooves, but they become sharply defined behind the fourth axial ring. Sometimes a fifth axial ring may be defined by a transversely continuous ring furrow, but usually the greater part of the axis bears a smooth median band, occupying about one-third of its breadth, on either side of which the axial rings are clearly defined. There is a small, pointed terminal piece, behind which the points of the fourth pair of ribs extend a little way. The greater part of the surface of the pygidium is smooth but there are traces of incipient tubercles on occasional axial rings, whilst up to five larger tubercles may be found along each rib, particularly its hindmost two-thirds. HORIZONS AND LOCALITIES. The earliest-known occurrences of Atractopyge scabra within the Cross Fell Inlier are in Dufton Shales belonging to the Onnian Stage at Pus Gill, where the species is uncommon in both the Onnia. gracilis Zone, locality A 14, and the Onnia superba Zone, locality A 5. The new species is more common in THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 93 the Pusgillian Stage, at which horizon it is known from Pus Gill, localities A 25, 27 and 28 ; Swindale Beck, locality B. 25 ; and Dufton Town Sike, localities C. 2, 3 and 5- HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 50154 (PI. n, fig. 2). PARATYPES. BM. In. 50147 ; In. 50150 (PI. n, fig. 3) ; In. 50157 (PI. u, fig. 10). DISCUSSION. The name " Cybele verrucosa Dalman ", a species described originally from the Red Tretaspis Shales of Vastergotland, Sweden, has often been used in old faunal lists and collections from the Cross Fell Inlier, and from horizons of various ages elsewhere. This trilobite, the type species of Atractopyge, has recently been refigured by Henningsmoen (in Moore, 1959, fig. 349, la, b) whose illustrations show that it differs markedly from A. scabra in having a glabella which is less expanded frontally, with a smaller frontal glabellar lobe, as well as a pygidium which is proportionately shorter, carrying noticeably fewer (15) axial rings, and with the tips of the pleural ribs ending in line posteriorly. The holotype of Atractopyge michelli (Reed, 19140 : 42, pi. 7, figs. 7, ja-c] from the Balclatchie Group of Girvan is generally similar to A. scabra, but the glabella is less expanded frontally and more coarsely tuberculate, whilst the pygidium is proportionately shorter with fewer, less well-defined axial rings. Atractopyge scabra bears a strong resemblance to several forms of the genus said to have been collected from Ashgill strata in the Anglo- Welsh area, but until these have been investigated further it is impossible to say whether the species ranges higher than the Caradoc Series. The lectotype pygidium of Atractopyge atractopyge (M'Coy in Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851, pi. IG, fig. 4 only ; Dean, 1961^ : 319), from the Caradoc Series, probably Longvillian Stage, of North Wales, is proportionately broader than that of A. scabra and has a less strongly tapered axis, probably with fewer and better-defined axial rings. M'Coy's illustration shows the pleural ribs ending in-line posteriorly, but this is not clear on the actual specimen. Atractopyge? sp. (PI. ii, figs. 5, 8) 19590. Atractopyge sp. ind., Dean, p. 214. A single specimen, a fragmentary cranidium, from the Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, at Alston Road, locality J, figured here in the form of a latex cast, shows features suggestive of Atractopyge. The glabella is incomplete but expands forwards and possesses three, almost equisized, pairs of glabellar lobes. The fixigenae stand as high as the glabella, decline steeply towards the axial furrows, and are topped by traces of pedunculate palpebral lobes. The surface of the test is covered with large granules interspersed with larger tubercles, some of which are arranged in pairs symmetrically about the sagittal line. The cranidium is too poorly preserved for comparison with known species, but forms an interesting addition to the trilobites known from the Longvillian Stage of the Anglo-Welsh area. A further specimen (PL n, fig. 5), in a still worse state of preservation, from the Corona Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Bancroftina typa Zone, at 94 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Harthwaite Sike, locality A. 3, shows only part of a glabella and occipital ring, together with part of the corresponding left fixigena and palpebral lobe. Generic determination is not possible and the specimen is figured here merely as Atractopyge? sp., but it may prove to be related to the Alston Road trilobite. Genus PARACYBELOIDES Hupe, 1955 TYPE SPECIES. Cybele loveni Linnarsson var. girvanensis Reed, 1906 by original designation of Hupe (1955 : 271). Paracybeloides cf . girvanensis (Reed) (PI. n, figs. 7, 9, 12, 14, 15) 1891. Cybele Loveni Linnarsson : Nicholson & Marr, p. 511. 1906. Cybele loveni var. girvanensis Reed, p. 126, pi. 17, figs. 1-4. 1959^- Paracybeloides aff. loveni (Linnarsson) : Dean, pp. 207, 208. Numerous specimens of Paracybeloides have been collected from the Dufton Shales, and agree in all essential respects with the type material described by Reed (loc. cit.} from the Ashgill Series of Girvan. According to Reed's original descrip- tion the pygidial axis carries twenty-two to twenty-eight axial rings, but examina- tion of several specimens, including syntypes, in the Gray Collection at the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) suggests that the average number of rings present is about twenty-three, whilst specimens with twenty or twenty-one rings are not unknown. The variation in the number of axial rings found on the Cross Fell specimens is from twenty to twenty-three, the most common number being twenty-one, and this slight difference is not considered here to be of sufficient importance for specific differentiation. The tip of the pygidium of P. girvanensis was inaccurately illustrated by Reed (loc. cit.}, who has been followed by other workers, for example Hupe (1955 : 272) and Henningsmoen (in Moore, 1959, fig. 349, 5&). Reed's illustration shows the terminal piece of the pygidial axis ending in front of the hindmost pair of pleural points which, according to him, were separated from each other by a small gap. In fact, the specimens figured by him, including BM. In. 23243 (Reed, 1906, pi. 17, fig. 4), possess a terminal piece which is produced postaxially into a long, flattened, pointed process, constituting the longest (sag.) portion of the pygidium and united abaxially with the proximal pair of pleural points so as to form a flattened, trifid, pygidial termination. One of the Cross Fell specimens, BM. In. 50178, shows that the terminal process described above was sometimes produced to an even greater degree, giving a slender, pointed spine ; the total length of this particular pygidium is approximately 17 mm., of which the axis sensu stricto occupies only about 10 mm. Reed's illustrations of the cephalon of P. girvanensis show also that it possesses a smooth occipital ring. This is apparently the case in the syntypes, and also in other specimens, when preserved as internal moulds, but it is clear from the cor- responding external moulds that they, together with the Cross Fell specimens, THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 95 have a large median tubercle which may occasionally be produced backwards and upwards to form a blunt, occipital spine. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. Paracybeloides cf. girvanensis appears uncommonly in the Onnian Stage, Onnia gracilis Zone, of Pus Gill, locality A.5, but has not yet been recorded from the overlying Onnia superba Zone ; this apparent absence may be due to the paucity of exposures of the relevant strata. In the Pusgillian Stage the same species becomes more abundant and has been found at Pus Gill, localities A. 18, 25, 28-30 ; Swindale Beck, locality B. 25 ; and Dufton Town Sike, locality C. 2. Paracybeloides sp. (PL n, fig. ii) 19590. Paracybeloides sp. ind., Dean, p. 214. One specimen only has been found in the Longvillian Stage, constituting the sole record of the genus at this horizon in the Anglo-Welsh area. It comprises a pygidium which, excluding spines, is about 5 mm. in length with a frontal breadth of about 4 mm. The axis is narrow, less than one-third the frontal breadth, and carries an estimated eighteen axial rings. Although the specimen is damaged, most of the axial rings can be seen to be obsolete medially, where a median band extends back- wards from at least the fourth ring. The main body of the axis is relatively short, just over two-thirds of the total length of the specimen, but the terminal piece is long, slender, and produced backwards, though the tip is not visible. The pleural lobes are imperfectly preserved but appear to be of generally similar form to those of Paracybeloides girvanensis. The specimen is inadequate for detailed comparison with other species, but appears to be smaller and more slender than the pygidium of P. girvanensis, with fewer axial rings. It bears some resemblance to the speci- men of Paracybeloides figured by Whittington & Williams (1955, pi. 40, fig. no only) as Atractopyge sp. ind., from the Derfel Limestone of early Caradoc age. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, locality J (see Text-fig. 5). Family DALMANITIDAE Reed, 1905 Subfamily DALMANITINAE Reed, 1905 Genus DALMANITINA Reed, 1905 TYPE SPECIES. Dalmania socialis Barrande, 1852 by original designation of Reed (19050 : 224). Dalmanitina mucronata (Brongniart) matutina subsp. nov. (PL 12, figs, i, 5, 6, 9, 12) I959«. Dalmanitina sp. nov., Dean, pp. 204, 208. DIAGNOSIS. Subspecies of Dalmanitina mucronata (Brongniart), characterized by smaller fixigenal spines ; palpebral lobes developed from opposite mid-points of first glabellar lobes to corresponding position opposite third glabellar lobes ; 96 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES pygidium, excluding terminal spine, broader than long, with eight axial rings and seven pleurae. DESCRIPTION. Dalmanitina mucronata (Brongniart) has been figured and des- cribed in detail by Temple (1952). The cephalon of the new subspecies resembles that of D. mucronata, in all save two respects. The more important of these is the length of the palpebral lobes which, in D. mucronata matutina, extend from just outside the axial furrows, slightly in front of the mid-points of the first glabellar lobes, backwards and slightly outwards until almost opposite the mid-points of the third glabellar lobes. In D. mucronata itself the palpebral lobes extend backwards from the first glabellar furrows until level with, or slightly behind, the second glabellar furrows. Only one specimen of the new subspecies has been found with part of the fixigenal spine preserved, but the latter appears to be smaller than that of D. mucronata. The hypostoma and thorax are not known. The pygidium is subparabolic in outline, broader than long. The most complete specimen, excluding the articulating half-ring and terminal spine, is 18 mm. broad and about ii mm. (estimated) long. The axis occupies just over one-quarter of the frontal breadth, about four-fifths of the median length (excluding terminal spine), and is bounded by straight axial furrows which converge backwards and die out alongside the terminal piece. There are eight axial rings, the first three of equal length (sag.), the remainder becoming successively shorter. The articulating furrow and the three succeeding ring furrows are moderately broad (sag.) and fairly shallow medially, but become narrow abaxially and deepen to form apodemal pits. The remaining ring furrows are of more uniform depth but become shallower from the fourth furrow onwards, and the seventh and eighth furrows do not quite attain the axial furrows on the internal mould. The terminal piece is subtriangular in plan and passes backwards into a well-developed, post-axial ridge which runs, in turn, into a stout, upturned, terminal spine. The pleural lobes are gently convex dorsally, ending abaxially in smooth margins where there is a narrow doublure of apparently uniform breadth. Each lobe carries seven pleurae, the first three of which are separated by faintly-impressed, interpleural furrows and ornamented by deep, pleural furrows which curve gently and abaxially backwards. The remaining pleural and interpleural furrows are of about equal depth but become slightly less impressed towards the tip of the pygidium. On the internal mould all these furrows end abruptly at the proximal margin of the doublure, but on the external mould they may be traced, in a much attenuated condition, to the lateral margin, coincident with a poorly-defined border. The test of the entire pygidium, including the terminal spine, is smooth. Apart from having a smaller number of axial rings than the pygidium of D. mucronata, eight as compared with eleven, that of the new subspecies differs also in being relatively broader, almost semicircular in outline, with fewer pleurae, seven compared with eight or nine, whilst the terminal spine is stouter and perhaps longer. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. Most of the type-specimens are from Dufton Shales near the top of the Pusgillian Stage in Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. One of the paratypes, however, is from Pus Gill, locality A. 7, where the horizon is low in the THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 97 Pusgillian, not far above its presumed junction with the underlying Onnian Stage. Another specimen has been collected by Mr. M. Mitchell from Pusgillian strata in the section at Hurning Lane, 700 yards north-east of St. Cuthbert's Church, Dufton. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 49915 (PL 12, fig. 6). PARATYPES. BM. In. 50112 (PI. 12, fig. i) ; In. 50113 (PL 12, fig. 5) ; In. 49919 (PL 12, fig. 9) ; In. 50114 (PL 12, fig. 12). Subfamily ACASTINAE Delo, 1935 Genus KLOUCEKIA Delo, 1935 TYPE SPECIES. Phacops phillipsi Barrande, 1846 by original designation of Delo (1935 : 408). Subgenus Phacopidina Bancroft, 1949 TYPE SPECIES. Phacopidina harnagensis by original designation of Bancroft (1949 : 310). Kloucekia (Phacopidina} apiculata (M'Coy) (PL 12, fig. n) 1851. Portlockia ? apiculata M'Coy in Sedgwick & M'Coy, p. 162. 1910. Phacops apiculatus Salter : Reed, p. 211. 19610. Kloucekia (Phacopidina} apiculata (M'Coy) Dean, p. 324, pi. 2, figs. 6-9, 12. Includes full synonymy of the species. Several specimens of this characteristic middle Caradoc trilobite have been found in the vicinity of the Alston Road, north-east of Melmerby. The remains are usually fragmentary but may sometimes include articulated thoracic segments. The material agrees closely with the descriptions given by Harper (1947 : 169) and later by Dean (19612 : 324), but the individuals, which occur in ashy mudstones, are somewhat smaller than typical North Welsh specimens and significantly smaller than those from south Shropshire, perhaps the result of a less favourable environ- ment. HORIZONS AND LOCALITIES. Kloucekia apiculata has been collected from the Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, of the Alston Road outcrop (see Text-fig. 5) at localities B, C, E, F, G and J, and from the Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Longvillian Substage, of the same section at locality H. The species has been found nowhere else in the Cross Fell Inlier. Genus DUFTONIA Dean, 1959 uenus uvf i uiw/\ i^ean, 1959 TYPE SPECIES. Duftonia lacunosa by original designation of Dean (1959 : 143). Duftonia lacunosa Dean (PL 12, fig. 3) 1948. Pterygometopus sp., Bancroft in Lamont, p. 468. 1959. Duftonia lacunosa Dean, p. 144, pi. 19, figs. 1-3, 5, 6, 8. IQ590- Duftonia lacunosa Dean : Dean, pp. 203, 204, 208. GEOL. 7, 3. g8 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES The species has already been described in detail. All the type-specimens are from the uppermost part of the Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, at Swindale Beck, locality B. 25, but other specimens have been found, though less commonly, at locality B. 24 ; in Pus Gill, locality A. 22 ; and at Hurning Lane, north of Dufton. At both the latter localities the horizon is apparently somewhat lower in the Pus- gillian than are the rocks of the type-locality. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 49824 (PL 12, fig. 3). PARATYPES. BM. In. 49821 ; In. 49826 ; In. 49830 ; In. 49920. Family PTERYGOMETOPIDAE Reed, 1905 Subfamily PTERYGOMETOPINAE Reed, 1905 Genus CALYPTAULAX Cooper, 1930 TYPE SPECIES. CaLyptaulax glabella by original designation of Cooper (1930 : 387). Calyptaulax planiformis sp. nov. (PL 13, figs. 1-5) 1891. Phacops brongniarti Portlock, Nicholson & Marr, p. 505. ?i945- Calyptaulax sp., Stormer, p. 418, pi. 4, fig. 10. 1959^. Calyptaulax aff. norvegicus St0rmer : Dean, pp. 204, 208. DIAGNOSIS. Glabella slightly longer than broad, pentagonal in outline, bluntly pointed frontally attaining maximum breadth across frontal globe. Three pairs of glabellar lobes ; first and second pairs conjunct laterally, third lobes small, almost separated from remainder of glabella. Eyes long, crescentic in plan, ex- tending from opposite first glabellar lobes almost to pleuroccipital furrow. Pygidium subtriangular in plan, broader than long, with large facets, and terminates in blunt point. Tapering axis with seven to ten axial rings ; pleural lobes with six pleural furrows. DESCRIPTION. Entire cephalon unknown. The glabella is only slightly convex, even in uncrushed specimens, pentagonal in outline, broadly pointed frontally, the length, excluding occipital ring, being slightly greater than the maximum breadth. The frontal lobe is alate, extending laterally as far as the anterior ends of the first glabellar lobes ; there it meets the axial furrows, which diverge forwards at about 30 degrees. The first glabellar furrows are only moderately deep, slightly sigmoidal, and widely divergent anteriorly ; the first glabellar lobes are long and trapezoidal in outline. The second glabellar furrows are shallow, curved, convex forwards, and directed slightly backwards, not reaching the axial furrows, so that the distal ends of the first glabellar lobes are continuous with the smaller, backwardly-directed, second glabellar lobes. The third glabellar furrows are deep, with apodemes, diverge backwards and almost isolate the third glabellar lobes which are thus present only as semi-detached tubercles at the distal ends of the basal glabellar segment. The occipital ring is long (sag.), especially medially, moderately broad, and convex forwards with occipital lobes developed abaxially ; it is separated from the glabella THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 99 by the occipital furrow which is shallow medially but deepens laterally, where it is indented by the third glabellar lobes. The fixigenae are broad and level with long, crescentic, palpebral lobes which are separated from the cheeks by conspicuous palpebral furrows extending from the front of the first glabellar lobes to the pleur- occipital furrow. The pleuroccipital segment is preserved in only one specimen (PI. 13, fig. 2) ; the pleuroccipital furrow becomes shallower laterally, not reaching the lateral margin, and the genal angle is rounded. The anterior branches of the facial suture follow the outline of the glabella and no preglabellar furrow is developed, whilst the posterior branches curve gently forwards from behind the palpebral lobes before curving backwards to meet the lateral margins. The hypostoma and thorax are unknown. The pygidium is roughly triangular in outline, the length approximately two- thirds the breadth, with gently convex lateral margins which taper posteriorly to a blunt, slightly upturned point. The axis tapers backwards fairly sharply and carries seven to ten axial rings which diminish posteriorly in size and in degree of definition. Beyond the tip of the axis there is a low, postaxial ridge. The pleural lobes are only moderately convex and carry six pleural furrows which decrease in depth from first to sixth, extend just over half-way from the axial furrows to the lateral margin, and become progressively less divergent backwards. The first pleural furrows are truncated distally by a pair of large facets. The first rib furrows are deep, extend- ing rather more than half the breadth of the pleural lobes to cut the lateral margins, and are directed sharply backwards laterally. Subsequent rib furrows are only faintly impressed, though about three can usually be traced at the margin. HORIZONS AND LOCALITIES. In the Cross Fell Inlier Calyptaulax planiformis appears in small numbers in the Onnia gracilis Zone of the Onnian Stage, has not yet been found in the Onnia superba Zone, probably as the result of inadequate exposures, and becomes more common in the Pusgillian. Most of the type specimens are from the Pusgillian at Swindale Beck, locality B 25, but one paratype is from the Onnia gracilis Zone at Pus Gill, locality A. 12. Another locality where the species is known to occur is Pus Gill, locality A. 6, also in the Pusgillian Stage. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 50138 (PI. 13, fig. 4). PARATYPES. BM. In. 49903 (PI. 13, fig. 3) ; In. 49907 (PI. 13, fig. 5) ; In. 49908 (PI. 13, fig. 2) ; In. 49965 (PI. 13, fig. i). DISCUSSION. Calyptaulax planiformis is clearly related to the approximately contemporaneous C. norvegicus Stormer (1945 : 417, pi. 4, figs. 2, 3), a species which may possibly be synonymous with Calyptaulax [Homalops] altumi (Remele) figured by Wiman (1908, pi. 8, figs. 7-10) from the Baltic region. C. planiformis differs from C. norvegicus in the following respects : the glabella is proportionately longer and less rounded frontally ; the axis of the pygidium is longer ; the rib furrows are definitely, though generally faintly, defined at the pygidial border, contrasting with the smooth border described by St0rmer (1945 : 418). In the last feature the Cross Fell species resembles more the pygidium figured by Stermer (1945, pi. 4, fig. 10) as Calyptaulax sp. Although Calyptaulax was once thought to be a predominantly North American genus it is now known from several places in northern Europe and Scandinavia. ioo THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES In addition to the Norwegian and Baltic records mentioned above, Jaanusson (1953 : 102-103) has recorded Homalops ( = Calyptaulax} cf. altumi Remele from the Slandrom Limestone, Pleurograptus linearis Zone, of southern Sweden. Calyptaulax actonensis Dean (ig6ia : 328) from the Actonian and basal Onnian Stages of south Shropshire strongly resembles the new species, particularly in the form of the cranidium, but the pygidium is slightly shorter, has a shorter axis with fewer axial rings, possesses more strongly denned pleural furrows, and terminates in a better-developed, pointed, caudal spine. Of the other comparable species of the genus, Calyptaulax compressa (Cooper, 1930, pi. 5, figs. 7, 8) has a shorter glabella and smaller fixigenae than has C. plani- formis, and the pygidium of C. glabella (Cooper, 1930, pi. 5, figs. 9-11) is both broader and more pointed posteriorly. Calyptaulax schucherti from the Cape Calhoun Formation of northern Greenland (Troedsson, 1929, pi. 19, figs. 17-20) may be distinguished from the new species by its shorter frontal glabellar lobe, and smaller fixigenae and first glabellar lobes. Genus ESTONIOPS Mannil, 1957 Estoniops comprises phacopid trilobites generally resembling Pterygometopus (s.s.) but differing essentially from that genus in their lack of a preglabellar furrow. The frontal lobe of the glabella is large and broad, and the first glabellar lobes are relatively large, but the second and third glabellar lobes are much reduced in size. The genal angles are rounded. The surface of the glabella is covered with coarse tubercles, but that of the cheeks is pitted. The pygidium is generally similar to that of Pterygometopus, the tip being bluntly rounded, and has a smooth border. Estoniops has been found in Britain only in the Upper Longvillian Substage of the Anglo-Welsh area but the genus is widely distributed geographically and is known from Scandinavia and the Baltic region. These extra-British occurrences appear to be roughly contemporaneous with, or somewhat earlier than, the Anglo- Welsh material. TYPE SPECIES. A caste exilis Eichwald, 1857 by original designation of Mannil (1957 : 386). Estoniops alifrons (M'Coy) (PI. 12, figs. 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14) 1851. Phacops (Phacops) alifrons M'Coy in Sedgwick & M'Coy, p. 159, pi. iG, figs. 12-14. 1852. Phacops (Phacops) alifrons M'Coy : Salter, p. ii. 1853. Phacops jukesi Salter, p. n. 1864. Phacops (Acaste) alifrons M'Coy : Salter, p. 33, pi. i, figs. 31-34. 1864. Phacops (Chasmops ?) jukesii Salter : Salter, p. 36, pi. i, figs. 29, 30. 1873. Phacops (Acaste) alifrons M'Coy : Salter, p. 52. 1891. Phacops (Acaste) alifrons M'Coy : Woods, p. 149. 1922. Pterygometopus jukesii (Salter) Elles, pp. 150, 152, 170. 1923. Phacops (Pterygometopus) jukesii Salter : King, p. 491. X933- Pterygometopus jukesi (Salter) : Bancroft, table i. 1945. Phacops (Calliops) jukesi Salter : Reed, p. 315. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 101 1959. Estoniops jukesi (Salter) Dean, p. 146. i959«. Estoniops jukesi (Salter) : Dean, pp. 194, 207, 220. ig;jia. Estoniops alifrons (M'Coy) Dean, p. 320. The species was founded by M'Coy (in Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851 : 159) on three syntypes, now in the Sedgwick Museum. One of these, numbered A. 42694 (Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851, pi. IG, fig. 12), is chosen here as lectotype and is re- figured (PI. 12, fig. 4). It comprises a damaged, incomplete cephalon which has under- gone slight lateral compression, so that the glabella appears more elongated than is normally the case. The specimen was said to be " from the impure limestone of Capel Gannon " (Denbighshire), a horizon presumed to be of Upper Longvillian age. The remaining syntypes comprise two pygidia, said to be from the " Lime- stone of Pont y Glyn, Diffwys " (Denbighshire). One of them, Sedg. Mus. A. 42695 (Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851, pi. IG, fig. 13), is incomplete and probably slightly crushed, whilst the other, A. 42696 (Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851, pi. IG, fig. 14), is a complete pygidium, preserved as an internal mould which is believed to have undergone slight longitudinal compression and is therefore thought to be unsuitable for systematic description owing to the exaggeration of the pleural furrows. Phacops jukesi Salter (1853 : n), a species regarded here as a synonym of Estoniops alifrons, was established using two syntype cephala from the Bala district. These are in the Geological Survey & Museum where they are numbered 19165 and 19166. Owing to the poor state of preservation of the type specimens of Estoniops alifrons the following description is founded also on supplementary material from both the Bala district, north Wales, and the Cross Fell Inlier. DESCRIPTION. The cephalon is strongly convex, of semi-elliptical form, broader than long. The glabellar outline is slightly convergent from the posterior border as far as the outer ends of the second glabellar furrows, but then expands rapidly for- wards, attaining its maximum breadth a short distance in front of the first glabellar furrows. The glabella is slightly broader than long and there is no preglabellar furrow. The frontal lobe is convex, strongly alate, its projected length in an un- crushed specimen being about two-fifths that of the glabella. The first glabellar furrows are moderately deep, directed backwards slightly and extending adaxially about one-quarter to one-third of the glabellar breadth. The second glabellar furrows are deep, short (tr.), directed forwards slightly so that the first glabellar lobes are almost subtriangular in outline. The second glabellar lobes are small, directed backwards, bounded posteriorly by deep third glabellar furrows. The third glabellar lobes are merely the swollen ends of what may be described as a ring- like segment, corresponding in position with the occiput or peduncle of the Tri- nucleidae and separated by a well-defined occipital furrow from the convex occipital ring, which is slightly wider (tr.) than is the glabella across the basal lobes. The axial furrows are narrow and deep, becoming shallower opposite the first glabellar lobes, with hypostomal pits situated opposite the first glabellar furrows. From the posterior margin as far as the second glabellar lobes, the axial furrows converge slightly but then diverge markedly until just beyond the first glabellar furrows, whence they coalesce with the lateral marginal furrows ; the latter run back as far as the distal ends of the pleuroccipital furrow, towards which they become consider- 102 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES ably shallower. The eyes are prominent, standing as high as, or slightly higher than, the glabella, and the fixigenae are declined steeply towards the axial furrows. The eye of one of the Cross Fell specimens contains about 165 lenses arranged in twenty- four vertical rows, each row containing from four to eight lenses, but Welsh speci- mens have not yet been found sufficiently well preserved for detailed comparison. The palpebral lobes are sharply crescentic in form, bounded by deep palpebral furrows. Each palpebral furrow runs from the axial furrow and turns sharply through a right angle opposite the mid-point of the eye before attaining the posterior end of the latter ; from this point a deep furrow runs immediately below the eye, whilst another furrow curves gently forwards and then laterally backwards, becoming almost obsolete before intersecting the lateral marginal furrow. The anterior branches of the facial suture run obliquely forwards from the eyes to cut the axial furrows just in front of the hypostomal pits ; they then turn sharply inwards to converge and meet in front of the glabella. The posterior branches curve forwards gently from behind the eyes and then straighten before cutting the lateral margins ; they are situated in the furrows already described. The librigenae are fused frontally, and a median suture is not developed. The pleuroccipital furrows are deep and transversely straight but die out before reaching the margin. The pleuroccipital segment widens (exsag.) noticeably towards the smoothly rounded genal angles. The test of the glabella is covered with coarse tubercles the surface of which, together with the intervening area, is finely granulate. The surface of the cheeks is pitted, but that of the palpebral lobes, occipital ring, pleuroccipital segment and cephalic border is smooth or finely granulate. The cephalic doublure is similarly orna- mented but there is no sharp demarcation between this and the tuberculate upper surface of the cephalon at the line of the facial suture. The hypostoma and thorax are unknown. No well-preserved topotype pygidium being yet available for examination, the following description is founded on a pygidium, presumed to belong to the species (PI. 12, figs. 8, 10), which has been found at Swindale Beck in association with a cephalon of E. alifrons. The outline is broadly semi-elliptical, the anterior margin slightly convex forwards, and the tip well rounded. The straight-sided, tapering axis, bounded by deep axial furrows, has seven, well-defined axial rings, followed by two further rings which are less distinct medially. The pleural lobes carry six ribs, separated by deep furrows, with a seventh rib less well defined. Interpleural furrows are only faintly impressed and neither they nor the pleural furrows attain the lateral margin, so that a smooth border results. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. Although the horizon of M'Coy's syntypes was not specifically stated, the evidence of all other known occurrences of Estoniops alifrons in the Anglo-Welsh area suggests that they must have been collected from strata of Upper Longvillian age. Salter's type material of Phacops jukesi in the Geo- logical Survey & Museum is labelled merely " Caradoc " of Gelli Grin, Bala, but all the material of the species from that area contained in the Bancroft Collection at the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) is described as having been collected from the Upper Longvillian substage, presumably from what Bancroft (1933, table i) termed the Pterygometopus jukesi Beds. In her paper on the Bala district Elles (1922 : 150, THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 103 152, 170) recorded Pterygometopus jukesi from the Gelli Grin Calcareous Ash Series at various localities near Bala. The rocks in which E. alifrons occurs at Cross Fell belong to the upper half of the Upper Longvillian substage. The species is uncom- mon there and has, as yet, been found at only two localities, both in Swindale Beck, B. 7 and B. 10. Phacops (Pterygometopsis) [sic] cf . jukesi has been recorded from the Pen-y-garnedd Limestone of the Berwyn Hills, North Wales (Wedd et al., 1929 : 44), a horizon now known to contain Upper Longvillian fossils (Whittington, 1938 : 436, 451). LECTOTYPE, here selected. Sedgwick Mus. A. 42694 (PI. 12, fig. 4). PARATYPES. Sedgwick Mus. A. 42695 ; A. 42696. DISCUSSION. In redescribing the holotype of the type species of Pterygometopus, P. sclerops (Dalman), Whittington (1950 : 548) sought to restrict the genus to that species and P. trigonocephala (Schmidt) on account of their having such features as a distinct preglabellar furrow, set back slightly from the facial suture in front of the glabella, and palpebral furrows which continue behind the eye and then, containing the posterior branches of the facial suture, curve towards the marginal furrows. Other forms usually assigned to Pterygometopus were said to be distinct because the preglabellar furrow was not impressed, the glabella and preglabellar field being continuous, and the genus Estoniops seems to accommodate these phacopids. Estoniops shares certain characteristics, such as the absence of a preglabellar furrow and the presence of cheeks with a pitted surface, with the genus Duftonia (Dean, 1959) but, in addition to other features, the possession of fixigenal spines and a mucronate pygidium assist in separating the latter generically. Estoniops alifrons has many features in common with E. exilis Eichwald sp. (Schmidt, 1881 : 86, pi. i, figs. 18-21 ; pi. 12, fig. 13 ; Wigand, 1888 : 43, pi. 6, figs. 5«, b) from the Kuckers Shale, Stage C2, of Estonia, a horizon probably slightly earlier in age than the Upper Longvillian, but the cephalon of the British form differs in having a more elongate glabella and more divergent axial furrows. A particularly noticeable feature in both species, and in others assigned to Estoniops, is the curiously angular form of the palpebral furrow, that of E. exilis having been illustrated by Opik (1937 : 163, fig. 42). Phacops (Pterygometopus) panderi Schmidt (1881 : 84, pi. i, figs. 15-17 ; pi. 12, figs. 10-12) from Stage Ci of the Baltic region bears some re- semblance to Estoniops but differs in having tuberculate cheeks, and it is not known whether this feature is of more than specific significance. Two specimens figured by Salter (1864, pi. i, figs. 33, 34) as Phacops (Acaste) alifrons can probably be assigned to that species. One of them, GSM 19109 (Salter, 1864, pi. i, fig. 35) is an incomplete cephalon labelled, on the tablet, " Tyn-y-cabled, Pennant " ; the other, GSM 19107, is a somewhat distorted pygidium from " Goetre, Meifod ". The latter, from its general similarity to the Swindale Beck pygidium figured here, almost certainly belongs to the same species and is associated with a cephalon, GSM 19108, which definitely belongs to E. alifrons. None of the localities above matches those listed by Salter (1864 : 34) for Phacops alifrons. The specimen recorded in the Oswestry Memoir (Wedd et al., 1929 : 61) as Phacops cf. alifrons from the Ashgill Series of the Berwyn Hills is, in fact, a crushed Para- cybeloides sp. ; it is numbered RE 938-9 in the Geological Survey & Museum. io4 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES The trilobite from the Balclatchie Beds of the Girvan district described by Reed (1945 : 314, pi. i, fig. 6) as Phacops (Calliops} jukesi var. vicina appears to be a typical Calliops not unlike C. brongniarti (Portlock) and cannot be considered closely related to Estoniops alifrons. Subfamily CHASMOPSINAE Fillet, 1953 Genus CHASMOPS M'Coy, 1849 TYPE SPECIES. Calymene odini Eichwald, 1840 by original designation of M'Coy (1849:403). Chasmops cf. extensa (Boeck) (PL 13, fig. 8) I959a- Chasmops cf. extensa (Boeck) : Dean, p. 207. Three fragmentary pygidia belonging to Chasmops of the extensa species-group have been recovered from Swindale Beck, but only one is sufficiently well preserved for descriptive purposes. The specimen is about 18 mm. long, and the original maximum breadth is estimated to have been about 27 mm. The axis is narrow, with a frontal breadth of about 5 mm., tapers strongly backwards and ends about 3-5 mm. in front of the tip of the pygidium. There is evidence, obscured by crushing, of a postacial ridge. As far as the state of preservation allows, there appear to be fifteen axial rings. Each pleural lobe carries fourteen ribs, the pleural furrows becoming noticeably shallower near the lateral margin. Each rib usually bears a faintly-impressed interpleural furrow and becomes wider (exsag.) abaxiaUy. The ribs become smaller towards the tip of the pygidium, at the same time changing their position relative to the axis until the smallest are almost parallel to the sagittal line. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Dufton Shales, believed to belong to the middle portion of the Actonian Stage, at Swindale Beck, locality B. 15. The associated fauna includes Onnicalymene, Remopleurides and Onniella. DISCUSSION. Chasmops extensa has been redescribed by St0rmer (1940 : 138, pi. 3, figs. 7-11) whose illustrations of the pygidium show that it possesses fifteen axial rings and fourteen pleural ribs, corresponding with the numbers in the specimen now figured. The type pygidium is, however, much more elongate, and narrowly elliptical in outline, but the specimen is uncrushed whereas those from Cross Fell are flattened in a dark-grey shale. In southern Norway C. extensa is characteristic of the Upper Chasmops Shale and Limestone, and in south Shropshire members of the same species are most abundant in the Actonian and Marshbrookian Stages, though appearing earlier, in the Upper Longvillian, and ranging upwards into the lowest part of the Onnian (Dean, 19610 : 335). THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 105 Chasmops aff. maxima (Schmidt) (PL 13, fig- 6) I959«. Chasmops aff. maxima (Schmidt) : Dean, p. 208. The material consists only of one damaged cranidium, estimated length about 15 mm. It is moderately convex, both longitudinally and transversely, and the axial furrows diverge anteriorly at approximately 40 degrees. The frontal lobe is incomplete but its length is about two-thirds of the estimated breadth. The first glabellar furrows are almost straight, diverging forwards at no degrees and deepen- ing towards the axial furrows ; the first glabellar lobes are triangular in outline, their convexity conforming with the remainder of the glabella. The second glabellar furrows converge forwards at about 75 degrees and deepen markedly towards the axial furrows ; the second glabellar lobes are present only as small tubercles. The third glabellar furrows occur as notches separating the second glabellar lobes from those of the third pair, which are represented by tubercle-like projections situated just behind the first glabellar lobes and slightly overlapping the occipital furrow. The latter is transversely straight, deepening towards the axial furrows, near which it contains a pair of apodemal pits. Another pair of apodemal pits is situated at the hind margin of the occipital ring, just inwards from the axial furrows and bordering two small, anteriorly-projecting, occipital lobes. The pleuroccipital furrow is moderately deep and the pleuroccipital segment is fairly narrow (exsag.), but the two are only partly preserved. Even though incompletely preserved, the one surviving palpebral lobe is prominent, raised above the level of the glabella and carries a shallow, palpebral furrow. In plan the palpebral lobe extends from a point almost opposite the middle of the first glabellar lobe to one opposite the third glabellar lobe. The fixigena declines steeply from the palpebral lobe to the axial furrow. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Dufton Shales in, probably, the higher part of the Pusgillian Stage at Pus Gill, locality A. 28. DISCUSSION. The species has been discussed in detail by St0rmer (1945 : 420) who has pointed out that Schmidt (1881 : 112) founded C. maxima on specimens from both the Jewe and Kegel Stages and figured a variety of forms under the one name. The specimen from Pus Gill matches best the specimens of C. maxima figured by St0rmer from the Tretaspis Shales of Hadeland, though a detailed comparison is not possible with the material available. Chasmops sp. (PL 13, fig- 12) 19590. Chasmops sp., Dean, p. 214. Two specimens of Chasmops have been recovered from the Caradoc Series near Melmerby. One, a cranidium BM. In. 54655, is too badly damaged for detailed examination. The other, an almost complete pygidium In. 54656, is slightly distorted, but the length and breadth are estimated to have been respectively 12 mm. and about 16 mm. The axis possesses eleven axial rings extending almost to io6 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES the terminal piece which, although damaged, appears to be only partly differentiated from the postaxial ridge. The pleural lobes have ten, or perhaps eleven, ribs some of which bear faint traces of interpleural furrows. The ribs are separated from one another by deep pleural furrows which, as far as can be ascertained, extend to the lateral margins of the pygidium. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Lower Melmerby Beds, probably representing as an yet undetermined part of the Lower Longvillian Substage, at the Alston Road section near Melmerby, locality J (see Text-fig. 5). DISCUSSION. The fragmentary evidence available suggests that the species may be new. It is certainly distinct from the so-called longicaudate forms of Chasmops, such as C. extensa (Boeck), which are so abundant higher in the Caradoc Series of Shropshire and Norway, and its affinities are more likely to lie with the group typified by Chasmops conicophthalma (Sars & Boeck), a species redescribed by Stormer (1940 : 137, pi. 3, figs. 1-6) and characteristic of part of the Caradoc Series in Norway prior to the appearance of C. extensa. Family HOMALONOTIDAE Chapman, 1890 Genus B RON GN I ART ELL A Reed, 1918 TYPE SPECIES. Homalonotus Usulcatus M'Coy, 1851 by original designation of Reed (1918 : 322). Brongniartella minor (Salter) (PI. 15, fig. 4 ; PI. 16, fig. n) 1852. Homalonotus bisulcatus var. /3 minor Salter, p. v. 1947. Brongniartella parva Harper, p. 165, pi. 6, figs. 7, 8. 19610. Brongniartella minor (Salter) Dean, p. 351, pi. 54, fig. 6 ; pi. 55, fig. n. A few specimens found at one locality in the Inlier agree in all respects with Salter's species, the lectotype of which, a pygidium, was originally described from the Longvillian Stage of the Bala district, North Wales. Although the outer surface of the test, when preserved, is apparently smooth, internal moulds show a conspicuous granulation due to the infilling of small canals within the test. A similar feature is found in Brongniartella ascripta (Reed), described elsewhere in this paper. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Upper part of the Corona Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Bancroftina typa Zone, at Pus Gill, locality A. 3 and Harthwaite Sike, £.3. Brongniartella ascripta (Reed) (PI. 15, figs, i, 2, 5, 8, ii ; PI- 16, fig. 14?) 1910. Homalonotus ascriptus Reed, p. 216, pi. 17, figs. 4-8. 1918. Homalonotus ascriptus Reed : Reed, p. 272. I959a. Brongniartella ascripta (Reed) Dean, p. 214. Reed's description was founded on a single cranidium, which may be taken as the holotype, supplemented by three additional cranidia and a hypostoma, all THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 107 of which he regarded only as belonging doubtfully to the species. There seems to be little doubt that these specimens belong to B. ascripta. The holotype cranidium is somewhat flattened but retains, nevertheless, a longitudinal, median ridge which is particularly well shown on the anterior half of the glabella. In the same specimen crushing has produced what appear to be large, basal glabellar lobes, but all the uncrushed specimens available show no trace of glabellar furrows. Reed described the test of the cranidium as being covered with closely-set " tubercles ", and con- sidered this feature sufficient to distinguish the species from Brongniartella bisulcata, but examination of additional material suggests that the so-called tubercles are, in fact, infillings of canals within the original test, the outer surface of which was probably smooth. The straight lateral and frontal margins of the glabella, with the fairly well-defined anterior border and the median carina, suggest that B. ascripta may be grouped with forms such as Brongniartella minor (Salter) and B. minor subcarinata Dean, rather than with B. bisulcata and B. caradociana (Dean, 1961^ : 349). The presumed hypostoma of B. ascripta is quite distinct from that of B. bisulcata (see Dean, 1961^, pi. 54, fig. 9), and such a difference may eventually prove to be of subgeneric, or even generic, significance. The thorax is known only from isolated segments which are not distinguishable from those of B. bisculata. The presumed type-locality has yielded a few pygidia believed to belong to the species. The largest and most complete of these, BM. In. 52980, is slightly distorted and has a median length of about 17 mm. The pleural lobes are well segmented with seven, and perhaps eight pairs of pleural furrows, the first pair being noticeably deeper than the rest ; the furrows extend to the lateral margin, near which they become shallower and almost obsolete. The axis of this specimen is not sufficiently well preserved for an accurate assessment of the number of axial rings, but another, incomplete pygidium shows that there are at least seven, and probably more. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. It is believed that Reed's original material was obtained from locality J near the Alston Road, north-east of Melmerby ; the rocks there are thought to belong to the Lower Melmerby Beds, of probable Lower Long- villian age. Elsewhere along the Alston Road fragments of the species have been collected at localities D, E, F and G, from the Lower Melmerby Beds. In the main portion of the Inlier, specimens tentatively assigned to B. ascripta have been found at locality E. 3, Harthwaite Sike, near Dufton (see Text-fig. 4), in the upper part of the Corona Beds, belonging to the Bancroftina typa Zone of the Lower Longvillian. A fragmentary cranidium from this locality is figured (PL 16, fig. 14), and a large, distorted pygidium, BM. In. 54651, from the same horizon at locality E. 5 shows traces of eleven axial rings. In their account of the Cross Fell Inlier Nicholson & Marr (1891 : 510) recorded " Homalonotus rudis Salter? " from the Corona Beds at Roman Fell, and the speci- mens were subsequently given the provisional name of Brongniartella cf. rudis (M'Coy) (Dean, 19590; : 209). More recently it has been pointed out that Homa- lonotus rudis, described originally by M'Coy (in Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851 : 168) from North Wales, is not a recognizable species (Dean, 1961^ : 355). Nicholson & Marr's specimens from Roman Fell, housed in the Sedgwick Museum and numbered A. 32906-12, are figured here for the first time (see PL 15, figs. 3, 6, 7, 9, 10). They io8 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES are too distorted tectonically for certain identification but are undoubtedly generally similar to B. ascripta. The pygidia show eleven or twelve axial rings, and one specimen has eight pairs of pleural ribs, though exaggerated by crushing. The best-preserved cranidium has proportions and a glabellar outline like B. ascripta but lacks the median carina, though this could well be due to tectonic causes In the absence of more definite specific features, it has been preferred to figure the Roman Fell specimens merely as Brongniartella sp. B. ascripta has not yet been recorded outside the Cross Fell Inlier. HOLOTYPE. Sedg. Mus. A. 29632 (PL 15, fig. n). Brongniartella bisulcata (M'Coy) (PI. 16, fig. 8) 1851. Homalonotus bisulcatus M'Coy in Sedgwick & M'Coy, p. 168, pi. iG, figs. 26, 27. 19613. Brongniartella bisulcata (M'Coy) Dean, p. 346. This reference contains a full synonymy of the species. Brongniartella bisulcata has been redescribed in detail from the type-area in south Shropshire (Dean, 1961^), and the material from the Cross Fell Inlier exhibits no features not already known. The earliest undoubted occurrence is in the upper half of the Upper Longvillian Substage at Swindale Beck, localities B. 5, 8 and 9. Frag- mentary evidence suggests that it may also be found at the same horizon at Harth- waite Sike, locality E. 6. As in Shropshire, B. bisulcata is fairly common in the Marshbrookian Stage, at which level it is known from both Swindale Beck, localities B. n, 14 and 16, and Harthwaite Sike, localities E. 7, 9, 10, n and 12. In the north of the Inlier, at the Alston Road outcrop, near Melmerby, fragments of Brongniartella occur in the lower part of the Upper Longvillian, but have not proved satisfactorily identifiable. They are undoubtedly close to B. bisulcata but may yet prove to belong to B. ascripta, a species originally described from adjacent and probably earlier strata. Brongniartella depressa sp. nov. (PI. 16, figs, i, 7, 10, 13) !959«- Brongniartella sp. nov., Dean, p. 208. DIAGNOSIS. Brongniartella with glabella of low convexity, poorly defined both laterally and frontally, where outline narrows towards transversely-truncated, frontal, glabellar lobe. Occipital furrow almost absent from external mould. Axial furrows of thorax almost obsolete. Pygidial axis broad, poorly defined ; axial rings and pleural ribs scarcely discernible. DESCRIPTION. The cephalon is known only from a flattened cranidium, the median length of which is slightly less than half the maximum breadth. The glabella is slightly longer than wide, poorly defined laterally by markedly shallow axial furrows which are shallowest and straight frontally, but which then curve outwards and back from about their mid-points to the ends of the occipital ring. The dimensions of the holotype cranidium are as follows : max. length 16 mm., THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 109 max. breadth 30 mm. (estimated) ; length of glabella 12-5 mm., max. breadth n mm., min. breadth 7-5 mm. The convexity of the glabella is remarkably low and the frontal glabellar lobe has a noticeably square appearance, being truncated by a poorly impressed, transversely straight, preglabellar furrow which meets the axial furrows almost at right-angles, the anterolateral angles of the frontal lobe being slightly rounded. The external mould of the holotype shows no trace of glabellar furrows but a presumably immature specimen (PL 16, fig. 13) carries three pairs of faintly- marked, almost equispaced, glabellar furrows on the internal mould, whereas the external mould of the same specimen shows no sign of lobation. The anterior border is slightly inclined forwards, transversely straight, uniformly broad (sag.), and is not well differentiated from the frontal glabellar lobe. The occipital furrow of the holotype is practically obsolete and the dorsal surface of the glabella is almost continuous with that of the occipital ring ; these two structures are uniformly broad (tr.) and the occipital ring is not obliquely truncated distally as, for example, is that of Brongniartella bisulcata (M'Coy). The internal mould of an immature cranidium, mentioned earlier, has a transversely straight, moderately-deep, occipital furrow (see PI. 16, fig. 13) but the external mould of this specimen is almost smooth, comparable with the holotype. On both internal and external mould the pleuroc- cipital furrow is only moderately impressed, curving gently forwards laterally and delimiting a pleuroccipital segment of almost uniform breadth (exsag.). The genal angles are imperfectly known but appear to be rounded. Frontally the fixigenae are narrow, constricting forwards slightly and almost coalescing with the distal ends of the anterior border, from which they are separated by only shallow depressions representing the extension of the preglabellar furrow The posterior portions of the fixigenae are moderately declined, their breadth (exsag.) between one-quarter and one-third of the glabellar length. The palpebral lobes are small, short, situated opposite the mid-point of the glabella, and are moderately declined towards the axial furrows. The anterior branches of the facial suture are straight, converging forwards slightly so as to cut the anterior margin just outside the line of the axial furrows. The posterior branches are transversely straight at first but quickly turn backwards strongly to cut the genal angles in a normal gonatoparian position. The eyes, librigenae and hypostoma are not known. Only one specimen of the thorax attributed to this species is known ; it is in- complete but there are traces of at least ten thoracic segments. The axis is only slightly convex, occupies approximately one-third of the total breadth, and is defined by almost obsolete axial furrows. The pleurae are transversely straight for the most part, but turn down and backwards distally, ending in bluntly-rounded tips. Each pleura carries a large anterolateral facet, delimited by a narrow, raised ridge running from the anterior margin, approximately mid-way between the axial furrow and the fulcrum, towards the posterolateral corner of the tip. Just outside the axial furrow, the frontal margin of each pleura is cut by a slit-like pleural furrow which runs outwards and slightly back so as to intersect the frontal margin mid-way between the fulcrum and the pleural tip. One, almost complete pygidium ascribed to B. depressa is known, preserved as an external mould (PI. 16, fig. 10). It is of depressed form, and broader than long in no THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES the ratio 4 : 3 as far as measurements are possible. The frontal margin is moderately convex forwards and the posterior margin is broadly subparabolic in plan, with a rounded tip. The axis is broad, more than one-third the frontal breadth, denned laterally by faint axial furrows which are moderately convergent posteriorly. There are six or seven, almost indistinguishable, axial rings, followed by a short terminal piece which tends to merge into the posterior border, and there is no postaxial ridge. The pleural lobes are almost smooth, showing only traces of five pairs of pleural furrows, of which the first pair is the most clearly defined. Internal moulds show a fine granulation probably resulting from the infilling of small canals within the test, but the exterior of the exoskeleton, though apparently smooth, proves, on magnification, to be markedly and finely punctate, the puncta- tion extending even across the various furrows impressed on the dorsal surface. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. A thin band of fossiliferous, weathered, impure lime- stone in the higher beds of the Dufton Shales, Pusgilhan Stage, at Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 49882 (PL 16, fig. i). PARATYPES. BM. In. 49881 (PL 16, fig. 7) ; In. 49884 (PL 16, fig. 10) ; In. 49885 (PL 16, fig. 13). DISCUSSION. The flattened form and lack of well-defined furrows on the external surface of the test readily distinguish Brongniartella depressa from any known species of the genus. StratigraphicaUy earlier species such as B. ascripta and B. minor subcarinata frequently exhibit a median carination of the glabella, the latter, to- gether with the thoracic and pygidial axes, being well differentiated by axial furrows, whilst the pleural lobes of the pygidium are better segmented than is the case for B. depressa. The glabella of B. bisulcata undergoes a marked constriction at about its mid-point, and the anterolateral portions of the frontal glabellar lobe are less angular than those of B. depressa. The glabella of Brongniartella platynota (Dalman, 1828 : 135 ; Kielan, 1959 : 116, pi. 19, figs. 1-3), like that of the Pusgillian form, shows glabellar furrows only on the internal mould, and the occipital furrow is shallow externally, but the Swedish species has larger fixigenae, a better differentiated glabella which is markedly constricted frontally, and both the ring and pleural furrows of the pygidium are more strongly developed. Brongniartella aff. platynota (Dalman) (PL 16, fig. 5) A single pygidium apparently distinct from coexisting forms in the Pusgillian Stage has been collected from the Dufton Shales in Swindale Beck, locality B 30. It is incomplete, preserved as an internal mould, and possesses at least seven axial rings and five pairs of pleural furrows. The axis is well defined by straight, moderately- deep, axial furrows which are convergent posteriorly, and the pleural lobes are moderately declined laterally. The anterior margin is convex forwards and the pleural ribs are directed backwards, but these features have almost certainly been exaggerated by crushing. Comparison with described species of Brongniartella is difficult, but the appearance is generally reminiscent of B. platynota (Dalman, THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES in 1828 : 135), a form originally described from the Ashgill Series of Sweden and since redescribed by Kielan (195 : 116, pi. 19, figs. 1-3). Each pygidium has a strongly convergent axis and well-defined pleural furrows, and as far as can be judged the number of axial rings and pleural ribs is generally similar. Family CALYMENIDAE Burmeister, 1843 The first serious attempt to subdivide the trilobites composing this family was made by Shirley who, in 1936, erected several new species and genera, and reviewed previous work on the group. Shirley's genera were later regarded by Richter (1937) as subgenera of Calymene, but most are now accepted as being of generic rank. The genus most abundantly represented in the Caradoc Series of the Anglo- Welsh area is that usually referred to as Flexicalymene Shirley, 1936, but recently Fisher (1957 : 13) has stated that Orimops Rafinesque, 1832, has precedence over the former, and it is necessary to investigate this claim further. Several North American trilobite species were introduced by Green (1832) who, although he did not figure them, nevertheless gave valid diagnoses and provided sets of plaster casts of his original specimens. Among them was Calymene callice- phala (Green, 1832 : 31), said to be from Hampshire, Virginia, a species which Rafinesque (1832 : 72), later in the same year, considered to be sufficiently distinct as to warrant the formation of a new subgenus of Calymene which he named Orimops, though he misspelt the specific name as calicephala. Many of Green's species are readily recognizable from their plaster casts, but that of Calymene callice- phala is not one of the best, and the species is obviously in need of redescription. Consequently Orimops must be regarded as a nomen dubium, and may eventually prove to be best rejected. Nevertheless, the cast of C. callicephala shows enough of the structure of the cephalon to suggest that the species is similar in many respects to the well-known Cincinnatian trilobite Calymene meeki (Foerste, 1910 : 84, pi. 3, fig. 18 ; 1919, pi. 18, fig. 3), a form usually put in Flexicalymene, and in his original description of C. callicephala Green (1832 : 31) stated that his species occurred near Cincinnati, Ohio, though not at Trenton Falls. Both species are characterized by a markedly triangular glabellar outline, the sides of which are strongly convergent frontally to a narrow, frontal, glabellar lobe, and by the forward position of the eyes which, as in Platycalymene, are sited opposite the first pair of glabellar lobes. These two species, together with a closely similar form in the Ashgill Series of Scot- land (Shirley, 1936, pi. 29, fig. 8), are regarded here as forming a compact group, both geographically and stratigraphically distinct. The name Orimops, if it is to be employed at all, is best used for these species, though the erection of a new name may prove necessary. The genus Flexicalymene was founded by Shirley (1936 : 395) on the well-known south Shropshire trilobite Calymene caractaci Salter, 1865, one of several species in which the eyes are situated opposite the second glabellar lobes. Fisher's (1957, pi. 33, fig. 12) use of Orimops to include the Trenton trilobite Calymene senaria Conrad, 1841, even if the genus were not under suspicion, can hardly be justified and this species is regarded here as belonging to Flexicalymene (s.s.). ii2 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Shirley (1936 : 390-392) regarded the position of the eyes as being constant in most calymenids, and he supposed Flexicalymene onniensis, with the eyes situated far back, opposite the third glabellar furrows, to be exceptional. During the present work it has been noted that F. onniensis is only one of a number of widely distributed species, again falling within fairly well-defined geographical and stratigraphical limits, in which the eyes are similarly placed, and it is proposed now to separate these as a new genus to which the name Onnicaiymene is given, with type species Flexicalymene onniensis Shirley. Reacalymene was separated by Shirley (1936 : 395) as a distinct genus and a similar course has been followed by Whittard (1960 : 152, 158). In practice, how- ever, whilst the ridging of the preglabellar field which Shirley claimed as a dia- gnostic feature is generally obvious, though never strongly developed, on the external mould, when only an internal mould is available all trace of the ridge frequently disappears and it is then impossible to distinguish the specimen from a typical Flexicalymene. For this reason it is thought better to follow the course adopted by Whittington (in Moore, 1959 : 0.452) in regarding Reacalymene as being of sub- generic status within the genus Flexicalymene. As far as is now known, Reacalymene has a relatively restricted vertical range in the Anglo-Welsh area, perhaps through only the lower part of the Caradoc Series. Shirley (1936 : 390) postulated that the first stages in the thickening of the anterior border of the Calymenidae was to be found in Reacalymene pusulosa Shirley, from the early Caradoc strata of south Shropshire. This now appears to be an oversimplified view as Gravicalymene, with a much more thickened border, is known from the lowest Harnagian Stage, where it is represented by G. praecox (Bancroft), and may have existed even earlier. The position of the calymenids normally placed in Flexicalymene may be summarized as follows : Flexicalymene Shirley, 1936 DIAGNOSIS. Glabellar outline generally subparabolic, rounded frontally. An- terior border moderately long, smooth, usually steeply inclined forwards. Pal- pebral lobes situated opposite, or almost so, second glabellar lobes. Thorax with thirteen segments (but see later). DISTRIBUTION. Llandeilo Series to Caradoc Series, probably to highest Marsh- brookian Stage. Widely distributed geographically, occurring in England, Wales, Scotland, Ireland, Bohemia and eastern North America. TYPICAL SPECIES. F. acantha (Bancroft), F. brevicapitata (Porlock), F. cambrensis (Salter), F. caractaci (Salter), F. declinata (Barrande), -F. forcipata (M'Coy), F. planimarginata (Reed), F. senaria (Conrad), F. shirleyi Tripp. Onnicaiymene gen. nov. DIAGNOSIS. Generally similar to Flexicalymene, but distinguished by anterior border, which is short and steeply inclined forwards, and by position of palpebral lobes, opposite third glabellar furrows and frontal portion of third glabellar lobes. Thorax with thirteen segments. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 113 DISTRIBUTION. First encountered in the Actonian Stage of the Caradoc Series in the Anglo- Welsh area, Onnicalymene ranges upwards at least into the Pusgillian Stage. Its range in Ashgill strata is not known. Found in England, Wales, Sweden and southern Norway. TYPICAL SPECIES. 0. jemtlandica (Thorslund), 0. laticeps (Bancroft), 0. onniensis (Shirley), 0. salteri (Bancroft). Flexicalymene (Reacalymene) Shirley, 1936 DIAGNOSIS. Generally similar to Flexicalymene (s.s.) but anterior border bears low, transverse ridge, visible at least on external mould, and glabella is proportion- ately broader across third glabellar lobes, with sides more convergent forwards, producing triangular outline. DISTRIBUTION Only confirmed from lower part of Caradoc Series in Welsh Borders, but possibly also in Llandeilo Series. TYPICAL SPECIES. F. (R.) limba (Shirley), F. (R.) pusulosa (Shirley). British Species of Doubtful Systematic Position Calymene quadrata (King, 1923 : 504, pi. 26, figs, i, 2), from the Ashgill Series, is generally referred to Flexicalymene but differs considerably from that genus in its glabellar outline, and is unique in having only twelve thoracic segments. Its position and affinities are therefore regarded as being doubtful. Calymene (Diacalymene) bigener (Reed, 1935 : 47, pi. i, fig. 3), from the Ashgill Series of Girvan, has been placed tentatively in Reacalymene by Shirley (1936 : 418), but such a position is doubtful and the species needs to be redescribed. Calymene (Ptychometopus) grayae (Reed, 1935 : 45, pi. i, figs. 13, 19?), from the Craighead Limestone, cannot be considered a recognizable species. Calymene (Colpocoryphe^} aldonensis (Reed, 1935 : 48, pi. i, figs. 14, 15), from the Didymograptus super stes Shales (= Nemagraptus gracilis Zone) of the Girvan district, has been placed in Flexicalymene by Shirley (1936 : 418), but the position of the eyes is reminiscent of that in Onnicalymene, whilst the glabellar outline is unlike that of any other described species of Flexicalymene. Diacalymene and Gravicalymene The typically Upper Ordovician or Silurian genus Diacalymene Kegel, 1927 has been reported from the Caradoc Series of south Shropshire, supposedly being repre- sented by D. praecox Bancroft, 1949, but the species in question is considered here to be better placed in Gravicalymene Shirley, 1936. The two genera bear a consider- able resemblance to one another in glabellar outline and it is sometimes difficult to differentiate between the respective anterior borders, which were described by Shirley (1936 : 395) as being " roll-like " in Gravicalymene and " ridged " in Dia- calymene. The writer's observations suggest that whereas the type species of Diacalymene, D. diademata (Barrande), from the Silurian of Bohemia, possesses a distinctive, ridged, steeply-inclined anterior border, those Ordovician species GEOL. 7, 3. 6 H4 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES customarily assigned to the genus have an anterior border which is not markedly different from that of Gravicalymene, a genus which did not undergo much modifica- tion even as late as the Devonian. A more important criterion for separating the two genera is the presence or absence of what Shirley called " papillate second glabellar lobes ", accompanied by " buttresses " on the fixigenae opposite the same lobes. Stumm & Kaufmann (1958 : 949) have drawn attention to the unsuitability of this terminology, and it is suggested that one might more appropriately speak of " conjugate second glabellar lobes and genal buttresses " in Diacalymene. Hupe (1955 : 245) has attempted to place Diacalymene and Gravicalymene in separate subfamilies, respectively Calymeninae and Colpocoryphinae, on the basis of their having unconstricted or constricted axial furrows, but such a course seems obviously unworkable. Diacalymene diademata differs in some respects from the described Ordovician species of the genus, the latter in turn resembling Gravicalymene in glabellar outline. It seems likely that the two genera are closely related, and may have diverged from a common ancestral group earlier in the Ordovician, but more evidence is needed. As restricted in this paper, Diacalymene makes its appearance in the Anglo-Welsh area in the Pusgillian Stage of the Cross Fell Inlier, being un- known in Shropshire ; it becomes more abundant in the succeeding Ashgill Series and continues into the lower Silurian. Gravicalymene, though ranging as high as the Devonian, is an earlier genus, known with certainty from the Harnagian Stage of the type Caradoc succession but possibly originating still earlier. In Caradoc strata both genera are subordinate in numbers to the widespread Flexicalymene and Onnicalymene. Genus FLEXICALYMENE Shirley, 1936 TYPE SPECIES. Calymene Blumenbachii var. Caractaci Salter, 1865 by original designation of Shirley (1936 : 395). Flexicalymene cf. caractaci (Salter) (PI. 13, fig. 10) i959«. Flexicalymene cf. caractaci (Salter) : Dean, p. 214. Calymenid remains have been found at several points in the vicinity of the Alston Road near Melmerby, and some of the better preserved are generally comparable with Salter's species. The type-material of F. caractaci came from the Upper Cheney Longville Flags, Marshbrookian Stage, of south Shropshire and has been redescribed by Shirley (1931 : 25). In the Cross Fell Inlier only occasional frag- ments of calymenid trilobites have been collected from the Marshbrookian Stage, and none has proved identifiable. The strata at Melmerby are probably both Lower and Upper Longvillian in age, and the relevant localities there comprise C to J inclusive, and possibly also locality A (see Text-fig. 5). The lectotype of Flexi- calymene planimarginata (Reed), redescribed by Shirley (1931 : 22) and Harper (1947 : 167), originated from the Lower Longvillian of North Wales. The species has not yet been reported from the Cross Fell Inlier at this horizon, though THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 115 Whittard (1960 : 158) has recorded it earlier, from the Soudleyan Stage of the Shelve Inlier. Genus ONNICALYMENE nov. TYPE SPECIES. Flexicalymene onniensis Shirley, 1936. For diagnosis of genus see p. 112. Onnicalymene onniensis (Shirley) (PI. 13, fig. 7 ; PL 14, figs, i, 2, 7, 10) 1936. Flexicalymene onniensis Shirley, p. 405, pi. 29, figs. 5-7. 1949. Flexicalymene onniensis Shirley : Bancroft, p. 308, pi. n, figs. 36, 37. 1958. Flexicalymene onniensis Shirley : Dean, p. 224. I959&. Flexicalymene onniensis Shirley : Dean, pp. 200, 207. I959&- Flexicalymene aff. onniensis Shirley : Dean, pp. 202, 208. This well-known Shropshire species occurs in abundance in the Dufton Shales of the Knock-Dufton district of the Cross Fell Inlier. The earliest specimens are from the Onnia gracilis Zone at Pus Gill, localities A. 8, 9, n, 12, 14 and 15, and the species has been found less commonly in the Onnia superba Zone, also at Pus Gill, locality A. 5. Specimens are relatively abundant in rocks of the Pusgillian Stage, and do not appear to be restricted to any particular part of the stage. Localities are numerous and include : Pus Gill, localities A. i, 6, 18, 21, 24, 25-30 ; Swindale Beck, localities B. 22, 24-26, 28, 33, 34 ; Dufton Town Sike, localities C. 2-4 ; and Hurning Lane. Judging from the matrix of the Pus Gill specimen figured by Shirley (1936, pi. 29, fig. 7) it probably originated from the Pusgillian Stage. Onnicalymene laticeps (Bancroft) (PL 14, figs. 5, 6) 1949. Flexicalymene laticeps Bancroft, p. 307, pi. n, figs. 33, 330. i959«. Flexicalymene cf. laticeps Bancroft : Dean, pp. 199, 207. Fragments referable to this characteristic south Shropshire form have been recovered from locality B. 15 in the bed of Swindale Beck, near the eastern bank, and the best preserved, a cephalon with three attached thoracic segments, is figured here. In Shropshire 0. laticeps has been found only in the Actonian Stage, particu- larly the middle third, and the associated fauna at Swindale Beck, comprising Chasmops cf. extensa (Boeck), Remopleurides sp. (see p. 127), Chonetoidea, Onniella and Sowerbyella, suggests a similar horizon. Like other members of Onnicalymene, 0. laticeps has the palpebral lobes sited well back, opposite the third glabellar furrows, but is easily separated specifically by the short glabella with its well- rounded, parabolic outline. Bancroft's original account of the species did not describe the pygidium. Two pygidia, numbered BM. In. 50259 and In. 50260, have been found in association with the figured cephalon at Swindale Beck, and are of characteristic calymenid form. The axis has five well-defined axial rings, with n6 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES faint traces of a sixth, followed by a short terminal piece. Each pleural lobe carries five pleural ribs with faintly impressed rib furrows which deepen distally ; the ribs are separated from each other by deep pleural furrows running from the axial furrows to the lateral margins. Genus DIACALYMENE Kegel, 1927 TYPE SPECIES. Calymene diademata Barrande, 1852 by original designation of Kegel (1927 : 617). Diacalymene cf. marginata Shirley (PI. 13, fig. 13 ; PI. 14, fig. ii) 1936. Diacalymene marginata Shirley, p. 415, pi. 29, figs. 19, 20. *959a- Diacalymene cf. marginata Shirley : Dean, pp. 204, 208. Diacalymene marginata was described from the Drummuck Group, Ashgill Series, of the Girvan district by Shirley, who also recorded the species from the Ashgill of North Wales and the Cautley district of Yorkshire. The specimens from the Cross Fell Inlier are closely similar to the holotype in most respects, though the glabella may be slightly broader frontally and the anterior border situated a little closer to the frontal glabellar lobe. Such differences may well be due to tectonic causes. This form is known from the topmost beds of the Pusgillian Stage at locality B. 25, and perhaps also B. 34, in Swindale Beck. At both places the horizon is not far below the disconformable base of the Swindale Limestone. Elsewhere in the Inlier D. cf. marginata has been found at locality A. 27 in Pus Gill ; the horizon here is also in the Pusgillian Stage, but is probably lower than those at Swindale Beck, though the relationships of the strata are obscured by strike-faulting. Genus GRAVICALYMENE Shirley, 1936 TYPE SPECIES. Gravicalymene convolva by original designation of Shirley (1936 : 395). Gravicalymene jugij era sp. nov. (PI. 13, figs. 9, ii ; PI. 14, figs. 3, 4, 8, 9) I959«- Gravicalymene sp. nov., Dean, pp. 204, 208. DIAGNOSIS. Gravicalymene with well-rounded frontal glabellar lobe, and glabella which is relatively narrow for genus. Anterior border of cephalon flattened dorsally, its posterior margin ridged, separated by deep, broad (sag.) furrow from glabella. Pygidium of characteristic calymenid shape with five axial rings and five pleural ribs. DESCRIPTION. The cranidium is moderately convex, both longitudinally and transversely, and about twice as broad as long. The glabella is a little broader than long, its sides gently convergent forwards for the most part, but the breadth increases noticeably at the line of the basal glabellar lobes. The frontal glabellar THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 117 lobe is short, its anterior margin well rounded. There are three pairs of lateral glabellar lobes, those of the first pair being small, tubercle-like, bounded frontally by shallow, slit-like, first glabellar furrows and posteriorly by wider (exsag.), deeper, second glabellar furrows. The second glabellar lobes are larger than those of the first pair, and subcircular in plan. The third glabellar furrows are deep, at first directed slightly backwards from the axial furrows but then bifurcating markedly, the anterior branch so formed being the shorter, curving adaxially forwards around the second glabellar lobes. The posterior branches are deeper and turn backwards towards, though they do not attain, the occipital furrow. The third, or basal glabellar lobes are subangular in plan with gently convex distal margins, bluntly pointed frontally, and are constricted proximally by the posterior branches of the third glabellar furrows. The axial furrows are deep, gently sigmoidal in plan, and of generally uniform breadth except posteriorly, where they narrow slightly as they flex around the basal glabellar lobes. There are deep hypostomal pits situated midway between the first glabellar furrows and the line of the front of the glabella. There is no true preglabellar field or furrow present, and the portion of the cranidium immediately in front of the glabella is continuous with the anterior border, the whole being flexed upwards through about a right-angle. The structure so formed carries a ridge, moderately defined medially but dying out laterally, which marks the junction of the smooth, broad (sag.), deep furrow immediately in front of the glabella, and the granulate, flattened, moderately-inclined top of the anterior border. The occipital ring is transversely convex, broadest (sag.) medially, becoming narrower laterally towards a pair of poorly-defined occipital lobes. The occipital furrow is shallow and transversely straight medially, deepening laterally where it curves backwards slightly to encompass the basal glabellar lobes. The pleuroccipital furrow is broad (exsag.}, of moderate depth, becoming shallower abaxially ; the pleuroccipital segment is narrow proximalTy, broadening towards the rounded genal angles. The anterior parts of the fixigenae are of uniform breadth, converging forwards slightly, parallel to the axial furrows. The eyes are situated opposite the second glabellar furrows and the front half of the second glabellar lobes. The visual surface has not been found preserved, and the palpebral lobes are moderately declined adaxially, with only traces of palpebral furrows. Poorly-developed eye ridges run obliquely forwards from the palpebral lobes, ending at the axial furrows opposite the first glabellar lobes. The librigenae are of characteristic calymenid type, steeply declined laterally. The hypostoma is unknown. The thorax is represented by only one crushed example in which the number of thoracic segments is not visible. In spite of the poor state of preservation the segments do not appear to differ significantly from those of other calymenids. In plan the pygidium is broadly kite-shaped, the anterior margin strongly curved forwards and the lateral margins straight, converging backwards to a blunt point. The axis is convex dorsally, defined laterally by deep axial furrows extending almost to the tip. Excluding the articulating half-ring there are four well-developed axial rings, separated by deep, transversely-straight ring furrows, with a fifth less obvious axial ring, followed by a relatively long terminal piece extending almost to the tip of the pygidium, to which it is linked by a suggestion of a low postaxial ridge. The n8 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES pleural lobes carry four pairs of well-developed pleural ribs which become progres- sively less divergent backwards, with traces of a fifth pair almost parallel to one another. The ribs of the first pair have interpleural furrows only on the distal half of the dorsal surface, but on the remaining pairs the interpleural furrows extend from just outside the axial furrows to the lateral margins, dividing each rib into two bands, of which the anterior is the narrower (exsag.) . Excluding the furrows, which are apparently smooth, the surface of internal moulds is generally finely granulate, representing the infilling of canals within the original test. A little of the test remains on the holotype cranidium, and the in- clined, upper surface of the anterior border is finely granulate whilst that of the broad (sag.) furrow immediately in front of the glabella is smooth. HORIZON AND LOCALITIES. All the known occurrences of Gravicalymene jugifera are in Dufton Shales belonging to the Pusgillian Stage. The holotype is from Swindale Beck, locality B. 28, but the species is known also from Pus Gill, locality A. 24 ; Swindale Beck, localities B. 20, B. 30 and, with some doubt, B. 25 ; Dufton Town Sike, locality C. 6 ; Billy's Beck, locality D. i ; and at Hurning Lane, 700 yards north-east of St. Cuthbert's Church, Dufton. HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 50263 (PI. 14, figs. 3, 4, 8). PARATYPES. BM. In. 50245 (PI. 13, figs. 9, n) ; In. 55897. DISCUSSION. Gravicalymene jugifera. seems to be closely related to the type- species of the genus, G. convolve, which was described from the Ashgill Series of Birdshill Quarry, near Llandilo (Shirley, 1936 : 409, pi. 29, figs. 16-18). The new species may, however, be distinguished by its slightly narrower glabellar outline, smaller basal glabellar lobes, more dorsally flattened anterior border, and by the greater breadth (sag.) of the furrow separating the anterior border from the frontal glabellar lobe. Both species have a glabellar outline remarkably close to that found in certain Ordovician species of Flexicalymene (s. 1.) described by Stumm & Kaufmann (1958 : 951, 953, pi. 123, figs. 14, 15 ; pi. 124, figs. 2-16) from Michigan, but are distinguished by the different structure of the anterior border. Family DIMEROPYGIDAE Hupe, 1953 Genus TOERNQUISTIA Reed, 1896 TYPE SPECIES. Cyphaspis (Tornquistia) nicholsoni (Reed, 1896 : 433) by mono- typy. Toernquistia aff. reedi Thorslund (PI. 16, figs. 2, 3) 1910. Tornquistia nicholsoni (Reed) Reed, p. 211. 1940. Tornquistia reedi Thorslund, p. 148, pi. 10, figs. 14-19 ; pi. n, fig. 15. Only a small, incomplete cranidium preserved as an internal mould is available. The calculated length is estimated to have been about 2 mm. and the breadth across the palpebral lobes 2-3 mm. The glabella is subparabolic in outline, moderately convex, bounded laterally by deep, narrow, axial furrows which are continuous THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 119 frontally with the preglabellar furrow. There are no glabellar furrows. The fixi- genae are narrow, lower than the glabella and continuous frontally with the pre- glabellar field. The latter is broad (exsag.) distally, but narrows towards the median line where a deep pit is situated in the preglabellar furrow ; from this pit a slot- like depression extends forwards almost half-way across the steeply-declined, preglabellar field. The anterior border is narrow (exsag.), almost flat, separated from the preglabellar field by a narrow (exsag.), shallow, anterior border furrow. The surviving left palpebral lobe, though incomplete posteriorly, is long and narrow, separated from the fixigena by a broad, shallow, palpebral furrow. In front of the palpebral lobes the anterior branches of the facial suture diverge strongly towards the margin. Ah1 the furrows of the cranidium are smooth, but the surface of the anterior border is finely granulate, whilst that of the glabella, palpebral lobes and preglabellar field is covered with small tubercles which increase in size on the distal portions of the fixigenae. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Probably that denoted here by the letter J (see Text- fig. 5), east of the Alston Road, north-east of Melmerby. The rocks probably belong to the Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage. DISCUSSION. In emending the Family Dimeropygidae, Whittington & Evitt (1954 : 35) placed therein the genera Dimeropyge Opik, Dimeropygiella Ross, Toernquistia Reed, Mesotaphraspis Whittington & Evitt, and Chomatopyge Whitting- ton & Evitt. They noted the species described by Thorslund (1940 : 148) as Tornquistia reedi, but considered its generic position to be uncertain owing to its possessing a cephalon recalling that of Mesotaphraspis and a pygidium resembling that of Chomatopyge. Until more material is available the systematic position of the Alston Road form is debatable. Genetically it appears to be closer to Toern- quistia than to Mesotaphraspis, whilst bearing a considerable resemblance to Thors- lund's species, though the latter has faint glabellar furrows and a striate anterior border. The type material of Toernquistia reedi was obtained from the limestone facies of the Lower Chasmops Limestone, 4b/?, of Jemtland, Sweden, a horizon which may not differ appreciably from that of the Alston Road species. Toernquistia nicholsoni Reed sp. (1896 : 433, pi. 21, figs. 3, 30 ; see also Whitting- ton, 1950 : 561, pi. 75, figs. 8-16), from the Keisley Limestone of Ashill age in the Cross Fell Inlier, differs in having palpebral lobes situated farther forwards, and in being proportionately narrower across the frontal glabellar lobe. The trilobite originally described by Reed (1904 : 86, pi. 12, figs. 3-7) as Meno- cephalusl (Tornquistia} cf. nicholsoni, from the Balclatchie Group of Girvan bears a strong resemblance to that from the Alston Road, but differs from the latter in having a more transversely straight, anterior cephalic border, as well as a pair of deep furrows running distally from the mid-points of the axial furrows to just in front of the palpebral lobes. The Balclatchie species was later renamed Hystricurus translatus by Reed (1931 : 6), and placed in Toernquistia by Whittington (1950 : 563). Hupe (1955 : 143, fig. 124, 6a, b) has since recorded " Tornquistia nicholsoni Reed " from the Llandeilo Series of Scotland, and it must be presumed that his paper refers to Toernquistia translata, as no genuine record of T. nicholsoni is known from pre-Ashgill strata. 120 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Family ILLAENIDAE Hawle & Corda, 1847 Genus STENOPAREIA Holm, 1886 TYPE SPECIES. Illaenus linnarssoni Holm, 1882 by original designation of Holm (1886 : 152). Stenopareia? sp. (PI. 16, fig. 12) 1910. Illaenus Bowmani [sic] Salter (?), Reed, p. 211. A single pygidium recorded by Reed (1910 : 211) is the only-known representative of the family in the Caradoc Series of the Inlier. The specimen is relatively long, the median length only slightly less than the maximum breadth. Stenopareia has been accepted as a distinct genus by Jaanusson (1954 : 570-572), and he has been followed by Whittard (1961^ : 216, pi. 30, figs, 10-13) who has described a new species, 5. camladica, from the Lower Soudleyan Stage of west Shropshire. The pygidium of S. camladica bears a considerable resemblance to that from the Inlier, but detailed comparison is not possible owing to lack of material. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Probably the Lower Melmerby Beds at locality J near the Alston Road (see Text-fig. 5). Family LICHIDAE Hawle & Corda, 1847 Subfamily HOMOLICHINAE Phleger, 1936 Genus CONOLICHAS Dames, 1877 TYPE SPECIES. Lichas aequiloba Steinhardt, 1874 by subsequent designation of Vogdes (1890 : 23). Conolichas melmerbiensis (Reed) (PI. 17, figs. 14, 16 ; PI. 18, figs. 1-4) 1907. Lichas (Homolichas) melmerbiensis Reed, p. 396, pi. 17, figs. 1-7. 1910. Lichas melmerbiensis Reed : Reed, p. 211. J933- Platylichas melmerbyensis (Reed) Bancroft, table 2. 1937. Tetralichas melmerbiensis (Reed) Phleger, p. 1088. *939- Conolichas melmerbiensis (Reed) Warburg, p. 73. 1946. Platylichas melmerbiensis (Reed) : Bancroft in Lament, p. 237. 1948. Platylichas melmerbiensis (Reed) : Bancroft in Lament, p. 416. 1958. Conolichas melmerbiensis (Reed) : Tripp, p. 576. I959#- Conolichas melmerbiensis (Reed) : Dean, pp. 213, 214. All Reed's type-specimens were described by him merely as having been collected from what he called the Dufton Shales near Melmerby. The manuscript catalogue accompanying the specimens, together with their state of preservation, suggests that the place of origin was locality J, east of the Alston Road, near Melmerby (see Text-fig. 5), and during the present field-work two more specimens of the species THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 121 have been obtained from this locality. The horizon is in the Longvillian Stage, and the rocks at locality J are believed to belong to the Lower Melmerby Beds, of probable Lower Longvillian age. It was claimed by Bancroft (1933, table 2 ; in Lament, 1948 : 416) that what he called Platylichas melmerbiensis occurred near Melmerby with Wattsella horderleyensis Whittington, but the latter, a zonal brachio- pod species in the Lower Longvillian of south Shropshire and North Wales, has not yet been confirmed in the Cross Fell Inlier. The type-specimens of Conolichas melmerbiensis are unusual in including several whole, or nearly whole, exoskeletons, and it may be that they occurred at only one restricted horizon where conditions were particularly suitable for their preservation. LECTOTYPE, here selected. Sedg. Mus. A. 29638 (PI. 18, figs. 3, 4). PARATYPES. Sedg. Mus. A. 29637 (PL 18, fig. i) ; A. 29639 ; A. 29640 ; A. 29641 (PL 17, fig. 16) ; A. 29642 (PL 18, fig. 2) ; A. 29643 (PL 17, fig. 14). Genus PLATYLICHAS Giirich, 1901 TYPE SPECIES. Lichas margaritifer Nieszkowski, 1857 by original designation of Giirich (1901 : 522). Platylichas cf. laxatus (M'Coy) (PL 17, figs, i, 7) I959«- Platylichas laxatus (M'Coy) (s.l.) : Dean, pp. 204, 207, 208. Lichas laxata was described by M'Coy (1846 : 51, pi. 4, fig. 9) from southern Ireland, and founded by him on an incomplete, compressed cranidium, now in the National Museum of Ireland, from Ballygarvan Bridge, New Ross. The species has since been widely quoted by a number of authors from a variety of horizons within the Caradoc and Ashgill Series, and although it seems likely that more than one species may be present, comparison with other forms will continue to be difficult until a detailed redescription is available on the basis of topotype material. A long description was given by Warburg (1939 : 118) using Scandinavian material of Caradoc and Ashgill age. The cranidia of these specimens appear indistinguishable from each other, and the pygidia exhibit only occasional minor differences which may or may not be of specific significance. The specimens from the Chasmops Limestone of Norway and Sweden cannot reasonably be separated from those now under consideration from the Cross Fell Inlier, particularly when allowance is made for variation within the species. In the Anglo-Welsh Caradoc Series, Platylichas of the laxatus type has been found as early as the Derfel Limestone (Whittington & Williams, 1955 : 424, pi. 40, figs. 113-118), whilst the Longvillian strata of North Wales contain remains identical with Lichas nodulosus (M'Coy in Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851 : 151, pi. iF, fig. 16). Tripp (1958 : 579, pi. 85, fig. 5) has refigured the holotype of the latter species and considers it to be synonymous with Platylichas laxatus, though pointing out that it may eventually prove to merit subspecific status. The specimen is 122 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES incomplete but exhibits, nevertheless, a remarkably close resemblance to a pygidium figured here (PL 17, fig. 7). The earliest-known occurrence of Platylichas in the Cross Fell Inlier is in the Upper Melmerby Beds of the Alston Road outcrop, locality H (see Text-fig. 5). The sole specimen found (PL 17, fig. 2) is a fragmentary pygidium, numbered BM. In. 52595, which belongs unmistakably to the genus but which is insufficient for specific com- parison and is accordingly named merely Platylichas sp. The two figured specimens of Platylichas cf. laxatus (M'Coy) are from the highest beds of the Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage at Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. They are numbered BM. In. 50115 (PL 17, fig. i) and In. 50117 (PL 17, fig. 7). What is apparently the same form is known earlier, in Dufton Shales of the Onnian Stage, Onnia gracilis Zone, at Pus Gill, localities A. 12, 13 and 14. Family ODONTOPLEURIDAE Burmeister, 1843 Genus PRIMASPIS R. & E. Richter, 1917 TYPE SPECIES. Acidaspis primordialis Barrande, 1852 by original designation of R. & E. Richter (1917 : 466). Primaspis semievoluta (Reed) (PL 17, figs, 3, 10, n, 13, 15) 1910. Acidaspis semievoluta Reed, p. 214, pi. 17, figs. 1-3. Primaspis semievoluta (Reed) Dean, p. 214. All Reed's syntypes are believed to have been obtained from the Lower Melmerby Beds, probably Lower Longvillian Substage, at locality J near the Alston Road (see Text-fig. 5). During the present work one further specimen has been collected from what is believed to be the same geological horizon at locality F beside the Alston Road ; this specimen, a distorted cranidium, is in the British Museum, where it is numbered In. 53000. Few species of Odontopleuridae are known from the Anglo- Welsh Caradoc Series. Primaspis harnagensis (Bancroft, 1949 : 301, pi. 10, figs. 21, 22), from the Harnagian Stage of Shropshire, has a narrower glabellar outline than P. semievoluta, and the pygidium has seven pairs of marginal spines, compared with five pairs on the Cross Fell species. One of the paratypes of P. semievoluta (see PL 17, fig. 10) has a rela- tively narrow glabella not unlike that of P. harnagensis, but this is believed to be the result of tectonic distortion. The lectotype cranidium of Primaspis semievoluta bears a noticeable resemblance to that of Primaspis caractaci (Salter, 1857 : 211, pi. 6, figs. 15-17), a species found most commonly in the Actonian Stage of south Shropshire. The glabella of the Shropshire form is, however, slightly broader across the basal glabellar lobes, and a little more pointed frontally. The pygidia are more distinct, that of P. semievoluta having five pairs of marginal spines, compared with six pairs in P. caractaci. In each case the third pair of spines is longer and stouter than the others. LECTOTYPE, here selected. Sedg. Mus. A. 29951 (PL 17, fig. 3). THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 123 PARATYPES. Sedg. Mus. A. 29952 (PL 17, fig. 10) ; A. 29953 (PI. 17, fig. 15) ; A. 29954 (PL 17, fig. n). Odontopleurid gen. et sp. ind. Apart from the occurrence of Primaspis semievoluta (Reed) in the Alston Road outcrop, the only other evidence of the family in the Caradoc Series of the Inlier is an unidentifiable fragment from the Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, at Dufton Town Sike, locality C. 6 (see Text-fig. 4), collected by Mr. M. Mitchell. The speci- men, BM. In. 51848, is an external mould showing part of the glabella with two pairs of glabellar lobes, the right palpebral lobe, situated opposite the basal glabellar lobe, and a wide (sag.) occipital ring carrying a small but well-defined median tubercle. There are traces of three thoracic segments and the surface of the test is ornamented with large closely-set granules. The general aspect is not unlike that of a species of Primaspis but the specimen is inadequate for even generic determination. In describing Acidaspis magnospina from the Ashgill Series of the southern Lake District, Stubblefield (1928 : 427) stated that his new species was probably the same as that recorded by Marr (1892 : 108) as " Acidaspis n. sp." from the " Sleddale Group of Pusgill and Applethaite ". Earlier, Nicholson & Marr (1891 : 511), in listing the fossils then known from the Dufton Shales, noted " Acidaspis n. sp." from " Pusgill " and the specimen is in the Sedgwick Museum, where it is numbered A. 32956. The species is apparently Acidaspis magnospina Stubblefield, but the matrix is not that of the Dufton Shales ; it resembles instead the lithology of the so-called Staurocephalus or Swindale Limestone, a horizon not known from Pus Gill but which crops out at Swindale Beck and Billy's Beck, and the specimen is probably mislabelled. Family OTARIONIDAE R. & E. Richter, 1926 Genus OTARION Zenker, 1833 TYPE SPECIES. Otarion diffractum Zenker, 1833 by subsequent designation of R. & E. Richter (1926 : 95). Otarion sp. (PL 17, figs. 4, 12) ? 1891. Cyphaspis megalops M'Coy (?) : Nicholson & Marr, p. 509. i959<z Otarion sp., Dean, p. 214. Two indifferently-preserved cranidia from the Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Longvillian Substage, at locality H by the Alston Road, represent the only specimens of the genus known from the Cross Fell Inlier. The more complete example, figured here, bears a general resemblance to the cephalon of Otarion planifrons (Eichwald), a Baltic species from the Kuckers Stage which has been refigured by Opik (1937, pi. 2, figs. I, 2, text-fig. 2). The proportions of the glabella, and the size and position 124 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES of the basal glabellar lobes, is similar in both species, but the glabella of 0. planifrons is the more coarsely tuberculate and possesses a preglabellar field which is slightly longer. Otarion isoplates Tripp (1954 : 669, pi. 3, figs. 1-4) has a preglabellar field and anterior border very like those of the Alston Road form but the basal glabellar lobes are slightly larger and project farther abaxially. Family PROETIDAE Salter, 1864 Subfamily PROETIDELLINAE Hupe, 1953 Kielan (1959 : 69) has declared that the Subfamily Proetidellinae is synonymous with that of the Proetinae, on the grounds that Hupe's subdivision is unsatisfactorily diagnosed, utilizing only the degree of divergence of the anterior branches of the facial suture. The type genera of these two subfamilies differ considerably in several respects, including the presence in Proetidella of a definite preglabellar field such as is not seen in Proetus. Accordingly the writer prefers to follow Richter & Struve (in Moore, 1959 : 0.395) in retaining Proetidellinae as a distinct Subfamily. Genus PROETIDELLA Bancroft, 1949 TYPE SPECIES. Proetidella feamsidesi by original designation of Bancroft (1949 : 304)- Proetidella? rnarri sp. nov. (PL 16, figs. 4, 6, 9 ; PI. 17, figs. 5, 6, 8, 9) *959a- Proetidella aff. feamsidesi Bancroft : Dean, p. 206. DIAGNOSIS. Glabella of approximately equal length and breadth, broadest posteriorly, narrowing frontally to gently rounded frontal lobe. Preglabellar field long, flat ; anterior border brim-like in form, steeply inclined. Palpebral lobes narrow, extending backwards almost to occipital furrow. DESCRIPTION. The cephalon is known only from discrete cranidia and librigenae. The glabella is roughly as broad as long, gently convex longitudinally and trans- versely, its line of greatest breadth situated a little way in front of the occipital furrow. The glabellar outline constricts frontally, and glabellar furrows are totally absent. The axial furrows are only moderately deep, converging frontally around the anterolateral angles of the frontal lobe, the anterior margin of which is gently convex, to become continuous with the preglabellar furrow, which is of similar depth. The preglabellar field is flat, fairly long (sag), equal to about one-quarter of the length of the glabella, arched forwards gently, and differentiated by only a poorly- defined furrow from the anterior border. The last-named structure forms a con- spicuous, raised brim to the front of the cranidium and is generally steeply inclined forwards, though the angle may vary according to the state of preservation. The occipital ring is slightly convex transversely, less so longitudinally, of greatest length (sag.) medially but shortening a little laterally where it forms a pair of ill- THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 125 defined occipital lobes. The hindmost parts of the fixigenae have not been found preserved ; frontally they form only a thin, rim-like continuation of the pre- glabellar field, and medially are not differentiated from the palpebral lobes. The latter are narrow, declined proximally, and extend from opposite the mid-point of the glabella almost to the line of the occipital furrow. The librigenae are known only from dissociated specimens, and the ocular surface of the eye has not been found preserved. Beneath each eye is a poorly-defined eye-platform from which the convex upper surface of the librigena declines steeply to a deep, broad, lateral border furrow ; beyond the latter is a well-developed lateral border which passes backwards into a librigenal spine of moderate length. The pleuroccipital furrow is well defined and of moderate depth, intersected by the lateral border furrow with- out reaching the margin ; the pleuroccipital segment becomes broader (exsag.) laterally, where it passes without interruption into the librigenal spine. As far as can be judged from both cranidia and librigenae, the posterior branches of the facial suture run laterally back from the posterior end of the eyes to cut the cephalic margin only a short distance outside the axial furrows ; the anterior branches con- verge from the eyes almost to the axial furrows but then curve anterolaterally to cut the anterior border longitudinally in-line with the palpebral lobes The hypostoma and thorax are not known. One almost complete pygidium attributed to the species has been collected. The frontal breadth is between two and three times the median length, and the outline is generally semi-elliptical, though the frontal margin is gently curved back laterally. The axis is well defined, the sides converging backwards only gently, and does not quite reach the tip of the pygidium. It is strongly convex transversely and stands well above the pleural lobes, which are only a little declined to the entire lateral margins. It is estimated that there are five axial rings, with a short terminal piece. The most complete specimen has four pairs of pleural furrows, the first pair slightly more impressed than the rest (PL 17, fig. 6), and an additional specimen, In. 55880, shows that each of the pleural ribs is divided by a shallow interpleural furrow into two unequal bands, of which the anterior is the narrower (exsag.). As far as can be ascertained, both sets of furrows extend to the lateral margin. The dorsal surface of the glabella, occipital ring and anterior border is covered with thin, slightly-raised, anastomosing ridges arranged in a Bertillon pattern, but the furrows of the cranidium, together with the preglabellar field, are smooth. The librigenae have not been found sufficiently well preserved to ascertain whether they are so ornamented, but the doublure can be seen to be covered with terrace lines subparallel to the lateral margin. The test of the pygidium is not adequately known. HORIZON AND LOCALITY. Corona Beds belonging to the Lower Longvillian Substage, Bancroftina typa Zone, at Harthwaite Sike, locality E. 3, east of Dufton (see Text-fig. 4). HOLOTYPE. BM. In. 54644 (PI. 16, fig. 4 ; PL 17, fig. 8). PARATYPES. BM. In. 54645 (PL 17, fig. 5) ; In. 54646 (PL 16, fig. 9) ; In. 54647 (PL 16, fig. 6) ; In. 54648 (PL 17, fig. 9) ; In. 55880 ; In. 55881 ; In. 55882 (PL 17, fig. 6). 126 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES DISCUSSION. The holotype of Proetidella fearnsidesi has recently been refigured in the form of a line drawing by Struve (in Moore, 1959 : O. 396, fig. 301, i) but his illustration is somewhat misleading. The original specimen is preserved as a flat- tened external mould in shaly mudstone, and the glabella is distorted by crushing. The species is to be redescribed by the writer in a future paper, but in the meantime it may be stated that the presence in Struve's illustration of a bluntly-pointed frontal glabellar lobe, together with a pair of basal glabellar lobes, is the result of crushing. In addition, the pygidium of the holotype has well-defined pleural furrows extending to the lateral margins, as well as traces of interpleural furrows. In Proetidella? marri the attributed pygidium is shorter than that of the Shrop- shire species, with fewer pleural furrows and axial rings, numbering four and five respectively compared with five and seven. The narrowing of the frontal glabellar lobe of the Cross Fell form, together with its more transverse frontal margin, are features not seen in P. fearnsidesi. The frontal portion of the cranidium is not easy to compare in the two species owing to differences in the state of preservation, as already stated, but the preglabellar field of P.? marri is the longer (sag.), and its anterior border may be both better differentiated and more steeply inclined. Of other British Ordovician proetids, " Proetus " girvanensis (Nicholson & Etheridge, 1878 : 169, pi. 12, figs. 7-10) from the Drummuck Group of Girvan has a shorter (sag.) preglabellar field and a larger glabella with three pairs of definite, though poorly-impressed, glabellar furrows. The eyes are also smaller and situated farther forwards. The trilobite described by Reed (1914 : 27, pi. 4, fig. 8) as Cyphaspis jamesoni and founded on a single imperfect specimen from the Bal- clatchie Group, has a cephalic form, including the development of the preglabellar field, not unlike Proetidella, but comparison of this species must await its further description. The genus Decoroproetus Pfibyl, 1946, with type-species Proetus decorus Barrande from the Silurian of Bohemia, was claimed by Pfibyl (1953 : 60) as a synonym of Proetidella, but is now held to be generically distinct, separable by means of its well-defined basal glabellar lobes, and by the pygidium, the pleural furrows of which are better developed, more numerous, and turn backwards more strongly. In Ogmocnemis from the Ashgill Series of Poland (Kielan, 1959 : 69-71) there are only traces, not always visible, of basal glabellar lobes, the anterior branches of the facial suture are less divergent frontally than in Proetidella, and the eyes are some- what smaller, ending posteriorly a little farther in front of the pleuroccipital furrow. The reasons for separating the two generically may not be well founded, and Ogmocnemis may be a subgenus of Proetidella, if not actually synonymous with it. Whittard (1961 : 186) has laid stress on the importance of the preglabellar field in proetid classification, and has used Kielan's genus in describing Ogmocnemis calvus from the Lower Soudleyan of west Shropshire. It is difficult to distinguish the incomplete type cranidium figured by him from one of Proetidella fearnsidesi, and the species may range above the Harnagian Stage. Specimens in the Soudleyan of south Shropshire are almost identical with 0. calvus, but their apparent differences from P. fearnsidesi may be merely the expression of a different lithology and preserva- tion. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 127 Family REMOPLEURIDIDAE Hawle & Corda, 1847 Genus REMOPLEURIDES Portlock, 1843 TYPE SPECIES. Remopleurides colbii Portlock, 1843 by subsequent designation of Miller (1889 : 565-566). Trilobite remains broadly referable to this genus have been found at a number of different horizons and localities in the Cross Fell Inlier. In no instance has the hypostoma or pygidium be~en recovered, and the cranidia are usually damaged or distorted. Consequently it has not proved practical to assign specific names to the specimens or to make a firm comparison with other species, and in the following account they are arranged according to their geological horizons. Remopleurides sp. (PL 18, fig. 12) I959a- Remopleurides sp., Dean, p. 214. A small damaged cranidium, lacking the anterior glabellar tongue, is the only evidence of the genus in the Lower Melmerby Beds of the Alston Road section, where it was found at locality E. The specimen is too poor for detailed comparison, but the main portion of the glabella is generally similar to that of Remopleurides biacu- leatus, described by Tripp (1954 : 664, pi. 2, figs. 1-12) from the Craighead Mudstones of the Girvan district. Remopleurides sp. (PI. 18, figs. 6, 10) !959^- Remopleurides sp., Dean, p. 214. A single cranidium has been found in the Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Long- villian Substage, at locality H by the Alston Road, near Melmerby. It is too badly damaged for comparison with other species, but it is interesting to note that the genus has been recorded by Harper (1956 : 389) from North Wales, in association with an Upper Longvillian fauna. The Alston Road specimen is of relatively large size, the basal breadth of the glabella being approximately 15 mm. Remopleurides sp. (PI. 18, figs. 7, 8) I959«. Remopleurid&s sp., Dean, p. 207. Two small cranidia have been collected from Dufton Shales believed to belong to the middle portion of the Actonian Stage at locality B. 15 in Swindale Beck, and the better preserved is figured here. The species is probably new but its description must await additional material. Particularly conspicuous is the anterior glabellar tongue, which is quadrate, parallel sided, and steeply turned down frontally. 128 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES Remopleurides sp. (PI. 18, fig. 5) 19590. Remopleurides aff. burmeisteri Bancroft : Dean, p. 207. One flattened, incomplete cranidium from the Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia gracilis Zone, at locality A. 12 in Pus Gill provides the only known record of the genus from the Onnian of the Cross Fell Inlier. Comparison with other species is difficult owing to the poor state of preservation, but the glabella lacks the glabellar furrows of Remopleurides burmeisteri, and the two are not now thought to be related. In south Shropshire Remopleurides appears rarely in the Onnia gracilis Zone and becomes more abundant in the succeeding 0. superba Zone. Remopleurides sp. (PI. 18, figs. 9, n, 13) 19590. Remopleurides sp. ind., Dean, p. 208. Several fragments of Remopleurides have been collected from a thin band of sandy limestone within the highest beds of the Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, at locality B. 25 in Swindale Beck. They comprise only flattened cranidia, with occa- sional thoracic segments and librigenae, but it seems unlikely that more than one species is represented. The cranidia are too distorted for detailed comparison but bear a general resem- blance to the cranidium of Remopleurides colbii Portlock (1843 : 254, pi. i, figs. 1-6 ; pi. 24, fig. 10) from the Killey Bridge Beds of County Tyrone, Northern Ireland, a species redescribed by Whittington (1950 : 540, pi. 70, figs, i, 2, 4, 5). Each of a group of three conjoined thoracic segments (PI. 13, fig. n) from Swindale Beck has an axial ring with a serrated posterior margin, a feature found not only in R. colbii but also in the Swedish species R. validus, described by Thorslund (1940 : 132, pi. 7, fig. 4) from the Lower Chasmops Limestone of the Lockne area. Three librigenae are known from the Pusgillian, one being figured here (PI. 13, fig. 9). The librigenal spine is situated forwards from the genal angle, from which it is separated by what Warburg (1925 : 87) called a subgenal notch, a structure she described in R. lotus var. kullsbergensis (1925 : 84, text-fig. 15). Subgenal notches are present in certain other species of Remopleurides, but do not occur in R. colbii. IV. STRATIGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION AND RELATIONSHIPS OF THE TRILOBITES Lithologically the Caradoc strata of the Cross Fell Inlier form what is essentially a succession of shales and mudstones, broken only by thin layers of impure, nodular limestone. Such a succession is in marked contrast with the, probably, shallower- water deposits of south Shropshire, and their thick development of arenaceous rocks. As might be expected, such differences in lithology are accompanied by variations in the composition of the shelly fauna, though it has generally proved possible to apply the faunal Stages of the type-succession to the Inlier. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 129 In south Shropshire the local base of the Caradoc Series is usually formed by the Costonian Stage and falls within the Nemagraptus gracilis Zone, so that it may be equated with part of a profound and widespread marine transgression. Subsidence of the sea-floor probably continued through the whole of the time represented by the succeeding Diplogmptus multidens Zone, believed to comprise the Harnagian and Soudleyan Stages, and may have been prolonged still further because the earliest- known Caradoc strata of the Cross Fell Inlier belong to the Lower Longvillian Substage and probably he unconformably on the Borrowdale Volcanic Series, though an unfaulted junction of the two has not been found satisfactorily exposed. The trilobites of the earlier Longvillian rocks in the Knock-Dufton and Roman Fell districts are neither abundant nor varied, comprising only a local species of Proetidellal , with occasional Brongniartella and Broeggerolithus, suggesting affinity with the northern part of the Inlier. The fauna of the Melmerby district is par- ticularly characterized by an abundance of Trinucleidae, especially Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (Reed), accompanied by common Kloucekia apiculata (M'Coy), indicating an intimate connection with the faunas of the Drygill Shales of the northern Lake District and parts of North Wales, for example the Llanbedrog Mudstones. These two trilobites occur also in Shropshire, but in much reduced numbers. The genera Chasmops, Conolichas, Illaenus and Toernquistia at Melmerby suggest a connection with corresponding Scandinavian and Baltic faunas, whilst Paracybeloides occurs commonly in Scottish and North American Ordovician rocks, though it is known from stratigraphically early horizons in the Caradoc of North Wales. In the Upper Longvillian of the Knock-Dufton district, Brongniartella bisulcata (M'Coy) is moderately common, as it is in south Shropshire, but its frequent Shrop- shire associate Kloucekia apiculata has not yet been found. Conversely, Estoniops alifrons (M'Coy) represents a group of phacopid trilobites which is widespread in the Baltic region and Scandinavia, as well as throughout much of North Wales, though unrecorded in Shropshire. Trinucleid trilobites have not been found in the Upper Longvillian rocks of the main part of the Inlier, and their absence has not been explained satisfactorily. The trilobites of the Marshbrookian Stage are numerically abundant, though lacking in variety, and are generally comparable with those of Shropshire. Brong- niartella bisulcata is moderately common and trinucleids, Broeggerolithus cf. transiens (Bancroft), fairly common. Dindymene, a European genus, is rare and has not yet been found in Shropshire, though it occurs also in the Upper Longvillian near Dufton, and in North Wales. A notable absentee from this horizon in the Cross Fell Inlier is Chasmops, a surprising fact in view of its abundance in Shropshire. Owing to the lack of outcrops of Actonian strata in the Inlier the trilobites of this Stage are poorly known, but the assemblage of Chasmops, Onnicalymene and Remo- pleurides indicates connections with both Shropshire and Scandinavian faunas. In the rocks of the Onnian Stage the resemblance between the fauna of the Duftou district and south Shropshire is most marked. Onnia gracilis (Bancroft), a species found also in North Wales, occurs in the Onny Valley and at Pus Gill, accompanied at both places by Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche) and Onnicalymene onniensis (Shirley). In the succeeding zone the well-known Shropshire species Onnia superba GEOL. 7, 3. 7 130 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES (Bancroft) is represented by a local subspecies 0. superba pusgillensis. An interest- ing feature of the Onnian fauna at Cross Fell is the appearance of such genera as Atractopyge, Calyptaulax, Pseudosphaerexochus and Tretaspis, marking an influx from the Scandinavian area which assumed greater proportions during the suc- ceeding Pusgillian Stage. The Pusgillian has at various times been assigned to the Ashgill Series, but is now regarded as the topmost subdivision of the Caradoc Series. Trinucleid trilobites are abundant at this horizon, but the genus Onnia, so characteristic of the Onnian is absent and the family is represented only by Tretaspis. The latter genus is represented by several species or subspecies, all of which indicate close affinities with corresponding faunas in southern Norway and Sweden. Most of, if not all, the other trilobites in the Pusgillian are members of genera which have generally been thought to be more characteristic of Ashgill strata. The trilobite faunas of the Ashgill Series exhibit a uniformity and widespread distribution which are unknown in those of the Caradoc Series, and several genera and species are common to Scot- land, the Anglo- Welsh area, Scandinavia and eastern Europe. The Onnian and Pusgillian strata of the Cross Fell Inlier are of particular interest because they demonstrate that the Ashgill elements invaded the Anglo- Welsh area at a relatively early date, after which there was a progressive increase in their numbers. V. REFERENCES BANCROFT, B. B. 1929. Some new species of Cryptolithus (s.l.), from the Upper Ordovician. Mem. Proc. Manchr Lit. Phil. Soc., 73 : 67-98, pis. i, 2. ~ I933- Correlation Tables of the Stages Costonian-Onnian in England and Wales. 4 pp., 3 tables. Blakeney, Glos. (Privately printed.) — 1949. Upper Ordovician trilobites of zonal value in South-east Shropshire. Proc. Roy. Soc., London (B) 136 : 291-315, pis. 9-11. (Edited by A. Lamont.) BARRANDE, J. 1852. Systeme silurien du centre de la Boheme. lire partie. Recherches paleontologiques. xxx + 935 pp., Atlas of 51 plates. Prague & Paris. BASSLER, R. S. 1915. Bibliographic index of American Ordovician and Silurian fossils. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., Washington, 92 : 1-1521, 4 pis. COOPER, B. N. 1953. Trilobites from the Lower Champlainian Formations of the Appa- lachian Valley. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer., Baltimore, 55 : i-v, 1-69, pis. 1-19. COOPER, G. A. 1930. Upper Ordovician and Lower Devonian stratigraphy and paleontology of Perc6, Quebec. Part II. New species from the Upper Ordovician of Perc<§. Amer. J. Sci., New Haven, 20 : 365-392, pis. 4, 5. DALMAN, J. W. 1828. Nya Svenska Palaeader. Arsberattelse om nyare Zoologiska Arbeten och Upptackter till Kongl. Vetenskaps-Academien : 134-135. Stockholm. DEAN, W. T. 1958. The faunal succession of the Caradoc Series of South Shropshire. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Geol., London, 3 : 191-231, pis. 24-26. • I959- Duftonia, a new trilobite genus from the Ordovician of England and Wales. Palaeontology, London, 2 : 143-149, pi. 19. — I959«- The stratigraphy of the Caradoc Series in the Cross Fell Inlier. Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc., Hull, 32 : 185-228, 6 figs. — 1960. The Ordovician trilobite faunas of South Shropshire, I. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Geol., London, 4 : 71-143, pis. 11-19. — 1961. Trinucleid trilobites from the higher Dufton Shales of the Caradoc Series in the Cross Fell Inlier. Proc. Yorks. Geol. Soc., Hull, 33 : 119-134, pis. 7-9. — I96ia. The Ordovician trilobite faunas of South Shropshire, II. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Geol., London, 5 : 3H--358, pis. 49-55. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 131 DELO, D. M. 1935. A revision of the phacopid trilobites. /. Paleont., Menasha, 9 : 402-420, 45 figs- ELLES, G. L. 1922. The Bala country : its structure and rock-succession. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 78 : 132-175, pi. 2. EMMRICH, H. F. 1844. Zur Naturgeschichte der Trilobiten. 28 pp., i pi. Meinigen. FISHER, D. W. 1957. Mohawkian (Middle Ordovician) biostratigraphy of the Wells Outlier, Hamilton County, New York Bull. New York State Mus., Albany, 359 : 1-33, 6 pis. FOERSTE, A. F. 1910. Preliminary notes on Cincinnatian and Lexington fossils of Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky and Tennessee. Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., Granville, 16 : 15-87, pis. 1-7. 1919. Silurian fossils from Ohio, with notes on related species from other horizons. Ohio Journ. Sci., Columbus, 19 : 367-404, pis. 16-19. GREEN, J. 1832. A monograph of the trilobites of North America : with coloured models of the species. 94 pp., 10 figs. Philadelphia. GURICH, G. 1901. Ueber eine neue Lichas-Art aus dem Devon von Neu-Siid- Wales und iiber die Gattung Lichas iiberhaupt. N. Jb. Min. Geol. Paldont., Stuttgart, 14 : 519-539, pis. 18-20. HARKNESS, R. & NICHOLSON, H. A. 1877. The strata and their fossil contents between the Borrowdale Series of the north of England and the Coniston Flags. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 33 : 461-484, 4 figs. HARPER, J. C. 1947. The Caradoc fauna of Ynys Galed, Caernarvonshire. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (n) 14 : 153-175, pis. 6, 7. 1956. The Ordovician succession near Llanystwmdwy, Caernarvonshire. Liv. Manchr. Geol. J., Birkenhead, 1 : 385 393, i fig. HAWLE, I. & CORDA, A. J. C. 1847. Prodrom einer monographie der bohmischen trilobiten. 176 pp., 7 pis. Prague. HOLM, G. 1886. Revision der ostbaltischen silurischen Trilobiten. Abh. III. Die ostbal- tischen Illaeniden. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., 33, 8 : 1—173, pk. 1-12. HUPE, P. 1955. Classification des Trilobites. Ann. Paleont., Paris, 41 : 111-345, figs. 93, 247. JAANUSSON, V. 1953. Uber die Fauna des oberordovizischen Slandrom-Kalksteines im Siljan-Gebiet, Dalarna. Geol. Fdren. Stockh. Fork., 75 : 97-105, 4 figs. 1954- Zur morphologic und taxonomie der Illaeniden. Ark. Min. geol., Stockholm, 1 : 545-583. 3 Pis. KEGEL, W. 1937. Uber obersilurische Trilobiten aus dem Harz und dem Rheinischen Schiefergebirge. Jb. preuss. geol. Landesanst., Berlin, 48 : 616-647, pis. 31, 32. KIELAN, Z. 1959. Upper Ordovician trilobites from Poland and some related forms from Bohemia and Scandinavia. Pal. Polonica, Warsaw, 11 : vi -f- 198 pp., 36 pis. KING, W. B. R. 1923. The Upper Ordovician rocks of the south-western Berwyn Hills. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 79 : 487-507, pi. 26. LAMONT, A. 1941. Trinucleidae in Eire. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (n) 8:438-469, Pi- 5- 1946. B. B. Bancroft's geological work. i. Caradocian lavas and sediments in the Capel Curig district, Caernarvonshire. Quarry Manager's J., Mexborough, 30 : 235-239, figs. 1-5. 1948. B. B. Bancroft's geological work. 2. Upper Ordovician of the Cross Fell Inlier. Quarry Manager's J., Mexborough, 31 : 416-418, 466-469, I pi. LA TOUCHE, J. D. 1884. A Handbook of the Geology of Shropshire. 99 pp., 22 pis. London & Shrewsbury. MANNIL, R. 1958. Estoniops — a new genus of Phacopidae (Trilobita). Eesti NSV Teaduste Akad Toimetised, Tallin, 6 : 385-388, i pi. (In Russian with Estonian and English summaries.) MARR, J. E. 1892. The Coniston Limestone Series. Geol. Mag. Lond., 9 : 97-110. M'COY, F. 1846. A synopsis of the Silurian fossils of Ireland. 68 pp., 4 pis. Dublin. 132 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES M'Cov, F. 1849. On the classification of some British fossil Crustacea, with notices of some new forms in the University collection at Cambridge. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (2) 4 : 161-179, 330-335. 392-414. MOORE, R. C. 1959. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part O. Arthropoda i. xix + 560 pp., 415 figs. Kansas & Connecticut. NICHOLSON, H. A. & ETHERIDGE, R. 1878. A monograph of the Silurian fossils of the Girvan district in Ayrshire, ix + 341 pp., 24 pis. Edinburgh & London. NICHOLSON, H. A. & MARK, J. E. 1891. The Cross Fell Inlier. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 47 : 500-512, pi. 17. OPIK, A. A. 1937. Trilobiten aus Estland. Acta Univ. dorpat. (tartu), A, 32 : 1-163, pl§- 1-26. PHLEGER, F. B. 1937. Species and geographic distribution of the Lichadacea. Amer. Midi. Nat., Notre Dame, 18 : 1085-1092. PORTLOCK, J. E. 1843. Report on the geology of the county of Londonderry and of parts of Tyrone and Fermanagh, xxxi -f 784 pp., pis. 1-38, A-I. Dublin & London. PRIBYL, A. 1953. Seznam Ceskych trilobitovych rodu (Index of trilobite genera in Bohemia). Knihovna Ustr. ust. geol., Prague, 25 : 1-80. (In Czech, Russian and English.) RAFINESQUE, C. S. 1832. On the genera of fossil Trilobites or Glomerites of North America. Atlantic J. (S- Friend of Knowledge, Philadelphia, 1 : 71-73. RAYMOND, P. E. 1925. Some trilobites of the lower Middle Ordovician of eastern North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, Cambridge, 67 : 1-180, pis. i-io. REED, F. R. C. 1896. The fauna of the Keisley Limestone, Part I. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 52 : 407-437, pis. 20, 21. 18960. Notes on the evolution of the genus Cheirurus. Geol. Mag. Lond. (4) 3 : 117-123, 161-167. 1904. The Lower Palaeozoic Trilobites of the Girvan District, Ayrshire, 2 : 49-96, pis. 7-13. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. — 1905. New fossils from the Haverfordwest District. III. Geol. Mag. Lond. (5) 2 : 97-104, pi. 4. 19050. The classification of the Phacopidae. Geol. Mag. Lond. (5) 2 : 172-178, 224-228. 1906. The Lower Palaeozoic Trilobites of the Girvan District, Ayrshire, 3 : 97-186, pis. 14-20. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. 1907. A new species of Lichas. Geol. Mag. Lond. (5) 4 : 396-400, pi. 17. 1910. New fossils from the Dufton Shales. Geol. Mag. Lond. (5) 7 : 211-220, 294-299, pis. 16, 17, 23, 24. 1912. Notes on the genus Trinucleus. Geol. Mag. Lond. (5) 9 : 346-353, 385-394, pis. 18, 19. 1914. Notes on the genus Trinucleus. — Part III. Geol Mag. Lond. (6) 1 : 349~359, pis. 28, 29. 19140. The Lower Palaeozoic Trilobites of the Girvan District, Ayrshire, Supplement : 1-56, pis. 1-8. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. — 1918. Notes on the genus Homalonotus. Geol. Mag. Lond. (6) 5 : 263-276, 314-327. — 1931. The Lower Palaeozoic Trilobites of the Girvan District, Ayrshire, Supplement No. 2 : 1-30. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. 1932. Notes on two species of the genus Ampyx. Geol. Mag. Lond., 69 : 205-209, pi. n. 1945- Notes on some Ordovician Brachiopods and a Trilobite from the Balclatchie Beds of Girvan. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (n) 12 : 309-316, i pi. RICHTER, R. 1940. Referata, Arthropoda. N. Jb. Min., Geol., Paldont., Stuttgart, 3 : 1030-1031. RICHTER, R. & E. 1917. Uber die Einteilung der Familie Acidaspidae und iiber einige ihrer devonischen Vertreter. Zbl. Min. Geol. Palaont., Stuttgart, 462-472, 10 figs. — 1926. Die Trilobiten des Oberdevons, Beitrage zur Kenntnis devonischer Trilobiten, 4. Abh. preuss. geol. Landesanst., Berlin, 99 : 1-314, pis. 1-12. SALTER, J. W. 1852. Appendix A, to Sedgwick & M'Coy, A synopsis of the classification of the British Palaeozoic rocks with a systematic description of the British Palaeozoic fossils in the geological museum of the University of Cambridge, i-viii. London & Cambridge. THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES 133 SALTER, J. W. 1853. Figures and descriptions illustrative of British organic remains. Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Britain, London, 7 : 78 pp., pis. i-io. 1857. On two Silurian species of Acidaspis from Shropshire. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Land., 13 : 210-211, pi. 6. 1864. A Monograph of the British Trilobites from the Cambrian, Silurian, and Devonian formations, 1 : 1-80, pis. 1-6. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. 1873. A Catalogue of the collection of Cambrian and Silurian fossils contained in the geological museum of the University of Cambridge, xlviii + 2°4 PP- Cambridge. SCHMIDT, F. 1881. Revision der ostbaltischen silurischen Trilobiten nebst geognostischer Ubersicht des ostbaltischen Silurgebiets, Abtheilung i, Phacopiden, Cheiruriden und Encrinuriden. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pdtersb. (7) 30 : i-iv, 1-237, P^s- 1-16. 1907. Revision der Ostbaltischen Silurischen Trilobiten. Abtheilung 6. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb. (8) 20 : i-xv, 1-104, P^s- I-3- SEDGWICK, A. & M'CoY, F. 1851. A synopsis of the classification of the British Palaeozoic rocks, with a systematic description of the British Palaeozoic fossils in the geological museum of the University of Cambridge. Fasc. I. iv + 184 pp., n pis. London & Cambridge. SHIRLEY, J. 1931. A redescription of the known British Ordovician species of Calymene (s.l.). Mem. Manchr. Lit. Phil. Soc., 75 : 1-35, 2 pis. 1936. Some British trilobites of the Family Calymenidae. Quart. J. Geol Soc. Lond., 92 : 384-422, pis. 29-31. SHOTTON, F. W. 1935. The stratigraphy and tectonics of the Cross Fell Inlier. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 91 : 639-704, pi. 39. SIMPSON, G. B. 1890. Descriptions of new species of fossils from the Clinton, Lower Helder- berg, Chemung and Waverly groups, found in the collections of the Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., Philadelphia, 16 : 435-460, 31 figs. STETSON, H. C. 1927. The distribution and relationships of the Trinucleidae. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, Cambridge, 68 : 87-104, I pi. STORMER, L. 1940. Early descriptions of Norwegian trilobites. The type specimens of C. Boeck, M. Sars and M. Esmark. Norsk, geol. tidsskr., Oslo, 20 : 113-151, pis. 1-3. 1945- Remarks on the Tretaspis (Trinucleus) Shales of Hadeland, with description of trilobite faunas. Norsk, geol. tidsskr., Oslo, 25 : 379-426, pis. 1-4. STUBBLEFIELD, C' J. 1928. A new trilobite, Acidaspis (Pseudomonaspis) magnospina, from the Coniston Limestone. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London (10) 1 : 427-433, pi. 14. STUMM, E. C. & KAUFMANN, E. G. 1958. Calymenid trilobites from the Ordovician rocks of Michigan. /. Paleont., Tulsa, 32 : 943-960, pis. 123, 124. TEMPLE, J. T. 1952. A revision of the trilobite Dalmanitina mucronata (Brongniart) and related species. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. (N.F., 2) 48 : 1-33, pis. 1-4. THORSLUND, P. 1940. On the Chasmops Series of Jemtland and Sodermanland (Tvaren). Sverig. Geol. Unders. Afh., Stockholm (C) 436 : 1-191, pis. 1-15. TRIPP, R. P. 1954. Caradocian Trilobites from mudstones at Craighead Quarry, near Girvan, Ayrshire. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., 62 : 655-693, pis. 1-4. 1957. The trilobite Encrinurus multisegmentatus (Portlock) and allied Middle and Upper Ordovician species. Palaeontology, London, 1 : 60-72, pis. n, 12. 1958. Stratigraphical and geographical distribution of the named species of the trilobite Superfamily Lichacea. /. Paleont., Tulsa, 32 : 574-582, pi. 85. TROEDSSON, G. 1929. On the Middle and Upper Ordovician faunas of Northern Greenland, Pt. II. Medd. Grenland, Kj0benhavn, 72 : 1-197, P^8- J-56. VOGDES, A. W. 1890. A bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea from 1698 to 1889 including a list of North American species and a systematic arrangement of genera. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., Washington, 63 : 1-177. WARBURG, E. 1939. The Swedish Ordovician and Lower Silurian Lichidae. K. svenska VetenskAkad. Handl., Stockholm, 17 (4) : 1-162, pis. 1-14. WEDD, C. B., SMITH, B., KING, W. B. R. & WRAY, D. A. 1929. The country around Oswestry. Mem. Geol. Surv., London, x + 234 pp., 4 pis. 134 THE TRILOBITES OF THE CARADOC SERIES WHITCOMB, L. 1930. New information on Homalonotus trentonensis. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., New York, 41 : 341-350, pis. 5, 6. WHITTARD, W. F. 1955. The Ordovician trilobites of the Shelve Inlier, West Shropshire, 1 : 1-40, pis. 1-4. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. 1960. The Ordovician trilobites of the Shelve Inlier, West Shropshire, 4 : 117-162, pis. 16-21. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. 1961. The Ordovician trilobites of the Shelve Inlier, West Shropshire, 5 : 163-196, pis. 22-25. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. 19610. The Ordovician trilobites of the Shelve Inlier, West Shropshire, 6 : 197-228, pis. 26-30. Palaeontogr. Soc. [Monogr.], London. WHITTINGTON, H. B. 1938. The geology of the country around Llansantffraid ym Mechain, Montgomeryshire. Quart. J. Geol. Soc. Land., 94 : 423-457, pis. 38, 39. 1940. On some Trinucleidae described by Joachim Barrande. Amer. J. Sci., Washington, 238 : 241-259, pis. 1-4. 1950. Sixteen Ordovician genotype trilobites. /. Paleont., Tulsa, 24 : 531-565, pis. 68-75. WHITTINGTON, H. B. & EVITT, W. R. 1954. Silicified Middle Ordovician trilobites. Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer., Baltimore, 59 : 1-137, pls- I-33- WHITTINGTON, H. B. & WILLIAMS, A. 1955. The fauna of the Derfel Limestone of the Arenig district, North Wales. Philos. Trans., London (B) 238 : 397-430, pis. 38-40. WIGAND, G. 1888. Ueber die Trilobiten der Silurischen Geschiebe in Mecklenburg. Z. dtsch. geol. Ges., Berlin, 40 : 39-101, pis. 6-10. WIMAN, C. 1908. Studien iiber das Nordbaltische Silurgebiete. Bull. Geol. Inst. Univ. Uppsala, 8 : 73-168, pis. 5-8. WOODS, H. 1891. Catalogue of the type fossils in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge. xiv + 1 80 pp. Cambridge. PLATES Most of the type and figured specimens are in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History), London, and bear numbers with the prefix In. Other numbers with the prefix A. denote specimens in the Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge, whilst one specimen, GSM 19165 (PI. 12, fig. 2), is in the Geological Survey & Museum, London. The locality numbers refer to the sketch-maps elsewhere in this paper. All the photographs are by the writer, the specimens having been whitened with ammonium chloride before photographing. PLATE 6 Lonchodomas pennatus (La Touche) . . . p. 78 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality 6.25. FIG. i. Internal mould of cranidium showing upturned frontal spine. In. 49933. X2. FIG. 3. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. In. 49934. X2. FIG. 4. Internal mould of flattened cranidium showing hypostomal pits. In. 49936. X2. FIG. 5. Internal moulds of two small pygidia, probably immature. In. 49931. X2-75- Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia gracilis Zone, Pus Gill, locality A. 8. FIG. 9. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 49979. X2-25. Horizon as for Fig. 9, Pus Gill, locality A. 14. FIG. 12. Internal mould of pygidium. In. 49926. X2-5. Lonchodomas swindalensis sp. nov. . . . p. 72 Dufton Shales, Upper Longvillian Substage, Kjaerina typa Zone, Swindale Beck, locality B.6. FIG. 2. Cranidium with part of test preserved. Holotype. In. 49968. X2-25. Horizon as for Fig. 2, Swindale Beck, locality 6.5. FIG. 6. Latex cast from external mould of pygidium. Paratype. In. 49967. X4'5- FIG. 8. Latex cast from external mould of cranidium. Paratype. In. 49946. X3- Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (Reed) . . . p. 79 Probably Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, locality A. FIG. 7. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 52570. X4- Broeggerolithus melmerbiensis sp. nov. . . . p. 81 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 7. FIGS. 10,13. Almost complete cranidium with three attached thoracic segments. Holotype. In. 52558. Xi -75. Broeggerolithus cf. nicholsoni (Reed) . . . p. 80 Corona Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Bancroftina typa Zone, Harthwaite Sike, locality £.3. FIG. ii. Latex cast from external mould of fragmentary cephalic fringe. In. 546406. X2-5. FIG. 14. Latex cast from external mould of incomplete pygidium. In. 54643. X3- Bull. EM. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 6 LONCHODOMAS, BROEGGEROLITHUS PLATE 7 Broeggerolithus nicholsoni (Reed) . . . p. 79 Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, probably Alston Road, locality J. FIGS. 1,7. Almost complete cephalon. Paratype. A. 29609. X2-8. FIG. 2. Internal mould of pygidium. Paratype. A. 29615. X3- FIG. 4. Internal mould of almost complete exoskeleton. A. 2994&a. xi-8. FIG. 5. Fragmentary cranidium. Paratype. A. 29611. X2-8. FIGS. 6, 9. Almost complete cranidium. Lectotype. A. 29613. X2-5. FIG. 8. External mould of fragmentary cranidium. Paratype. A. 29612. X2-8. FIG. 10. Almost complete cranidium. Paratype. A. 29610. X2-8. Probably Upper Melmerby Beds, Alston Road, locality uncertain. FIG. ii. Cephalon preserved partly as an internal, partly as an external mould. Paratype. A. 29614. X2-8. Probably Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, locality A FIG. 3. External mould of cephalic fragment showing reticulate surface of cheek-lobe. In. 52567. X4- FIG. 12. External mould of underside of fringe showing pits and librigenal spine. In. 52576. X3-5- Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 7 BROEGGEROLITHUS PLATE 8 Broeggerolithus cf. transiens (Bancroft) . . . p. 82 Dufton Shales, Marshbrookian Stage, probably topmost third, Swindale Beck, locality B.i6. FIG. i. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 50216. X2-2. FIG. 6. Internal mould of underside of fringe. In. 50215. X2. Horizon as for Fig. i. Swindale Beck, locality B. n. FIG. 3. Internal mould of fragmentary cephalon showing genal angle. In. 50244. X2-y5. Horizon as for Fig. i. Swindale Beck, locality B. 14. FIG. 4. Internal mould of slightly distorted pygidium. In. 49957. X2-5. FIG. 8. Internal mould of fragmentary cranidium showing development of I3. In. 50190. X2. Horizon as for Fig. i. Harthwaite Sike, locality E. 8. FIG. ii. Internal mould of small cranidium. In. 51853. X3'5- Broeggerolithus sp. . . . .. . p. 83 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 4. FIG. 2. Latex cast from external mould of fragmentary cranidium. In. 50222. X2. Onnia gracilis (Bancroft) . . . . p. 84 Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Pus Gill, locality A. 4. FIG. 12. Internal mould of cranidium showing pitting of fringe. In. 50001. X3- FIG. 13. Damaged, almost complete specimen showing pygidium and impression of under- side of fringe. In. 49948. X2-5. Onnia superba (Bancroft) pusgillensis Dean . . . p. 84 Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia superba Zone, Pus Gill, locality A. 5. FIG. 5. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. Paratype. In. 50008. xi-5- FIG 7. Fragmentary cranidium, an internal mould, accompanied by external mould of Tretaspis. In. 50003. xi*5- FIG. 9. Latex cast from external mould of two incomplete cranidia. Paratype. In. 50005. X2. FIG. 10. Internal mould of pygidium. In. 50013. X2-25. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 1, 3 PLATE 8 12 BROEGGEROLITHUS, ONNIA PLATE 9 Tretaspis kiaeri (St0rmer) duflonensis Dean . . p. 86 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Pus Gill, locality A. 27. FIG. i. Internal mould of almost complete individual showing median and lateral ocelli, thorax and pygidium. Holotype. In. 50020^. X3- FIGS. 5-7. Latex cast from external mould of same specimen, showing surface of thorax and pygidium, reticulation of glabella, and fringe profile. In. 500206. Figs. 5, 7, X4- Fig. 6, X3- Tretaspis kiaeri (St0rmer) radialis Lamont . . . p. 86 Horizon as for Fig. i. Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. FIGS. 2, 3. Latex cast from external mould of cephalon, illustrating pitting of fringe, marginal suture, and grooved librigenal spines. In. 500456. X2-5. FIG. 4. Underside of fringe preserved as internal mould showing development of girder. In. 50052. X2'5. Bull. EM. (N.H.J Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 9 TRETASPIS PLATE 10 Tretaspis convergens Dean . . . . p. 85 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality 6.25. FIG. i. Latex cast from external mould showing reticulation of cephalon. Holotype In. 500596. X3- FIGS. 3, 5. Internal mould of same specimen. In. 50059*. X2-5- FIG. 2. Internal mould of part of cephalic fringe. Paratype. In. 50037. Tretaspis cf. ceriodes (Angelin) donsi St0rmer . . p. 85 Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia superba Zone, Pus Gill, locality A. 5. FIGS. 4, 8. Latex cast from external mould of cephalon to show fringe and surface of glabella and cheek-lobes. In. 500186. X3- Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia gracilis Zone, Pus Gill, locality A. 13. FIG. 6. Latex cast from external mould of fragment of fringe. In. 50096. X3'5. Pseudosphaerexochus cf. octolobatus (M'Coy) . . . p. 87 Horizon as for Fig. i, Pus Gill, locality A. 6. FIG. 7. Internal mould of incomplete pygidium. In. 49816. X2-25- Horizon and locality as for Fig. i. FIGS. 9,10. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 49803. X3-25. Horizon as for Fig. i, Pus Gill, locality A. 22. FIG. ii. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. In. 4981 ja. xi'75- FIG. 12. Latex cast from external mould of same specimen. In. 498176. X2-5. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 10 TRETASPIS, PSEUDOSPHAEREXOCHUS GEOL. 7, 3. PLATE ii Encrinurus sp. . . . . . p. 88 Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Longvillian Substage, Bancroftina robusta Zone, Alston Road, locality H. FIGS, i, 4. Internal mould of pygidium. In. 49820. X5- Atractopyge scabra sp. nov. . . . . . p. 91 Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia, superba Zone, Pus Gill, locality A. 5. FIG. 2. Internal mould of cranidium. Holotype. In. 50154. X3- Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. Fig. 3. Internal mould of cranidium, slightly compressed laterally. In. 50150. X3- Horizon as for Fig. 3, Pus Gill, locality A.25. FIG. 10. External mould of pygidium. In. 501576. X4- Atractopyge ? sp. . . . . . p. 93 Corona Beds, Lower Longillian Substage, Bancroftina type Zone, Harthwaite Sike, locality £.3. FIG. 5. Latex cast from external mould of fragmentary cranidium. In. 546386. X5- Dindymene sp. . . . . . p. 90 Dufton Shales, Upper Longvillian Substage, Kjaerina typa Zone, Swindale Beck, locality B. 5. FIG. 6. Incomplete cranidium with test partially preserved. In. 49966. x6. Paracybeloides cf. girvanensis (Reed) . . . p. 94 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 3. FIG. 7. Internal mould of pygidium. In. 50177. X3- FIG. 9. Similar specimen showing development of spines near tip of pygidium. In. 50179. X3- FIG. 12. Latex cast from external mould of cranidium. In. 50158. X2-25- FIG. 14. Internal mould of incomplete librigena. In. 50172. X2-5. FIG. 15. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 50165. X3- Atractopyge ? sp. . . . . . . p- 93 Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, locality J. FIG. 8. Latex cast from exteral mould of cranidium. In. 546546. x 4. Paracybeloides sp. . . . . p. 95 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 8. FIG. ii. Latex cast from external mould of pygidium. In. 54657. x6. Dindymene duftonensis sp. nov. . . . . p. 89 Dufton Shales, Marshbrookian Stage, probably topmost portion, Harthwaite Sike, locality E.I2. FIG. 13. Latex cast from external mould of incomplete cephalon. Holotype. In. 54652. X6. Bull. BM. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 11 ATRACTOPYGE, DINDYMENE, ENCRINURUS, PARACYBELOIDES PLATE 12 Dalmanitina mucronata matutina subsp. nov. . . p. 95 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Pus Gill, locality A. 7. FIG. i. Internal mould of incomplete cephalon. Paratype. In. 501 120,. X2-J5. Horizon as for Fig. i, Swindale Beck, locality 6.25. FIG. 5. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium showing fixigenal spine. Paratype. In. 50113. X2-75. FIG. 6. Internal mould of pygidium. Holotype. In. 49905. X2-75. FIG. 9. Latex cast from external mould of fragmentary pygidium. Paratype. In. 499*9- X2-25. FIG. 12. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. Paratype. In. 501 140. X2-25. Estoniops alifrons (M'Coy) . . . . . p. 100 Caradoc Series, probably Upper Longvillian Substage, near Gelli Grin, Bala District. FIG. 2. Internal mould of cephalon. GSM 19165. X2'5. Horizon as for Fig. 2, Capel Gannon, Denbighshire. FIG. 4. Incomplete cephalon with part of test preserved. Lectotype, figured by M'Coy in Sedgwick & M'Coy, 1851, pi. i.G, fig. 12. Sedgwick Museum A. 42694. x 1-5. Dufton Shales, Upper Longvillian Substage, Kjaerina typa Zone, Swindale Beck, locality B. 7. FIGS. 7,13,14. Cephalon with test preserved. In. 49837. X3- Horizon as for Fig. 7, Swindale Beck, locality B. 10. FIGS. 8,10. Pygidium with test preserved. In. 49839. X2-5. Duftonia lacunosa Dean . . . . p. 97 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 5. FIG. 3. Latex cast from external mould of cranidium. Holotype. In. 49824. X3- Kloucekia (Phacopidina) apiculata (M'Coy) . . p. 97 Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Longvillian Substage, Bancroftina robusta Zone, Alston Road, locality H. FIG. n. Latex cast from external mould of fragmentary cranidium. In. 52587. X3- Bull B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7,3 PLATE 12 14 DALMANITINA, DUFTONIA, ESTONIOPS, KLOUCEKIA PLATE 13 Calyptaulax planiformis sp. nov. . . . p. 98 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. FIG. i. Latex cast from external mould of incomplete cranidium. Paratype. In. 499656. X2-75. FIG. 2. Internal mould of distorted cranidium. Paratype. In. 49908. X2. FIG. 4. Internal mould of pygidium. Holotype. In. 50138. X2. FIG. 5. Internal mould of incomplete pygidium. Paratype. In. 49907. X3- Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia superba Zone, Pus Gill, locality A. 5. FIG. 3. Internal mould of cranidium. Paratype. In. 49903. Xi'75- Chasmops aff. maxima (Schmidt) . . . p. 105 Horizon as for Fig. i, Pus Gill, locality A. 28. FIG. 6. Internal mould of fragmentary cranidium. In. 50412. X3- Onnicalymene onniensis (Shirley) . . . . p. 115 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 3. FIG. 7. Cranidium with part of test preserved. In. 50294. x 3. Chasmops cf. extensa (Boeck) . . . . p. 104 Dufton Shales, Actonian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 15. FIG. 8. Internal mould of pygidium. In. 498970. X2-75. Gravicalymene jugifera sp. nov. . . . p. 116 Horizon as for Fig. i, Swindale Beck, locality B. 30. FIGS. 9, ii. Internal mould of almost complete individual, slightly compressed laterally. Paratype. In. 50245. Xi'5- Flexicalymene cf. caractaci (Salter) . . . p. 114 Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, locality J. FIG. 10. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. In. 54658. X2. Chasmops sp. . . . . . p. 105 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 10. FIG. 12. Latex cast of incomplete pygidium. In. 546566. X2. Diacalymene cf. marginata Shirley . . . . p. 116 Horizon and locality as for Fig. i. FIG. 13. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium, the frontal portion slightly compressed longitudinally. In. 50256. X4'5- Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 13 L ' CALYPTAULAX, CHASMOPS, DIACALYMENE, FLEXICALYMENE, GRAVICALYMENE, ONN1CALYMENE PLATE 14 Onnicalymene onniensis (Shirley) . . . p. 115 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. FIG. i. Internal mould of pygidium with attached thoracic segments. In. 50270. X2-25. FIGS. 2, 10. Internal mould of almost complete individual. In. 50266. xi-75- Horizon as for Fig. i, Pus Gill, locality A. 28. FIG. 7. Internal mould of large, incomplete cranidium. In. 50318*. X2-75. Gravicalymene jugifera sp. nov. . . . p. 116 Horizon as for Fig. i, Swindale Beck, locality B. 28. FIGS. 3,4,8. Almost complete cranidium with part of test intact. Holotype. In. 50263. Xi-75- Horizon as for Fig. i, Swindale Beck, locality B. 30. FIG. 9. Internal mould showing pygidium and thorax. Paratype. In. 50245. Xi'5- Onnicalymene laticeps (Bancroft) . . . p. 115 Dufton Shales, Actonian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 15. FIGS. 5, 6. Internal mould of cephalon with two attached thoracic segments. In. 50258. X3- Diacalymene cf. marginata Shirley . . . p. 116 Horizon and locality as for Fig. I. FIG. ii. Latex cast from external mould showing form of librigena, with conjugate fixigena and second glabellar lobe. In. 50254. X 1-75. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 14 II DIACALYMENE, GRAVICALYMENE, ONNICALYMENE GEOL. 7, 3. PLATE 15 Brongniartella ascripta (Reed) . . . . p. 106 Probably Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, locality J. FIG. i. Incomplete, damaged cranidium. A. 29633. X2. FIG. 2. Internal mould of small cranidium. A. 29635. X3- Figd. Reed, 1910, pi. 17, figs. 5, 7. FIG. 5. Incomplete cranidium showing form of glabella. A. 29634. X3- Figd. Reed, 1910, pi. 17, fig. 6. FIG. 8. Internal mould of hypostoma. A. 29636^. x6. Figd. Reed, 1910, pi. 17, fig. 8. FIG. 11. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium showing median ridge. Holotype. A. 296320. X2'5. Figd. Reed, 1910, pi. 17, fig. 4. Brongniartella minor (Salter) . . . p. 106 Corona Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Bancroftina typa Zone, Pus Gill, locality A. 3. FIG. 4. Internal mould of pygidium. In. 49844. x 2. Brongniartella sp. . . . . . p. 108 Corona Beds, probably Lower Longvillian Substage, western flank of Roman Fell, exact locality unknown. FIG. 3. Incomplete pygidium with part of thoracic axis. A. 32909. Xi-5- FIG. 6. Slightly distorted cranidium. A. 32910. xi-5- FIG. 7. Large pygidium with furrows exaggerated by crushing. A. 32911. xi'4- FIG. 9. Fragmentary pygidium with part of thorax. A. 32907. x 1-5. FIG. 10. Incomplete pygidium. A. 32908. xi-8. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 15 BRONGNIARTELLA PLATE 16 Brongniartella depressa sp. nov. . . . p. 108 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. FIG. i. External mould of cranidium. Holotype. In. 49882. X2. FIG. 7. Latex cast from external mould of incomplete thorax and pygidium. Paratype. In. 49881. X2-5. FIG. 10. External mould of almost complete pygidium. Paratype. In. 49884. X2-5. FIG. 13. Internal mould of immature cranidium showing traces of glabellar furrows. Paratype. In. 49885. X2. Toernquistia aff. reedi Thorslund . . p. 118 Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, probably locality J. FIGS. 2, 3. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. A. 29960. x8*5. Proetidella ? marri sp. nov. . . . . . p. 124 Corona Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, zone of Bancroftina typa, Harthwaite Sike, locality £.3. FIG. 4. Internal mould of cranidium. Holotype. In. 54644. X2-5. FIG. 6. Internal mould of cranidium. Paratype. In. 54647. X4- FIG. 9. Latex cast of incomplete cranidium showing raised lines ornamenting surface of test. Paratype. In. 54646. X2-5. Brongniartella aff. platynota (Dalman) . . . . p. no Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 30. FIG 5. Internal mould of incomplete pygidium. In. 49878. X2-5. Brongniartella bisulcata (M'Coy) . . . . p. 108 Dufton Shales, Marshbrookian Stage, probably uppermost third, Swindale Beck, locality B. 14. FIG. 8. Incomplete, slightly distorted cranidium. In. 49847. xi'4- Brongniartella minor (Salter) . . . p. 106 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 4. FIG. n. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 49840. X2-2. Stenopareia ? sp. . . . . . p. 120 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 2. FIG. 12. Internal mould of pygidium. A. 29966. xi'4- Brongniartella ascripta (Reed) ? .... p. 107 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 4. FIG. 14. Fragmentary internal mould of cranidium. 1^54639(1. X2-5. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 16 12 13 14 T A TT T.AF.MT IS. PROFTinFT.T.A ?. TOERNOUISTIA PLATE 17 Platylichas cf. laxatus (M'Coy) . . . p. 121 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. FIG. i. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 50115. X2-5. FIG. 7. Internal mould of pygidium. In. 50117. X2. Platylichas sp. . . . . . p. 122 Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Longvillian Substage, Kjaerina bipartita Zone, Alston Road, locality H. FIG. 2. Internal mould of fragmentary pygidium. In. 52595. X2-5. Primaspis semievoluta (Reed) . . . . p. 122 Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, probably locality J. FIGS. 3, 13. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. Lectotype. A. 29951. X3'5- FIG. 10. Internal mould of small cranidium. Paratype. A. 29952. X4- FIG. ii. Internal mould of incomplete librigena. Paratype. A. 29954. X3- FIG. 15. Incomplete pygidium. Paratype. A. 29953. X3'4- Proetidella ? marri sp. nov. . . . . p. 124 Corona Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, zone of Bancroftina typa, Harthwaite Sike, locality £.3. FIG. 5. Latex cast from external mould of cranidium. Paratype. In. 55882. X2-5. FIG. 6. Internal mould of pygidium. Paratype. In. 55882. x 3. FIG. 8. Internal mould of cranidium. Holotype. In. 54644. X2-5. FIG. 9. Internal mould of librigena. Paratype. In. 54648. X2-5. Otarion sp. . . . . . p. 123 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 2. FIG. 4. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 498 iga. xi2. FIG. 12. Latex cast from external mould of same specimen. In. 498196. x 12. Conolichas melmerbiensis (Reed) . . . p. 120 Horizon and locality as for Fig. 3. FIG. 14. Internal mould of hypostoma. Paratype. A. 29643. X3- FIG. 16. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. Paratype. A. 29641. Xi-6. Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol 7, 3 PLATE 17 16 CONOLICHAS. OTARION. PLATYLICHAS, PRIMASPIS, PROETIDELLA ? PLATE 18 Conolichas melmerbiensis (Reed) . . . . p. 120 Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, probably locality J. FIG. i. Internal mould of almost complete individual. Paratype. A. 29637. xi'7- FIG. 2. Internal mould of pygidium. Paratype. A. 29642^. xi-y. FIGS. 3,4. Internal mould of almost complete individual. Lectotype. A. 29638. xi-j. Remopleurides sp. . . . . p. 128 Dufton Shales, Onnian Stage, Onnia gracilis Zone, Pus Gill, locality A. 4. FIG. 5. Internal mould of incomplete cranidium. In. 5Oi2ga. X2-8. Remopleurides sp. ..... p. 127 Upper Melmerby Beds, Upper Longvillian Substage, Kjaerina bipartita Zone, Alston Road, locality H. FIGS. 6,10. Internal mould of distorted cranidium. In. 52594. X2-4. Remopleurides sp. . . . . p. 127 Dufton Shales, Actonian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 15. FIGS. 7,8. Internal mould of cranidium. In. 50131. X4'5- Remopleurides sp. . . . . . p. 128 Dufton Shales, Pusgillian Stage, Swindale Beck, locality B. 25. FIG. 9. Underside of internal mould of left librigena. In. 50140. X2-6. FIG. ii. Internal mould of three conjoined thoracic segments. In. 501360. X3- FIG. 13. Internal mould of flattened cranidium. In. 50135. X2-2. Remopleurides sp. . . . . . p. 127 Lower Melmerby Beds, Lower Longvillian Substage, Alston Road, locality E. FIG. 12. Small, incomplete cranidium with most of test preserved. 1^52999. X5- ^ ,- Bull. B.M. (N.H.) Geol. 7, 3 PLATE 18 CONOLICHAS, REMOPLEURIDES PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY ADLARD AND SON, LIMITED BARTHOLOMEW PRESS, DORKING FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE IN THE FOREST OF DEAN, GLOUCESTERSHIRE K. M. LELE AND J. WALTON BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY Vol. 7 No. 4 LONDON: 1962 FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE IN THE FOREST OF DEAN, GLOUCESTERSHIRE BY K. M. LELE (Birbal Sahni Institute, Lucknow) AND J. WALTON (Professor of Botany in the University of Glasgow) Pp. 135-152 ; Plates 19-23 BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) GEOLOGY Vol. 7 No. 4 LONDON: 1962 THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY), instituted in 1949, is issued in five series, corresponding to the Departments of the Museum, and an Historical series. Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become ready. Volumes will contain about three or four hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed within one calendar year. This paper is Vol. 7, No. 4 of the Geological (Palaeontological) series. Trustees of the British Museum 1962 PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM Issued August 1962 Price Twelve shillings and sixpence FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE IN THE FOREST OF DEAN, GLOUCESTERSHIRE By K. M. LELE & J. WALTON SYNOPSIS Descriptions of the fossil plants including sporae dispersae found in the Drybrook Sandstone (Mississippian) at Hazel Hill in the Forest of Dean, Gloucestershire are given. The most frequently occurring species are Lepidophyllum fimbriatum Kidston, Scutellocladus variabilis gen. et sp. nov. and Diplopteridium holdeni sp. nov. The spores belong to nineteen genera including three new species. A close comparison can be made between this flora and the flora of the Lower Brown Limestones at Diserth in North Wales and the age, judging from the plants, is that of the Calciferous Sandstone of Scotland. Palaeozoological evidence however supports a considerably later age. INTRODUCTION THE fossil plants described below were collected by Dr. H. S. Holden, Mr. F. M. Wonnacott, Mr. T. D. West, Mrs. C. J. Croucher and Mr. Keith Allen. Most of the specimens described are preserved in the British Museum (Nos. ¥.42428-43004, ¥.42048, ¥.42049), a few are in the Geological Museum, University of Birmingham (B.U. 800-804) while one is in the Hunterian Museum, University of Glasgow (No. Pb.3452). Preparations of the sporae dispersae isolated from the sandstone are now in the British Museum (Nos. ¥.43700-43734). In addition we have been kindly allowed to examine a collection made by members of the staff of the Geological Department, Kingston Technical College. The specimens were all collected from a bed of fine sandstone with a grey to pink coloration in the Hazel Hill Quarry (Grid reference 32/646184) near Puddlebrook in Gloucestershire. The organic matter of the original plants is in the form of a black powder and only in exceptional cases (a few lepidophytes) is a cuticular membrane preserved. The forms of the plants are retained as a fine impression on the sand- stone which is stained a brownish colour where it was in contact with the plant material. This helps to show up the shapes of the plants in photographs taken on orthochromatic plates. The rock also contains somewhat poorly preserved spores. The sporae dispersae were isolated by macerating small fragments of the plant-bearing rock in cold concentrated hydrofluoric acid for about a week. The residue was washed free of the acid and the organic matter containing the microfossils was further separated by the swirling method (Funkhouser & Evitt, 1959 : 373). The material thus concentrated was directly mounted in glycerine jelly. Canada balsam and chloral hydrate were also found suitable for mounting. In favourable cases, grains were individually picked out and mounted for study. Staining with Safranin was found useful especially in case of lightly coloured spores. In view of the rather sparse GEOL. 7, 4. 10 138 FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE spore population several macerations were made and nearly fifty slides were examined for the identification of spores. The number of better preserved and identifiable specimens is given in the description of each species. The system of classification used here is that of Potonie & Kremp (1955). One of the most frequently occurring fossils, a lepidophyte sporophyll, Lepido- phyllum fimbriatum Kidston has been described and figured by Allen (1961) and others under the name of Lepidostrobophyllum fimbriatum (Kidst.) but so far the generic name Lepidostrobophyllum has no valid basis and it is hoped that this nomenclatural confusion may be cleared up. The only animal fossil found associated with the plants is a Conulariid organism almost certainly of marine origin, which suggests that the sediments containing the plants were deposited near the sea in a lagoon or estuary. In the earliest account of the geology of this area and on the one-inch, Old Series, sheets of the Geological Survey (43 S.E., 43 S.W. and 35) of the Forest of Dean, the Drybrook Sandstone is stated to be of Millstone Grit age. In the Geological Survey Memoir Trotter (1942 : 15, 16) divides the Drybrook Sandstone into upper and lower parts separated by the Drybrook Limestone or its equivalent. In the north the Coal Measures overlap, unconformably, the Lower Drybrook Sandstone. At Hazel Hill the sandstone rests on Limestones referred to zones CZS1 of the Avonian zone sequence and is overlain unconformably by the Coal Measures (Sibly & Reynolds, 1937 : 25, 37). Crookall (1939 : 72) assigns some obscure plant remains in the Dry- brook Sandstone to ICydostigma, a genus of Devonian plants, but they might well be the remains of a Carboniferous lycopod. In the account that follows, descriptions are given of the most complete and identifiable specimens. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS Genus SCUTELLOCLADUS nov. DIAGNOSIS. Stems bearing narrow lanceolate, acuminate, falcate leaves. Leaves spirally arranged, almost contiguous, rhomboidal in section near their bases. On the smallest branches the leaves are more widely separated. On small branches which have lost their leaves the leaf scars are elliptical and level with the surface of the stem. A punctiform cicatrule is present in the centre of the scar. There are no persistent leaf bases or cushions and no evidence of a ligule or parichnos. TYPE SPECIES. Scutellocladus variabilis sp. nov. Scutellocladus variabilis sp. nov. (PI. 19, figs. 1-6) DIAGNOSIS. As for the genus. SYNTYPES. B.M.N.H. Nos. ¥.42433, ¥.42477, ¥.42538, ¥.42558. LOCALITY. Hazel Hill Quarry, Puddlebrook, Forest of Dean, Gloucestershire. HORIZON. Drybrook Sandstone. Mississippian. DESCRIPTION. There is a number of examples of small branches of a plant with the appearance of a lycopod. Their stems vary in thickness from i mm. to 8 mm., FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE 139 some having their leaves still attached (PI. 19, figs, i, 2, 3, 5, 6) and some from which the leaves have fallen (PI. 19, fig. 4). Where branching is seen it is dichotomous. The leaves vary from about 9 mm. to 5 mm. in length and from 2 mm. to 0-5 mm. in breadth. The leaves were acuminate, falcate and rhomboidal in section judging from the shape of their area of attachment to the stem (PI. 19, fig. la). They were closely set on the stem in a spiral phyllotaxy. On one branch (PI. 19, fig. 2), which is presumably at a later stage of development, the bases of the leaves which are still attached exhibit a narrow central vertical groove, are more widely spaced and are subcircular to elliptical in shape. The groove no doubt represents the vascular strand in the leaf base. On the smaller branches the leaves are attached by bases more elongated vertically and the scars are vertically elongated ellipses (1-8 x 1-5 mm.) with a central punctiform cicatrule (PI. 19, fig. 4). The scar is flush with the surface of the branch and there is no elevated leaf base or cushion. This is evident when the profile of the branch is studied where it is seen to be almost straight. The scars measure about I mm. long by 0-7 mm. wide on the very smallest branches (PI. 19, fig. 6). There is no evidence of a ligule or parichnos on the leaves or on the defoliated branches. The complete absence of a persistent leaf cushion is a marked character- istic and the base of the leaf is not decurrent. There are some lycopod-like stems described by Radchenko (1956 : 199, pi. 36, figs, i, 2 ; 1957 : 50, pi. 3, figs. 2, 3) under the name Tomiodendron ostrogianum (Zal.) which at first sight seem to re- semble our fossils : but on closer examination it is clear that they had projecting persistent bases, in many cases decurrent, with a definite leaf-scar at the top of the cushion. In addition to the compressions of small leafy branches assigned to Scutellocladus variabilis there are several examples (B.M.N.H., Nos. ¥.42459, ¥.42551, ¥.42557, ¥.42559) in which nothing but the cuticle remains in the form of a perforated lamina similar to the cuticles of Bothrodendron tenerrimum from the Moscow basin but lacking any trace of the cuticular linings of the ligular pits characteristic of that species. These Hazel Hill cuticles are from branches from about 8 mm. to over 13 mm. in diameter and may belong to S. variabilis. Genus LEPIDOPHYLLUM Brongniart Lepidophyllum cf. fimbriatum Kidston (PI. 20, figs. 18-20) In addition to typical examples of L. fimbriatum (Allen, 1961 : 225) there is a number of lepidophyte leaves which are much longer, some reaching more than 6-5 cm. and about 6 mm. at the broadest part of the base (PI. 20, fig. 20). The leaves taper very gradually to an acute apex. A single vein is visible in the middle and, while several have a smooth margin, two show rather widely spaced lateral hairs (PI. 20, fig. 18) smaller than those of L. fimbriatum but of the same kind. If a sporangium had been present it must have been less than 6 mm. in width. A slight transverse cleft can be seen in one or two (PI. 20, fig. 19) which might indicate the 140 FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE presence of a ligule. There is no film of carbonaceous matter at their proximal end as dense as that found on L. fimbriatum as described by Kidston (1883 : 543). One can merely speculate as to the nature of these leaves. Perhaps they were the foliage leaves of the plant, either microsporophylls, sterile bracts of a strobilus, or intermediates between sporophylls and leaves. There are some indubitable specimens of L. fimbriatum which measure only 8 mm. at the widest point and in the region where the sporangium was probably present are only 5 mm. wide. Cf. Stigmaria (PI. 19, fig. 7) Two or three impressions of which the largest is shown in PI. 19, fig. 7 are in the collection. They exhibit an extended smooth surface with one or more circular scars ranging from about 10 mm. to 12 mm. in diameter, each with a small central elevation. There scars closely resemble those on a Stigmaria. A large part of the surface shown uppermost in the figure has no such scars. In the Manchester Museum there is a similar specimen (Manch. Mus. CWM.23) which consists of a smooth surface, about 5x3 cm., on which there are two scars of the same kind. This specimen is from the Lower Brown Limestone at Diserth in North Wales. Another specimen from the same locality consists of a lepidophyte axis (Manch. Mus. LL.ngo) 28 cm. long which tapers from 9-5 cm. in width at the base to 4 cm. at the top ; on which at the lower end there are similar large stigmarioid scars and on its upper two-thirds numerous regularly arranged small indentations or scars which are obviously the marks of leaf traces. As no leaf traces can be seen on the surface round the large scars it is unlikely that the large scars represent branch scars. These specimens are possibly parts of the base of a lepidophyte of comparable size to the " Naples tree " Lepidosigillaria whitei (Krausel & Weyland, 1949 : 148) which has a slightly bulbous base with stigmarioid scars to which rooting appendages were attached. Genus DIPLOPTERIDIUM Walton Diplopteridium holdeni sp. nov. (PI. 20, figS. 8-15) DIAGNOSIS. Fronds tripinnatifid, from 10 cm. to 20 cm. long, ultimate divisions about 0-5 mm. in width. Main rachis from 2 mm. to 3-5 mm. broad at base ; forking equally into two main divisions. Pinnae borne on the two divisions of the frond and on the rachis below the fork. Some fronds have a naked rachis in the angle of the fork. Its first dichotomy is at right angles to the plane of the frond. HOLOTYPE. B.M., ¥.42453. PARATYPES. B.M., ¥.42474, ¥.42487, ¥.43004. LOCALITY. Hazel Hill Quarry, Puddlebrook, Forest of Dean, Gloucestershire, England. HORIZON. Drybrook Sandstone ; Mississippian. FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE 141 DESCRIPTION. The most noticeable and one of the most frequently occurring species found in the Hazel Hill quarry beds is a tripinnatifid frond which bears a close similarity to Diplopteridium teilianum (Kidston) which was found in beds assigned to the Upper Black Limestone near Prestatyn in North Wales. The fronds are, however, much smaller (PI. 20, figs. 8-15) and the ultimate divisions of the pinnules narrower than those of D. teilianum. As far as one can judge from the fragments the fronds were probably from 10 cm. to 20 cm. in length and the main rachis, which in the specimens examined ranges from 2 mm. to 3-5 mm. in width, forked into two equal divisions in the middle of the frond. Near the proximal end of the frond (PI. 20, fig. 9) the pinnae are small with few divisions and are opposite but higher up they increase in size and complexity and are alternate. They appear in many instances to have had their principal plane facing the rachis (PI. 20, figs. 8, 10) so that as a result of compression the pinna at first sight resembles a Rhacop- teris pinnule of the R. petiolata type and Rhacopteris geikiei Kidston (19230 : 218, text-fig, n). The main rachis in one specimen (PI. 20, fig. 9) appears to have been rugose. The arrangement of the pinnae in relation to the forking of the main rachis and their degree of subdivision is similar to that found in D. teilianum. Towards the ends of the two main divisions of the frond the pinnae become smaller and simpler and in the entire apex seen in PI. 20, fig. n the rachis terminates in a single spatulate division. Evidence for the presence of the fertile part of the frond, in the same position as that in specimens of D. teilianum (Walton, 1926 : 213, pi. 17, figs. 17-19), is afforded by one specimen (PI. 20, fig. 8) where a bare rachis is seen as a continuation of the main rachis of the frond in the angle between the two divisions of the pinna-bearing parts of the frond. Careful examination reveals that the first forking of this pre- sumably fertile rachis was a dichotomy at right angles to the plane of the frond. The presence of this structure in the angle of the fork supports the assignment of this plant to the genus Diplopteridium. Parts of the two divisions of a considerably larger frond (PI. 20, fig. 13) have, situated between them, portions of a naked branch- ing system (PL 13, fig. 13%) which probably represents the fertile part of the frond. Genus SPHENOPTERIS Brongniart Sphenopteris obfalcata Walton (PI. 20, figs. 16, 17) Several fragmentary pieces of this frond from Hazel Hill (PI. 20, figs. 16, 17) exhibit collectively features which justify identification with the type of this species from the Upper Black Limestones in N. Wales (Walton, 1931 : 363). The frond appears to have been at least tripinnatifid with a tendency for the pinnae to be opposite. The ultimate divisions and the form of the pinnae bear some resemblance to those of Diplopteridium but the ultimate divisions are more spatulate. There are several genera such as Sphenopteris, Sphenopteridium, Spathulopteris and Rhodea which have much divided fronds with fine ultimate segments and it is often difficult to decide to which genus such specimens as these should be assigned. 142 FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE Sphenopteris cuneolata L. & H. (PI. 21, fig. 21) Four incomplete specimens of a frond resembling Sphenopteris cuneolata L. & H. (Lindley & Hutton, 1837, pi. 214) occur in the collections from Hazel Hill. Kidston (1923 : 156) states that the type specimen is lost. The largest fragment (PI. 21, fig. 21) probably represents part of a frond below the main fork, for the pinnae seem to get larger towards its distal end and are opposite. The rachis was evidently about 2 mm. thick as in Lindley & Button's figure. A smaller fragment (¥.42048) with a rachis about 1-5 mm. thick has its pinnae alternately attached as in the upper divisions of the type. In the type and in the specimens from Hazel Hill several of the pinnae appear to be inaequilateral. This is due to folding of the pinnae as ex- plained in the description of Diplopteridium holdeni. No venation is visible on the pinnules which have a finely striated surface. The base of the pinna is shortly decurrent on the rachis. The chief differences which exist between these specimens and the drawing of the type lie in the greater breadth of the frond and the wider spacing of the pinnules in the former. Kidston (1923 : 156) includes in the species a specimen of a frond from the Oil Shales, Calciferous Sandstone Series in Hailes Quarry near Edinburgh which differs very obviously from the type as figured by Lindley & Hutton (1837, pi. 214) in having definitely katadromic venation and in being irregularly and slightly lobed and unlike the type which, in common with the Hazel Hill specimens, has pinnately divided pinnae. In view of the loss of the holotype the specimen described here (PI. 21 fig. 21) is selected as the lectotype of Sphenopteris cuneolata L. & H. Genus ARCHAEOPTERIDIUM Kidston Archaeopteridium tschermaki (Stur) (PI. 21, fig. 22) One specimen (B.U. 802) which we assign to this species (PL 21, fig. 22) consists of a clear impression on the fine sandstone of three pinnae attached to a piece of rachis. The shape and venation of the pinnules match exactly those of Archaeo- pteridium tschermaki (Stur) Kidston (1923 : 182) which has records in Britain ranging from the Limestone Coal Group down to the Oil Shale Group. A second specimen (¥.42498) which has smaller, more rounded pinnules or lobes with the same type of venation may also, perhaps, be assigned to this species. FRUCTIFICATIONS A considerable number of detached fructifications occur on the surfaces of the sandstone. Two types are of frequent occurrence and are in most cases on the same surfaces which have impressions of Diplopteridium fronds ; one must be referred to Telangium sp., the other seems to consist of bunches of cupules. FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE 143 Telangiutn sp. (PI. 21, figS. 23-26) There are several examples of fructifications consisting of a number of disc-like bodies connected in some instances by slender axes and each bearing numerous, pointed fusiform sporangia (PI. 21, figs. 23-26). The individual sporangia appear to be about 1-3 mm long. There is a close resemblance in form and size between these fructifications and the Telangium found in connection with Diplopteridium teilianum (Kidston) (Walton, 1931, pi. 23, figs. I, 3, 4). The sporangia of the Telangium found associated with Sphenopteris affinis L. & H. are from 2-5 mm. to 3-5 mm. in length while those associated with Sphenopteris bifidum are about 2 mm. long (Kidston, 1924:446,454). Calathiops sp. (PI. 21, figS. 27-29) There are a number of examples of fructifications which consist of bunches of elongated structures which are considerably larger than the sporangia in the Telangium type. They probably were ovuliferous for in at least one example one of the bunches distinctly resembles an encupuled seed (PI. 21, fig. 2jc). Similar fructifications have been described by Kidston (1883 : 539, pi. 31, fig. n) from the Cementstone Group in Liddesdale where they were found in masses in the shales. The name Schutzia was later applied by Kidston (1924 : 424) to microsporangiate fructifications. We have decided, however, to include these fructifications of an indeterminate nature in the genus Calathiops of Goeppert. Very probably these Telangium and Calathiops types represent pollen-bearing and ovuliferous organs of Diplopteridium as they are abundant on the same surface as the fronds of the latter. SPORAE DISPERSAE i. Leiotriletes sphaerotriangulus (Loose) Pot. & Kr. (PI. 21, figS. 30, 31) Seven specimens ranging in size from 35 /i to 55 p are closely similar to Leiotriletes sphaerotriangulus (Loose) Pot. & Kr. (1955 : 41). The trilete rays are distinct and almost reach the spore margin. 2. Punctatisporites minutus Kos. (PI. 21, figs. 32-34, ?35~37) Small forms agreeing in size range with P. minutus Kosanke (1950 : 15) are not infrequent. The spore figured by Potonie & Kremp (1955, pi. n, fig. 120) although smaller than the known size range (25-35 /*) seems indistinguishable from our specimens. The rays, in the present examples, are often eccentric and irregular. The exine usually shows an infrasculpture. GEOL. 7, 4. II 144 FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE There are several other specimens (size range 18-40 fi) of a similar generalized pattern but having a thinner laevigate exine and thin or indistinct rays (PI. 21, ngs- 35-37)- Although these specimens are provisonally placed under P. minutus, they might possibly belong to Calamospora. Punctatisporites subobesus sp. nov. (PI. 21, figS. 38-42) DIAGNOSIS. Size range 45-80 fi (30 specimens) ; circular-subcircular ; rays simple, more than | spore radius ; exine commonly split open along the trilete mark to form a i wide triangular fissure ; folding along fissure occasional ; exine up to nearly 4 /* thick, ± translucent, smooth to infrasculptured ; folds uncommon. HOLOTYPE. PI. 21, fig. 40 ; 70 /*. B.M., ¥.43701. COMPARISON. Spores similar to P. obesus (Loose) Potonie & Kremp (1955 : 43) in habit but distinguishable by their smaller size and longer trilete rays or fissure. PI. 21, figs. 39-42 represent different degrees of the split trilete area. P. fissus Hoffmeister, Staplin & Malloy (1955 : 393) and P. debilis Hacquebard (1957 : 308) are distinguishable by their smaller size, thinner exine, shorter trilete area and granular sculpture. 4. Punctatisporites spp. (PI. 21, fig. 43) The collection contains several specimens of Punctatisporites which cannot be specifically identified owing to their bad preservation or insufficient number. These spores range in size from 45 /i to 90 /£ and may include more than one species. The spore in PI. 21, fig. 43 has simple rays which reach the margin. 5. Calamospora sp. cf. C. mutabilis (Loose) (PI. 22, fig. 44) Size range 82-115 X 30-43 ^ (6 specimens), all folded into boat-shaped form ; trilete mark seen only in one case (PI. 22, fig. 44), rays thin, simple, longest ray 33 p, a little more than | spore radius ; exine moderately thin, smooth to faintly infra- punctate, yellow to brown in colour, with no difference in structure or colour in the contact area. The spores, in most of their features, are comparable with Calamospora mutabilis (Loose) (see Potonie & Kremp, 1955 : 49 and Bhardwaj, 1957 : 82). 6. Granulatisporites tennis sp. nov. (PI. 22, figs. 45, 46) DIAGNOSIS. Size range 17-25 fi (10 specimens), triangular to roundly triangular, rays distinct, occasionally with thin lips, reaching spore margin ; exine crowded with very minute grana, about 20 grana between two rays on the margin ; ornament present on rays. FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE 145 HOLOTYPE. PI. 22, fig. 45 ; 2O fl. B.M., ¥.43708. REMARKS. The species is distinguished by its small size, minute grana and long rays bearing similar ornament. 7. Granulatisporites sp. cf. G. orbiculus (Pot. & Kr.) (PI. 22, figs. 47, 48) Size range 24-35 /i (12 specimens), triangular to roundly triangular ; rays extend- ing almost up to spore margin ; preservation of ornament poor, grana apparently somewhat irregular and partly coalescent. Nearest comparable species is Granu- latisporites (Cyclogranisporites) orbiculus (Pot. & Kr) Potonie & Lele (1959). 8. Cyclogranisporites amplus McGregor (PI. 22, figS. 49-51) Size range 50-90 [i (16 specimens) ; circular, trilete rays not always seen, f spore radius or more ; ornament of dense grana of variable size and shape, grana usually less than or up to i /i in diameter, over 100 grana at the margin, exine thickness variable, secondary folds common. The present specimens fall within the size range of C. amplus McGregor and agree in most respects with it. It may be added that the ornament in C. amplus also appears to be rather variable as in the present forms (cf. McGregor, 1960, PI. n, fig. 8). 9. Cyclogranisporites sp. (PI. 22, fig. 52) Size range 17-40 p (20 specimens) ; circular, trilete mark weak, often not visible, when present rays f spore radius or longer, ray ends often indistinct ; exine thin, with frequent compression folds ; ornamentation of densely set minute grana, grana i variable in shape and size, often obscure on the equator ; state of preserva- tion unsatisfactory. 10. Planisporites minimus McGregor (PI. 22, figs. 53-55) Size range 25-30 /i (4 specimens), triangular to nearly circular ; rays indistinct, apparently long ; ornament of minute coni or fine hairy spinules. The few specimens in the present preparations do not represent the overall size range. They can, however, be assigned to Planisporites minimus McGregor (1960 : 29, pi. n, fig. 9) with which they agree most. It may also be remarked that the two species P. minimus McGregor and P. delucidus McGregor (1960 : 30, pi. n, fig. 16) are so similar in characters that they would appear to fall within the size range of a single species. 146 FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE ii. Planisporites sp. cf. P. granifer (Ibr.) (PI. 22, fig. 56) Single specimen ; 112 X 100 fi, triangular, corners rounded ; triangular fold in the centre ; exine with i sparsely set short coni. The specimen is slightly larger but is comparable with P. granifer (Ibr.) Knox (cf. Potonie & Kremp, 1955 : 71 ; 1960 : 38). 12. Verrucosisporites sp. (PI. 22, fig. 57) Specimens referable to Verrucosisporites are too few to justify specific determina- tions. PI. 22, fig. 57 represents an example somewhat comparable with V '. donarii Potonie & Kremp (1955 : 67). 13. Camptotriletes sp. (PI. 22, fig. 58) Single specimen, 105 X 90 fi, roundly triangular, rays f spore radius, ornament of verrucae up to 9 /* long and up to 8 /i broad, often connected to form crested ridges. The ornament of the exine supports the assignment of the specimen to Camptotriletes. 14. Cf. Convolutispora sp. (PI. 22, fig. 59) A few specimens, showing somewhat convoluted ridges, are probably referable to Convolutispora. The specimen in PI. 22, fig. 59 recalls C. tessellata H. S. & M. of Butterworth & Williams (1958, pi. 2, figs. 17, 18). 15. Microreticulatisporites cf. cribellarius (Horst) (PI. 22, figS. 60, 6l) Size range 40-55 fi (10 specimens), roundly triangular, rays distinct, extending up to the spore margin ; reticulum imperfect, i indistinct ; lumina very small, muri low and barely evident at the margin. The specimens are closely comparable with and probably indistinguishable from Microreticulatisporites cribellarius (Horst) Potonie & Kremp (1955 : 97). 16. Microreticulatisporites spp. (PI. 22, figS. 62, 63) (i) PI. 22, fig. 62 : Size range 65-78 fi (3 specimens) ; triangular to roundly triangular, thick rays almost reaching the equator, gnarled ; muri 1-2 /* wide, not very high, lumina about equal to or slightly narrower than the width of muri ; reticulum imperfect, appar- ently coarse, outline minutely undulating, about 20 curvatures between two rays at the margin, exine 2 fi thick. FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE 147 (ii) PI. 22, fig. 63 : Size range 20-37 fi (a few specimens) ; triangular to ± circular ; rays indistinct, about f spore radius ; muri about i JLI thick, close, irregular, anastomosing but no definite reticulum, margin minutely undulating, about 15-20 curvatures between two rays at the margin. 17. Dictyotriletes sp. (PI. 22, fig. 64) Single specimen, probably comparable with D. falsus Potonie & Kremp (1955 : 109 ; Love, 1960, pi. i, fig. 8). Remarks. There are a few other ill-preserved specimens with somewhat project- ing muri which are referable to Reticulatisporites. Besides these, one or two speci- mens may perhaps belong to Knoxisporites. 18. Lycospora cf. bracteola Butt. & Will. (PL 22, fig. 65) Size range 45-55 X 40-48 jn (6 specimens), width of cingulum of a spore often not uniform ; exine faintly granular, cingulum with much finer granules, visible only under high magnification. The specimens are comparable with L. bracteola Butterworth & Williams (1958 : 357)- 19. Lycospora spp. (PL 22, figS. 66-69) The genus is, on the whole, very poorly represented in numbers of spores, although more than one type is present. A few specimens with a narrow cingulum and a thickened inner zone (crassitude) represents one type (PL 22, fig. 66). Another type (PL 22, fig. 67) somewhat recalls L. granulata. The form in PL 22, fig. 68 has a wider cingulum and a narrower inner crassitude. The ornamentation of the cingulum varies from minute grana to short, narrow bacula. The specimen in PL 22, fig. 69 has a narrow membraneous cingulum, without a crassitude. Types shown in PL 22, figs. 67-69 are solitary specimens. 20. Anulatisporites anulatus Pot. & Kr. (PL 22, figS. 70, 71) Size range 37-68 X 30-53 fi (12 specimens) ; usually oval, occasionally sub- triangular ; cingulum ± 3 total spore radius, width often not uniform, outer margin smooth ; trilete mark indistinct to invisible, exine of central area and cingulum faintly infrasculptured. The specimens bear close similarity to A. anulatus (Potonie & Kremp 1956 : 112). A few of them (PL 22, fig. 71), provisionally included under this species, have a comparatively narrower cingulum. 148 FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE 21. ? Anulatisporites sp. (PI. 22, fig. 72) Single specimen ; 90 x 76 p ; oval ; central area nearly triangular, thin ; cingulum 25 /* wide, roughly equal to diameter of central area ; a peripheral thicken- ing (limbus?) about 2 /* wide evident ; inner margin of cingulum also similarly thickened (about 2 /i) ; exine laevigate to infrasculptured ; trilete mark not visible. REMARKS. The essentially sculptureless cingulum, its smooth outline and apparent absence of a trilete mark favour the assignment of this specimen to Anulatisporites. However, a peripheral limbus-like thickening in Anulatisporites is hitherto unknown. The dark points seen on the cingulum in the photograph are due to foreign matter on the spore. 22. Densosporites sp. (PI. 23, fig. 73) Single specimen ; 56 X 48 fi ; subcircular ; central area infrapunctate ; cingulum 13 /* wide, roughly equal to radius of central area, rugose in appearance owing to presence of irregular warts of variable size, specially towards the inner margin of cingulum where they appear to form a ± continuous, narrow, thickened ill-defined zone. The cingulum towards the periphery is finely wrinkled ; outline nearly smooth ; trilete mark invisible. 23. Cf. Cirratriradites sp. (PI. 23, fig. 74) Single specimen ; 70 X 48 fi ; triangular ; central body 40 X 30 /*, triangular, distinct ; equitorial zone thin, about 12 fi wide, outline minutely crenulate ; radial striations visible ; trilete mark clear, rays extending beyond the central body ; exine of central body and zone minutely granular-punctate. The preservation of the spore is poor but its appearance supports an attribution to Cirratriradites. 24. Endosporites sp. (PI. 23, fig. 75) Single specimen, 52-5 fi ; subcircular ; body 36 fi, circular, thin-walled ; bladder nearly 10 /* wide, ± I radius of body, infrareticulate, with radial folds ; outline smooth ; trilete mark not seen. 25. Remysporites drybrookensis sp. nov. (PL 23, figs. 76-81) Cf. Radforth & McGregor, 1956 : 27, pi. i, fig. 7. DIAGNOSIS. Size range 70-155 x 70-128 /i (50 specimens) ; usually oval in outline, occasionally circular ; central body large, 60-115 X 60-98 /*, distinct, FOSSIL FLORA OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE 149 often denser than the bladder, smooth, with frequent cracks, folds uncommon ; bladder somewhat thick, apparently attached to the proximal side of body, smooth to faintly infrapunctate or infragranulate, folds uncommon ; trilete mark often not evident, rays simple, often eccentric, i half the length of the longer axis of the body. HOLOTYPE. PL 23, fig. 76 ; 108 x 97 /*. B.M., ¥.43719. REMARKS. The spores are referable to Remysporites Butt. & Will, sensu Potonie (1960 : 72). They lack good proximo-distal orientation, with the result that the bladder may be more or less asymmetric and the trilete mark eccentric. The bladder width (compensated) ranges between 8-32 fi and is approximately J-^ of the longer axis of the body. The specimens, however, show all variations between the two extremes and may, therefore, be placed under the same species. The central body is variously cracked. There is often a concentric and ± continuous fissure along the margin of the body which produces a lighter zone between the body and the bladder (PI. 23, figs. 76-80). In many cases, however, this fissure is absent (PI. 23, fig. 81) and the crack is evidently not an original feature. The present spores are distinguished from the known species of Remysporites (Butterworth & Williams, 1958 ; Staplin, 1960) by their consistently smooth and relatively thick body and bladder and the lack of secondary folds. 2§. Cf. Remysporites sp. (PI. 23, fig. 82) Two or three poorly preserved specimens. A more complete one (PI. 23, fig. 82) measures 175 /i ; body dense, 100 (JL ; bladder thin, as wide as the radius of body, folded over the central part ; ornament obscure ; trilete mark not seen. The spore recalls Remysporites in size and appearance but the bladder is somewhat broader (cf. Butterworth & Williams, 1958 : 386). 27. SPORAE INSERTAE SEDIS PI. 23, fig. 83 : Single specimen ; 40 /* ; triangular ; central body convexly triangular, 25 /* ; apparently enclosed by a rather thick structure (Pcapsula), out- line of spore irregularly lobed ; surface of spore laevigate but somewhat irregularly thickened at places to form small sinuous ridges (seen only by proper adjustment of focus). Spore pale yellow, transparent ; trilete mark distinct, rays almost reaching equator of central body. PL 23, fig. 84 : Single specimen ; 53 /* ; roundly triangular ; equitorial ridge (? cingulum) nearly 2-5 /* wide, about £ radius of central area ; rays distinct, open, almost reaching margin of central area ; exine of central area with irregular, large mounts ; outline undulated. THE AGE OF THE DRYBROOK SANDSTONE There is a close lithological resemblance between the plant-bearing sandstones at Hazel Hill and the basement beds of the Lower Brown Limestone at Moel Hiraddug <